BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page i The

Big

Bad

Wolf

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page ii Also by James Patterson

The Thomas Berryman Number

Season of the Machete

See How They Run

The Midnight Club

Along Came a Spider

Kiss the Girls

Hide & Seek

Jack & Jill

Miracle on the 17th Green

(with Peter de Jonge)

Cat & Mouse

When the Wind Blows

Pop Goes the Weasel

Black Friday

Cradle and All

Roses Are Red

1st to Die

Suzanne’s Diary for Nicholas

Violets Are Blue

2nd Chance

(with Andrew Gross)

The Beach House

(with Peter de Jonge)

Four Blind Mice

The Jester

(with Andrew Gross)

The Lake House

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page iii The

Big

Bad

Wolf

A NOVEL BY

James Patterson

L I T T L E , B R O W N A N D C O M PA N Y

B O S T O N

N E W Y O R K

L O N D O N

Copyright © 2003 by James Patterson

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any electronic or mechanical means, including information storage and retrieval systems, without permission in writing from the publisher, except by a reviewer who may quote brief passages in a review.

The characters and events in this book are fictitious. Any similarity to real persons, living or dead, is coincidental and not intended by the author.

Little, Brown and Company

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Visit our Web site at www.twbookmark.com. ISBN: 0-7595-0829-1

First eBook: Edition: November 2003

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page v For Joe Denyeau

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page vi BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 1

Prologue THE GODFATHERS

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 2

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 3

THERE WAS AN IMPROBABLE MURDER STORY told about the Wolf that had made its way into police lore and then spread quickly from Washington to New York to London and to Moscow. No one knew if it was actually the Wolf. But it was never ofﬁcially disproved, and it was consistent with other outrageous incidents in the Russian gangster’s life. According to the story, the Wolf had gone to the highsecurity supermax prison in Florence, Colorado, on a Sunday night in early summer. He had bought his way inside to meet with the Italian mobster and don Augustino “Little Gus” Palumbo. Prior to this visit, the Wolf had a reputation for being impulsive and sometimes lacking patience. Even so, he had been planning this meeting with Little Gus Palumbo for nearly two years.

He and Palumbo met in the Security Housing Unit of the prison, where the New York gangster had been incarcerated 3

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 4

JAMES PATTERSON

1

for seven years. The purpose of the meeting was to reach an 2

arrangement to unite the East Coast’s Palumbo family with 3

the Red Maﬁya, thereby forming one of the most powerful 4

and ruthless crime syndicates in the world. Nothing like it 5

had ever been attempted. Palumbo was said to be skeptical, 6

but he agreed to the meeting just to see if the Russian could 7

get inside Florence prison — and then manage to get out 8

again.

9

From the moment they met, the Russian was respectful of 0

the sixty-six-year-old don. He bowed his head slightly as 1

they shook hands and almost appeared shy, contrary to his 2

reputation.

3

“There’s to be no physical contact,” the captain of the 4

guards said from the intercom into the room. His name was 5

Larry Ladove and he was the one who had been paid $75,000

6

to arrange the meeting.

7

The Wolf ignored Captain Ladove. “Under the circum8

stances, you look well,” he said to Little Gus. “Very well 9

indeed.”

0

The Italian smiled thinly. He had a small body, but it was 1

tight and hard. “I exercise three times a day, every day. I 2

almost never have liquor, and not by choice. I eat well, and 3

not by choice either.”

4

The Wolf smiled, then said, “It sounds like you don’t 5

expect to be here for your full sentence.”

6

Palumbo coughed out a laugh. “That’s a good bet. Three 7

life sentences served concurrently? The discipline’s in my 8

nature, though. The future? Who can know for sure about 9

these things?”

0

4

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 5

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“Who can know? One time I escaped from a gulag on the arctic circle. I told a cop in Moscow, ‘I spent time in a gulag; you think you can scare me?’ What else do you do in here?

Besides exercise and eat Healthy Choice?”

“I try to take care of my business back in New York. Sometimes I play chess with a sick madman down the hall. He used to be in the FBI.”

“Kyle Craig,” said the Wolf. “You think he’s crazy like they say?”

“Yeah, totally. So tell me, pakhan, how can this alliance you suggest work? I am a man of discipline and careful planning, in spite of these humbling circumstances. From what I’m told, you’re reckless. Hands-on. You involve yourself with even the smallest operations. Extortion, prostitution. Stolen cars? How can this work between us?”

The Wolf ﬁnally smiled, then shook his head. “I am hands-on, as you say. But I’m not reckless, not at all. It’s all about the money, no? The bling-bling? Let me tell you a secret that no one else knows. This will surprise you and maybe prove my point.”

The Wolf leaned forward. He whispered his secret, and the Italian’s eyes suddenly widened with fear. With stunning quickness, the Wolf grabbed Little Gus’s head. He twisted it powerfully, and the gangster’s neck broke with a loud, clear snap.

“Maybe I am a little reckless,” said the Wolf. Then he turned to the camera in the room. He spoke to Captain Ladove of the guards. “Oh, I forgot, no touching.”

The next morning Augustino Palumbo was found dead in 5

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 6

JAMES PATTERSON

1

his cell. Nearly every bone in his body had been broken. In 2

the Moscow underworld, this symbolic kind of murder was 3

known as zamochit. It signiﬁed complete and total domi4

nance by the attacker. The Wolf was boldly stating that he 5

was now the godfather.

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

6

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 7

Part One

THE “WHITE GIRL” CASE

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 8

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 9

Chapter 1

THE PHIPPS PLAZA shopping mall in Atlanta was a showy montage of pink-granite ﬂoors, sweeping bronze-trimmed staircases, gilded Napoleonic design, lighting that sparkled like halogen spotlights. A man and a woman watched the target — “Mom” — as she left Niketown with sneakers and whatnot for her three daughters packed under one arm.

“She is very pretty. I see why the Wolf likes her. She reminds me of Claudia Schiffer,” said the male observer. “You see the resemblance?”

“Everybody reminds you of Claudia Schiffer, Slava. Don’t lose her. Don’t lose your pretty little Claudia or the Wolf will have you for breakfast.”

The abduction team, the Couple, was dressed expensively, and that made it easy for them to blend in at Phipps Plaza, in the Buckhead section of Atlanta. At eleven in the 9

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 10

JAMES PATTERSON

1

morning, Phipps wasn’t very crowded, and that could be a 2

problem.

3

It helped that their target was rushing about in a world of 4

her own, a tight little cocoon of mindless activity, buzzing in 5

and out of Gucci, Caswell-Massey, Niketown, then Gapkids 6

and Parisian (to see her personal shopper, Gina), without 7

paying the slightest attention to who was around her in any 8

of the stores. She worked from an At-a-Glance leather-bound 9

diary and made her appointed rounds in a quick, efﬁcient, 0

practiced manner, buying faded jeans for Gwynne, a leather 1

dop kit for Brendan, Nike diving watches for Meredith and 2

Brigid. She even made an appointment at Carter-Barnes to 3

get her hair done.

4

The target had style and also a pleasant smile for the sales5

people who waited on her in the tony stores. She held doors 6

for those coming up behind her, even men, who went out of 7

their way to thank the attractive blonde. “Mom” was sexy in 8

the wholesome, clean-cut way of many upscale American 9

suburban women. And she did resemble the supermodel 0

Claudia Schiffer. That was her undoing. 1

According to the job’s specs, Mrs. Elizabeth Connolly was 2

the mother of three girls; she was a graduate of Vassar, class 3

of ’87, with what she called “a degree in art history that is 4

practically worthless in the real world — whatever that is —

5

but invaluable to me.” She’d been a reporter for the Washing- 6

ton Post and the Atlanta Journal-Constitution before she was 7

married. She was thirty-seven, though she didn’t look much 8

more than thirty. She had her hair in a velvet barrette that 9

morning, wore a short-sleeved turtleneck, a crocheted sweater, 0

slim-ﬁtting slacks. She was bright, religious — but sane about 10

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 11

THE BIG BAD WOLF

it — and tough when she needed to be, at least according to the specs.

Well, she would need to be tough soon.

Mrs. Elizabeth Connolly was about to be abducted. She had been purchased, and she was probably the most expensive item for sale that morning at Phipps Plaza. The price: $150,000.

11

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 12

Chapter 2

LIZZIE CONNOLLY FELT LIGHT-HEADED and she wondered if her quirky blood sugar was acting up again. She made a mental note to pick up Trudie Styler’s cookbook — she kind of admired Trudie, who was cofounder of the Rainforest Foundation as well as Sting’s wife. She seriously doubted she would get through this day with her head still screwed on straight, not twisted around like the poor little girl in The Exorcist. Linda Blair, wasn’t that the actress’s name? Lizzie was pretty sure it was. Oh, who cared? What difference did trivia make?

What a merry-go-round today was going to be. First, it was Gwynnie’s birthday, and the party for twenty-one of her closest school buddies, eleven girls, ten boys, was scheduled for one o’clock at the house. Lizzie had rented a bouncy house, and she had already prepared lunch for the children, not to mention for their moms or nannies. Lizzie had even rented a 12

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 13

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Mister Softee ice-cream truck for three hours. But you never knew what to expect at these birthday gigs — other than laughter, tears, thrills, and spills.

After the birthday bash, Brigid had swimming lessons, and Merry had a trip to the dentist scheduled. Brendan, her husband of fourteen years, had left her a “short list” of his current needs. Of course everything was needed A.S.A.P.S. which meant as soon as possible, sweetheart. After she picked up a T-shirt with rhinestones for Gwynnie at Gapkids, all she had left to buy was Brendan’s replacement dop kit. Oh, yeah, and her hair appointment. And ten minutes with her savior at Parisian, Gina Sabellico. She kept her cool through the ﬁnal stages — never let them see you sweat — then she hurried to her new Mercedes 320 station wagon, which was safely tucked in a corner on the P3 level of the underground garage at Phipps. No time for her favorite rooibos tea at Teavana.

Hardly anybody was in the garage on a Monday morning, but she nearly bumped into a man with long dark hair. Lizzie smiled automatically at him, revealing perfect, recently whitened and brightened teeth, warmth, and sexiness —

even when she didn’t want to show it.

She wasn’t really paying attention to anyone — thinking ahead to the fast-approaching birthday party — when a woman she passed suddenly grabbed her around the chest as if Lizzie were a running back for the Atlanta Falcons football team trying to pass through the “line of spinach,” as her daughter Gwynne had once called it. The woman’s grip was like a vise — she was strong as hell.

“What are you doing? Are you crazy?” Lizzie ﬁnally 13

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 14

JAMES PATTERSON

1

screamed her loudest, squirmed her hardest, dropped her 2

shopping bags, heard something break. “Hey! Somebody, 3

help! Get off of me!”

4

Then a second assailant, the BMW sweatshirt guy, grabbed 5

her legs and held on tight, hurt her, actually, as he brought 6

her down onto the ﬁlthy, greasy parking-lot concrete along 7

with the woman. “Don’t kick me, bitch!” he yelled in her 8

face. “Don’t you fucking dare kick me.”

9

But Lizzie didn’t stop kicking — or screaming either. 0

“Help me. Somebody, help! Somebody, please!”

1

Then both of them lifted her up in the air as if she 2

weighed next to nothing. The man mumbled something to 3

the woman. Not English. Middle European, maybe. Lizzie 4

had a housekeeper from Slovakia. Was there a connection?

5

The woman attacker gripped her around the chest with one 6

arm and used her free hand to push aside tennis and golf stuff, 7

hurriedly clearing a space in the back of the station wagon. 8

Then Lizzie was roughly shoved inside her own car. A 9

gauzy, foul-smelling cloth was pushed hard against her nose 0

and mouth, and held there so tightly it hurt her teeth. She 1

tasted blood. First blood, she thought. My blood. Adrenaline 2

surged through her body, and she began ﬁghting back again 3

with all her strength. Punching and kicking. She felt like a 4

captured animal striking out for its freedom. 5

“Easy,” the man said. “Easy-peasy-Japanesy . . . Elizabeth 6

Connolly.”

7

Elizabeth Connolly? They know me? How? Why? What is 8

going on here?

9

“You’re a very sexy mom,” said the man. “I see why the 0

Wolf likes you.”

14

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 15

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Wolf? Who’s the Wolf? What was happening to her? Who did she know named Wolf?

Then the thick, acrid fumes from the cloth overpowered Lizzie and she went lights out. She was driven away in the back of her station wagon.

But only across the street to the Lenox Square Mall —

where Lizzie Connolly was transferred into a blue Dodge van that then sped away.

Purchase complete.

15

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 16

Chapter 3

EARLY MONDAY MORNING, I was oblivious to the rest of the world and its problems. This was the way life was supposed to be, only it rarely seemed to turn out so well. At least not in my experience, which was limited when it came to anything that might be considered the “good life.”

I was walking Jannie and Damon to the Sojourner Truth School that morning. Little Alex was merrily toddling along at my side. “Puppy,” I called him.

The skies over D.C. were partly cloudy, but now and then the sun peeked through the clouds and warmed our heads and the backs of our necks. I’d already played the piano —

Gershwin — for forty-ﬁve minutes. And eaten breakfast with Nana Mama. I had to be at Quantico by nine that morning for my orientation classes, but it left time for the walk to school at around seven-thirty. And that was what I’d been in search of lately, or so I believed. Time to be with my kids. 16

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 17

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Time to read a poet I’d discovered recently, Billy Collins. First I’d read his Nine Horses, and now it was Sailing Alone Around the Room. Billy Collins made the impossible seem so effortless, and so possible.

Time to talk to Jamilla Hughes every day, often for hours at a time. And when I couldn’t, to correspond by e-mail and, occasionally, by long ﬂowing letters. She was still working homicide in San Francisco, but I felt the distance between us was shrinking. I wanted it to and hoped she did too. Meanwhile, the kids were changing faster than I could keep up with them, especially Little Alex, who was morphing before my eyes. I needed to be around him more and now I could be. That was my deal. It was why I had joined the FBI, at least that was part of it.

Little Alex was already over thirty-ﬁve inches and thirty pounds. That morning he had on pinstriped overalls and an Orioles cap. He moved along the street as if a leeward wind were propelling him. His ever-present stuffed animal, a cow named Moo, created ballast so that he listed slightly to the left at all times.

Damon was lurching ahead to a different drummer, a faster, more insistent beat. Man, I really loved this boy. Except for his fashion sense. That morning he was wearing long jean shorts, Uptowns, a gray T with an Alan Iverson

“The Answer” jersey over it. His lean legs were sprouting peach fuzz, and it looked as if his whole body were developing from the feet up. Large feet, long legs, a youthful torso. I was noticing everything that morning. I had time to do it. Jannie was typically put together in a gray T with “Aero Athletics 1987” printed in bright red letters, sweatpant capris 17

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 18

JAMES PATTERSON

1

with a red stripe down each leg, and white Adidas sneakers 2

with red stripes.

3

As for me, I was feeling good. Every now and again some4

one would still stop me and say I looked like the young 5

Muhammad Ali. I knew how to shake off the compliment, 6

but I liked to hear it more than I let on. 7

“You’re awfully quiet this morning, Poppa,” Jannie laced 8

her arms around my free arm and said. “You having trouble 9

at school? Your orientation? Do you like being an FBI agent 0

so far?”

1

“I like it ﬁne,” I said. “There’s a probationary period for 2

the next two years. Orientation is good, but a lot of it is 3

repetitive for me, especially what they call ‘practicals.’ Firing 4

range, gun cleaning, exercises in apprehending criminals. 5

That’s why I get to go in late some days.”

6

“So you’re the teacher’s pet already,” she said, and winked. 7

I laughed. “I don’t think the teachers are too impressed 8

with me, or any other street cops. How’re you and Damon 9

doing so far this year? Aren’t you about due for a report card 0

or something?”

1

Damon shrugged. “We’re acing everything. Why do you 2

want to change the subject all the time when it’s on you?”

3

I nodded. “You’re right. Well, my schooling is going ﬁne. 4

Eighty is considered a failing grade at Quantico. I expect to 5

ace most of my tests.”

6

“Most?” Jannie arched an eyebrow and gave me one of 7

Nana Mama’s “perturbed” looks. “What’s this most stuff? We 8

expect you to ace all your tests.”

9

“I’ve been out of school for a while.”

0

“No excuses.”

18

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 19

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I fed her one of her own lines. “I’m doing the best I can, and that’s all you can ask from somebody.”

She smiled. “Well, all right, then, Poppa. Just as long as the best you can do puts all A s on your next report.”

About a block from the school I gave Jannie and Damon their hugs — so as not to embarrass them, God forbid, in front of all their cool-ass friends. They hugged me back and kissed their little brother, and then off they ran. “Ba-bye,”

said Little Alex, and so did Jannie and Damon, calling back to their brother, “Ba-bye, ba-bye!”

I picked up Little Alex and we headed home; then it would be off to work for soon-to-be Agent Cross of the FBI.

“Dada,” said Little Alex as I carried him in my arms. That was right — Dada. Things were falling into place for the Cross family. After all these years, my life was ﬁnally close to being in balance. I wondered how long it would last. Hopefully at least for the rest of the day. 19

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 20

Chapter 4

NEW-AGENT TRAINING at the FBI Academy in Quantico, sometimes called “Club Fed,” was turning out to be a challenging, arduous, and tense program. For the most part, I liked it, and I was making an effort to keep any skepticism down. But I had entered the Bureau with a reputation for catching pattern killers, and I already had the nickname Dragonslayer. So irony and skepticism might soon be a problem. Training had begun six weeks before, on a Monday morning, with a crew-cut broad-shouldered SSA, or supervisory special agent, Dr. Kenneth Horowitz, standing in front of our class trying to tell a joke: “The three biggest lies in the world are: ‘All I want is a kiss,’ ‘The check is in the mail,’ and ‘I’m with the FBI and I’m only here to help you.’” Everybody in the class laughed, maybe because the joke was so ordinary, but at least Horowitz had tried his best, and maybe that was the point.

20

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 21

THE BIG BAD WOLF

FBI director Ron Burns had set it up so that my training period would last for only eight weeks. He’d made other allowances for me as well. The maximum age for entrance into the FBI was thirty-seven years old. I was forty-two. Burns had the age requirement waived for me and also voiced his opinion that it was discriminatory and needed to be changed. The more I saw of Ron Burns, the more I sensed that he was something of a rebel, maybe because he was an ex–Philadelphia street cop himself. He had brought me into the FBI as a GS13, the highest I could go as a street agent. I’d also been promised assignments as a consultant, which meant a better salary. Burns had wanted me in the Bureau, and he got me. He said that I could have any reasonable resources I needed to get the job done. I hadn’t discussed it with him yet, but I thought I might want two detectives from the Washington PD — John Sampson and Jerome Thurman. The only thing Burns had been quiet about was my class supervisor at Quantico, a senior agent named Gordon Nooney. Nooney ran Agent Training. He had been a proﬁler before that, and prior to becoming an FBI agent, had been a prison psychologist in New Hampshire. I was ﬁnding him to be a bean counter at best.

That morning, Nooney was standing there waiting when I arrived for my class in abnormal psych, an hour and ﬁfty minutes on understanding psychopathic behavior, something I hadn’t been able to do in nearly ﬁfteen years with the D.C. police force.

There was gunﬁre in the air, probably from the nearby Marine base. “How was trafﬁc from D.C.?” Nooney asked. I didn’t miss the barb behind the question: I was permitted to 21

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 22

JAMES PATTERSON

1

go home nights, while the other agents-in-training slept at 2

Quantico.

3

“No problem,” I said. “Forty-ﬁve minutes in moving traf4

ﬁc on Ninety-ﬁve. I left plenty of extra time.”

5

“The Bureau isn’t known for breaking rules for individu6

als,” Nooney said. Then he offered a tight, thin smile that 7

was awfully close to a frown. “Of course, you’re Alex Cross.”

8

“I appreciate it,” I said. I left it at that. 9

“I just hope it’s worth the trouble,” Nooney mumbled 0

as he walked off in the direction of Admin. I shook my head 1

and went into class, which was held in a tiered symposium2

style room.

3

Dr. Horowitz’s lesson this day was interesting to me. It 4

concentrated on the work of Professor Robert Hare, who’d 5

done original research on psychopaths by using brain scans. 6

According to Hare’s studies, when healthy people are shown 7

“neutral” and “emotional” words, they respond acutely to 8

emotional words, such as cancer or death. Psychopaths regis9

ter the words equally. A sentence like “I love you” means 0

nothing more to a psychopath than “I’ll have some coffee.”

1

Maybe less. According to Hare’s analysis of data, attempts 2

to reform psychopaths only make them more manipulative. 3

It certainly was a point of view.

4

Even though I was familiar with some of the material, I 5

found myself jotting down Hare’s “characteristics” of psycho6

pathic personality and behavior. There were forty of them. As I 7

wrote them down, I found myself agreeing that most rang true. 8

9

Glibness and superﬁcial charm

0

Need for constant stimulation / prone to boredom 22

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 23

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Lack of any remorse or guilt

Shallow emotional response

Complete lack of empathy . . .

I was remembering two psychopaths in particular: Gary Soneji and Kyle Craig. I wondered how many of the forty

“characteristics” the two of them shared, and started putting G.S. and K.C. next to the appropriate ones. Then I felt a tap on my shoulder. I turned away from Dr. Horowitz.

“Senior Agent Nooney needs to see you right now in his ofﬁce,” said an executive assistant, who then walked away with the full conﬁdence that I would be right on his heels. I was.

I was in the FBI now.

23

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 24

Chapter 5

SENIOR AGENT GORDON NOONEY was waiting in his small, cramped ofﬁce in the Administration building. He was obviously upset, which had the desired effect: I wondered what I could have done wrong in the time since we’d talked before class.

It didn’t take him long to let me know why he was so angry. “Don’t bother to sit down. You’ll be out of here in a minute. I just received a highly unusual call from Tony Woods in the director’s ofﬁce. There’s a ‘situation’ going down in Baltimore. Apparently the director wants you there. It will take precedence over your training classes.”

Nooney shrugged his broad shoulders. Out the window behind him I could see thick woods, and also Hoover Road, where a couple of agents jogged. “What the hell, why would you need any training here, Dr. Cross? You caught Casanova in North Carolina. You’re the man who brought down Kyle 24

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 25

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Craig. You’re like Clarice Starling in the movies. You’re already a star.”

I took a deep breath before responding. “I had nothing to do with this. I won’t apologize for catching Casanova or Kyle Craig.”

Nooney waved a hand my way. “Why should you apologize? You’re dismissed from the day’s classes. There’s a helicopter waiting for you over at HRT. You do know where Hostage Rescue Team is?”

“I know where it is.”

Class dismissed, I was thinking as I ran to the helipad. I could hear the crack, crack of weapons being ﬁred at the shooting range. Then I was onboard the helicopter and strapping in. Less than twenty minutes later, the Bell helicopter touched down in Baltimore. I still hadn’t gotten over my meeting with Nooney. Did he understand that I hadn’t asked for this assignment? I didn’t even know why I was in Baltimore. Two agents in a dark blue sedan were waiting for me. One of them, Jim Heekin, took charge immediately, and also put me in my place. “You must be the FNG,” he said as we shook hands.

I wasn’t familiar with what the letters stood for, so I asked Heekin what they meant as we got into the car. He smiled, and so did his partner. “The Fucking New Guy,” he said.

“What we have so far is a bad deal. And it’s hot,” Heekin said. “City of Baltimore homicide detective is involved. Probably why they wanted you here. He’s holed up in his own house. Most of his immediate family’s in there with him. We 25

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 26

JAMES PATTERSON

1

don’t know if he’s suicidal, homicidal, or both, but he’s appar2

ently taken the family hostage. Seems similar to a situation 3

created by a police ofﬁcer last year in south Jersey. This ofﬁ4

cer’s family was gathered together for his father’s birthday 5

party. Some birthday party.”

6

“Do we know how many are in the house with him?” I 7

asked.

8

Heekin shook his head. “Best guess, at least a dozen, 9

including a couple of children. Detective won’t let us talk to 0

any of the family members, and he won’t answer our ques1

tions. Most of the people in the neighborhood don’t want us 2

here either.”

3

“What’s his name?” I asked as I jotted down a few notes to 4

myself. I couldn’t believe I was about to get involved in a 5

hostage negotiation. It still didn’t make any sense to me —

6

and then — it did.

7

“His name is Dennis Coulter.”

8

I looked up in surprise. “I know Dennis Coulter. I worked 9

a murder case with him. Shared a bushel of crabs at Obrycki’s 0

once upon a time.”

1

“We know,” said Agent Heekin. “He asked for you.”

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

26

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 27

Chapter 6

DETECTIVE COULTER HAD ASKED FOR ME. What the hell was that all about? I hadn’t known we were so close. Because we weren’t. I’d met him only a couple of times. We were friendly, but not exactly friends. So why did Dennis Coulter want me here?

A while back, I had worked with Dennis Coulter on an investigation of drug dealers who were trying to connect, and control, the trade in D.C. and Baltimore and everywhere in between. I’d found Coulter to be tough, very egotistical, but good at his job. I remembered he was a big Eubie Blake fan, and that Blake was from Baltimore. Coulter and his hostages were huddled somewhere inside the house, a gray wood-shingle Colonial on Ailsa Avenue in Lauraville, in the northeast part of Baltimore. Venetian blinds were tightly closed in the windows. What was going on behind the front door was anybody’s guess. Three stone steps 27

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 28

JAMES PATTERSON

1

climbed to the porch, where a rocking chair and a wooden 2

glider sat. The house had recently been painted, which sug3

gested to me that Coulter probably hadn’t been expecting 4

trouble in his life. So what happened?

5

Several dozen Baltimore PD, including SWAT team mem6

bers, had surrounded the house. Weapons were drawn and, 7

in some cases, aimed at the windows and the front door. The 8

Baltimore police helicopter unit Foxtrot had responded. 9

Not good.

0

I already had one idea. “What do you think about every1

body lowering their guns for starters?” I asked the ﬁeld com2

mander from the Baltimore PD. “He hasn’t ﬁred on anybody, 3

has he?”

4

The ﬁeld commander and SWAT team leader conferred 5

brieﬂy, and then weapons around the perimeter were low6

ered, at least the ones I could see. Meanwhile, one of the Fox7

trot helicopters continued to hover close to the house. 8

I turned to the commander again. I needed him on my 9

side. “Thank you, Lieutenant. Have you been talking to him?”

0

He pointed to a man crouched behind a cruiser. “Detec1

tive Fescoe has the honor. He’s been on the horn with Coul2

ter for about an hour.”

3

I made a point of walking over to Detective Fescoe and 4

introducing myself. “Mick Fescoe,” he said, but he didn’t 5

seem overjoyed to meet me. “Heard you were coming. We’re 6

ﬁne here.”

7

“This intrusion isn’t my idea,” I told him. “I just left the 8

force in D.C. I don’t want to get in anybody’s way.”

9

“So don’t,” Fescoe said. He was a slender, wiry man who 0

28

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 29

THE BIG BAD WOLF

looked as if he might have played some ball at one time. He moved like it.

I rubbed my hand over my chin. “Any idea why he asked for me? I don’t know him that well.”

Fescoe’s eyes drifted toward the house. “Says he’s being set up by Internal Affairs. Doesn’t trust anybody connected to the Baltimore PD. He knew you’d gone over to the FBI recently.”

“Would you tell him I’m here? But also tell him I’m being briefed now. I want to hear how he sounds before I talk to him.”

Fescoe nodded, then he called the house. It rang several times before it was picked up.

“Agent Cross has just arrived, Dennis. He’s being briefed now,” said Fescoe.

“Like hell he is. Get him on the hook. Don’t make me shoot in here. I’m getting close to creating a real problem. Get him now! ”

Fescoe handed me the phone and I spoke into it. “Dennis, this is Alex Cross. I’m here. I did want to be briefed ﬁrst.”

“This really Alex Cross?” Coulter asked, sounding surprised.

“Yeah, it’s me. I don’t know too many of the details. Except you say you’re being set up by Internal Affairs.”

“I don’t just say it, I am being set up. I can tell you why too. I’ll brief you. That way you’ll hear it straight.”

“All right,” I told him. “I’m on your side so far. I know you, Dennis. I don’t know Baltimore Internal Affairs.”

Coulter cut me off. “I want you to listen to me. Don’t talk. Just hear me out.”

29

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 30

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“All right,” I said. “I’m listening.”

2

I sat down on the ground behind a Baltimore PD cruiser, 3

and I got ready to listen to the armed man who was suppos4

edly holding a dozen of his family members hostage. Jesus, I 5

was back on the Job again.

6

“They want to kill me,” Dennis Coulter began. “The Balti7

more PD has me in its crosshairs.”

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

30

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 31

Chapter 7

POP!

I jumped. Someone had pulled open a can of soda and tapped me on the shoulder with it.

I looked up to see none other than Ned Mahoney, head of the Hostage Rescue Team at Quantico, handing me a Diet Coke, caffeine-free. I had taken a couple of classes from him during orientation. He knew his stuff — in the classroom, anyway.

“Welcome to my private hell,” I said. “What am I doing here, by the way?”

Mahoney winked and dropped down beside me.

“You’re a rising star, or maybe a risen star. You know the drill. Get him talking. Keep him talking,” said Mahoney. “We hear you’re real good at this.”

“So what are you doing here?” I asked. 31

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 32

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“What do you think? Watching, studying your technique. 2

You’re the director’s boy, right? He thinks you’re gifted.”

3

I took a sip of soda, then pressed the cold can to my fore4

head. Hell of an introduction to the FBI for the FNG. 5

“Dennis, who wants to kill you?” I spoke into the cell 6

phone again. “Tell me all you can about what’s going on here. 7

I also need to ask about your family. Is everybody all right in 8

there?”

9

Coulter bristled. “Hey! Let’s not waste time on a lot of 0

bullshit negotiation crap. I’m about to be executed. That’s 1

what this is. Make no mistake. Look around you, man. It’s an 2

execution.”

3

I couldn’t see Coulter, but I remembered him. No more 4

than ﬁve-eight, goatee, hip, always cracking a wiseass joke, 5

very tough. All in all, a small-man complex. He began to tell 6

his story, his side of things, and unfortunately I had no idea 7

what to make of what he was spilling out. According to Coul8

ter, detectives in the Baltimore PD had been involved in large 9

drug payoffs. Even he didn’t know how many, but the num0

ber was high. He’d blown the whistle. The next thing he 1

knew, his house was surrounded by cops. 2

Then Coulter dropped the bomb. “I was getting kick3

backs too. Somebody turned me in to Internal Affairs. One of 4

my partners.”

5

“Why would a partner do that?”

6

He laughed. “Because I got greedy. I went for a bigger 7

piece of the pie. Thought I had my partners by the short 8

hairs. They didn’t see it that way.”

9

“How did you have them by the short hairs?”

0

32

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 33

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“I told my partners that I had copies of records — who had been paid what. A couple years’ worth of records.”

Now we were getting somewhere. “Do you?” I asked. Coulter hesitated. Why was that? Either he did or he didn’t.

“I might, ” he ﬁnally said. “They sure think I do. So now they’re going to put me down. They were coming for me today. . . . I’m not supposed to leave this house alive.”

I was trying to listen for other voices or sounds in the house while he kept talking. I didn’t hear any. Was anybody else still alive in there? What had Coulter done to his family?

How desperate was he?

I looked at Ned Mahoney and shrugged my shoulders. I really wasn’t sure whether Coulter was telling the truth or if he was just a street cop who’d gone loco. Mahoney looked skeptical too. He had a don’t ask me look on his face. I had to go somewhere else for guidance.

“So what do we do now?” I asked Coulter. He sniffed out a laugh. “I was hoping you’d have an idea. You’re supposed to be the hotshot, right?”

That’s what everybody keeps saying. 33

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 34

Chapter 8

THE SITUATION IN BALTIMORE didn’t get any better during the next several hours. If anything, it got worse. It was impossible to keep the neighbors from wandering out on their porches to watch the standoff in progress. Then the Baltimore PD began to evacuate the Coulters’ neighbors, many of whom were also the Coulters’ friends. A temporary shelter had been set up at the nearby Garrett Heights elementary school. It reminded everyone that there were probably children trapped inside Detective Coulter’s house. His family. Jesus!

I looked around and shook my head in dismay as I saw an awful lot of Baltimore police, including SWAT, and also the Hostage Rescue Team from Quantico. A swarm of crazyeyed spectators was pushing and shoving outside the barricades, some of them rooting for cops to be shot — any cop would do.

34

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 35

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I stood up and cautiously made my way over to a group of ofﬁcers waiting behind an emergency rescue van. I didn’t need to be told that they didn’t appreciate interference from the Feds. I hadn’t either when I was on the D.C. police force. I addressed Captain Stockton James Sheehan, whom I’d spoken to brieﬂy when I arrived. “What do you think? Where do we go with this?”

“Has he agreed to let anybody out?” Sheehan asked.

“That’s the ﬁrst question.”

I shook my head. “He won’t even talk about his family. Won’t conﬁrm or deny that they’re in the house.”

Sheehan asked, “Well, what is he talking about?”

I shared some of what I’d been told by Coulter but not everything. How could I? I left out that he’d sworn Baltimore cops were involved in a large-scale drug scheme — and, more devastating, that he had records that would incriminate them. Stockton Sheehan listened and then he offered, “Either he lets go of some of the hostages or we have to go in and get him. He’s not going to gun down his own family.”

“He says he will. That’s the threat.”

Sheehan shook his head. “I’m willing to take the risk. We go in when it gets dark. You know this should be our call.”

I nodded without agreeing or disagreeing, then I walked away from the others. It looked as if we might have another half hour of light. I didn’t like to think about what would happen once darkness came.

I called Coulter again. He picked up right away.

“I have an idea,” I told him. “I think it’s your best shot.” I didn’t tell Coulter, but I also thought it was his only shot.

“So tell me what you’re thinking,” he said. 35

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 36

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I told Dennis Coulter my plan. . . .

2

Ten minutes later, Captain Sheehan was shouting in 3

my face that I was “worse than any motherfucking FBI ass4

hole” he had ever dealt with. I guess I was a fast learner. Maybe 5

I didn’t even need the orientation classes I was missing at 6

Quantico. Not if I was already the “king of the FBI assholes.”

7

Which was one way of saying that the Baltimore police didn’t 8

approve of my plan to defuse the situation with Detective 9

Coulter.

0

Even Mahoney had doubts. “I guess you’re not real big on 1

social and political correctness,” he commented when I told 2

him Captain Sheehan’s reaction.

3

“Thought I was; guess I’m not. Hope this works. It better 4

work. I think they want to kill him, Ned.”

5

“Yeah. So do I. I think we’re making the right call.”

6

“We?” I asked.

7

Mahoney nodded. “I’m in this with you, podjo. No guts, 8

no glory. It’s a Bureau thing.”

9

Minutes later, Mahoney and I watched the Baltimore 0

police very reluctantly pull back from the house. I had told 1

Sheehan I didn’t want to see a single blue uniform or SWAT

2

coverall anywhere around. The captain had his idea of what 3

constituted acceptable risks and I had mine. If they rushed 4

the house, somebody would die for sure. If my idea failed, at 5

least nobody would get hurt. Or, at least, nobody but me. 6

I got back on the phone with Coulter. “The Baltimore 7

police are out of sight,” I told him. “I want you to come out, 8

Dennis. Do it now. Before they get a chance to think about 9

what just happened.”

0

36

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 37

THE BIG BAD WOLF

He didn’t answer at ﬁrst, then said, “I’m looking around. All it takes is one sniper with a nightscope.”

I knew he was right. Didn’t matter. We had one chance.

“Come on out with your hostages,” I told him. “I’ll meet you on the front steps myself.”

He didn’t say anything more, and I was pretty sure I’d lost him. I focused on the front door of the house and tried not to think about people dying here. C’mon, Coulter. Use your head. This is the best deal you’re going to get. He ﬁnally spoke again. “You sure about this? Because I’m not. I think you might be crazy.”

“I’m sure.”

“All right, I’m coming out,” he said. Then he added, “This is on you.”

I turned to Mahoney. “Let’s get a protective vest on him as soon as he hits the porch. Surround him with our guys. No Baltimore PD anywhere near him no matter what they say. Can we do that?”

“Brass balls.” Mahoney grinned. “Let’s do it — try, anyway.”

“Let me bring you out, Dennis. It’s safer that way,” I said into the cell. “I’m coming to you now.”

But Coulter had his own plan. Jesus, he was already on his front porch. He had both hands raised high over his head. Clearly unarmed. Vulnerable as hell.

I was afraid I’d hear shots and he’d go down in a heap. I started to run forward.

Then half a dozen HRT guys were all over him, shielding Coulter from harm. They rushed him to a waiting van. 37

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 38

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“We got him inside the truck. Subject is safe,” I heard the 2

report from HRT. “We’re getting him the hell out of here.”

3

I turned back toward the house. What about the family?

4

Where were they?

5

Had he made up his story? Oh, Christ, what had Dennis 6

Coulter done?

7

Then I saw the family walking single ﬁle out of the house. 8

It was an incredible scene. The hair on the back of my neck 9

stood up.

0

An old man in a white shirt, black trousers, and sus1

penders. An elderly woman in a blowing pink dress and high 2

heels. Tears were streaming down her cheeks. Two small girls 3

in white party dresses. A couple of middle-aged women hold4

ing hands. Three males in their twenties, each of them with 5

their hands up. A woman with two little babies. 6

Several of the adults were carrying cardboard boxes. 7

I ﬁgured I knew what was in them. Yeah, I knew. The 8

records, the proof, the evidence.

9

Detective Dennis Coulter had been telling the truth after 0

all. His family had believed him. They had just saved his life. 1

I felt Ned Mahoney pat my back hard. “Nice job. Really 2

good job.”

3

I laughed and said, “For an FNG. That was a test, wasn’t it?”

4

“I really couldn’t say. But if it was, you aced it.”

5

6

7

8

9

0

38

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 39

Chapter 9

A TEST? Jesus. Is that why I was sent to Baltimore? I hoped to hell not.

I got home late that night, too late. I was glad that no one would be up to see me, especially Nana. I couldn’t handle one of her soul-piercing disapproving looks right now. I needed a beer and then I wanted to go to bed. Sleep if I could. I slipped quietly inside the house, not wanting to wake anyone. Not a sound except for the tiniest electric hum that came from somewhere. I was planning to call Jamilla as soon as I got upstairs. I was missing her like the plague. Rosie the cat slid by and rubbed against my leg. “Hello, Red,” I whispered. “I did good today.”

Then I heard a cry.

I hurried up the front stairs toward Little Alex’s room. He was up and working himself into a good wail. I didn’t want Nana or one of the other kids to have to get up and tend to 39

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 40

JAMES PATTERSON

1

him. Besides, I hadn’t seen my boy since early that morning 2

and I wanted to give him a snuggle. I missed his little face. 3

When I peeked into his room he was sitting up, and he 4

seemed surprised to see it was me. Then he smiled and 5

clapped his hands. Oh, boy! Daddy’s on the case. Daddy’s the 6

biggest sucker in the house.

7

“What are you doing up, Pup? It’s late,” I said. 8

Alex’s bed is a low-riser that I made myself. There are pro9

tective bars on either side to keep him from falling out. 0

I slid in beside him. “Move over and give your daddy some 1

room,” I whispered, and kissed the top of his head. I don’t 2

ever remember my father kissing me, so I kiss Alex every 3

chance I get. The same goes for Damon and Jannie, no matter 4

how much they complain as they get older and less wise. 5

“I’m tired, little man,” I said as I stretched out. “How 6

about you? Tough day, Puppy?”

7

I retrieved his bottle from a space between the mattress 8

and the guard bars. He started to drink, and then he moved 9

in close to me. He grabbed his stuffed cow, Moo, and he fell 0

back to sleep in minutes.

1

So nice. Magical. That sweet baby smell I love. His soft 2

breathing — baby’s breath.

3

The two of us had a nice sleep-over that night. 4

5

6

7

8

9

0

40

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 41

Chapter 10

THE COUPLE WAS HIDING out for a few days in New York City. Lower Manhattan. It was so easy to get lost there, to disappear off the map. And New York was one city where they could get whatever they wanted, whenever they wanted it. The Couple wanted rough sex. For starters, anyway. They had stayed out of reach of their employer for more than thirty-six hours. Their contact man, Sterling, ﬁnally got through to them on the cell phone in a room at the Chelsea Hotel on West Twenty-third Street. Outside the window was a sign: HOTEL CHELSEA in an L shape. The vertical HOTEL was in white, the horizontal CHELSEA in red. It was a famous New York City icon.

“I’ve been trying to reach you for a day and a half,” Sterling said. “Don’t ever turn off your cell on me. Consider this a last warning.”

The woman, Zoya, yawned and gave the phone the ﬁnger. 41

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 42

JAMES PATTERSON

1

With her free hand, she popped a CD, East Eats West, into the 2

player. Rock music kicked in hard and loud. “We were busy, 3

darling. We’re still busy. What the hell do you want? You 4

have more money for us? Money talks.”

5

“Turn down the music, please. Please. Somebody has an 6

itch. He’s very rich. There’s a lot of money involved.”

7

“Like I said, darling, we’re busy right now. Otherwise 8

occupied. Out to lunch. How big an itch is it?”

9

“Same as last time. A very big itch. He’s a personal friend 0

of the Wolf.”

1

Zoya ﬂinched at the mention of the Wolf. “Give me 2

details, speciﬁcs. Don’t waste our time.”

3

“We’ll do it like we always do, darling. A piece of the 4

puzzle at a time. How soon can you be on the road? How 5

about thirty minutes?”

6

“We have something to wrap up here. Let’s say four hours. 7

This need that somebody has, this itch — what kind of itch 8

is it?”

9

“One unit, female. And not too far from New York. I’ll 0

give you directions ﬁrst. Then speciﬁcs on the unit. You have 1

four hours.”

2

Zoya looked at her partner, who was lounging in an arm3

chair. Slava was idly ﬁngering a pecker leash as he listened to 4

her talking. He was gazing out the window at a sweet shop, a 5

tailor shop, a one-hour photo. Typical NYC view. 6

“We’ll do the job,” said Zoya. “Tell Wolf we’ll get his friend 7

what he needs. No problem whatsoever.” Then she hung up 8

on Sterling. Because she could.

9

She shrugged at her partner. Then Zoya looked across the 0

hotel room to a queen-size bed with a steel decorative head42

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 43

THE BIG BAD WOLF

board. A young blond man was lying there. He was naked and gagged, handcuffed to vertical rods spaced about a foot apart on the bed.

“You’re in luck,” Zoya said to the blond. “Only four more hours to play, baby. Only four more hours.”

Then Slava spoke. “You’ll wish it was less. You ever heard of a Russian word — zamochit? No. I’ll show you zamochit. Four hours’ worth. I learned it from the Wolf. Now you learn from me. Zamochit. It means to break all the bones in your body.”

Zoya winked at the boy. “Four hours. Zamochit. You’ll take the next few hours with you through eternity. Never forget it, darling.”

43

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 44

Chapter 11

WHEN I WOKE IN THE MORNING, Little Alex was sleeping peacefully beside me, his head on my chest. I couldn’t resist sneaking another kiss. And another. Then, as I lay there next to my boy, I found myself thinking about Detective Dennis Coulter and his family. I had been moved emotionally when they came out of that house together. The family had saved Coulter’s life, and I was a sucker for family stuff. I had been asked to stop at the Hoover Building, always referred to as “the Bureau,” before I drove down to Quantico. The director wanted to see me about what had happened in Baltimore. I had no idea what to expect, but I was anxious about the visit. Maybe I should have skipped Nana’s coffee that morning.

Almost anybody who has seen it would agree that the Hoover Building is a strange and supernaturally ugly structure. It takes up an entire block between Pennsylvania 44

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 45

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Avenue, Ninth, Tenth, and E Streets. The nicest thing I could say about it is that it’s “fortresslike.” Inside, it’s even worse. The Bureau is library quiet and warehouse grim. The long halls glow in medicinal white.

As soon as I stepped onto the director’s ﬂoor, I was met by his executive assistant, a very efﬁcient man named Tony Woods, whom I liked quite a bit already.

“How is he this morning, Tony?” I asked.

“He likes what happened down in Baltimore,” Tony answered. “His Highness is in a pretty good mood. For a change.”

“Was Baltimore a test?” I asked, not sure how far I could go with the assistant.

“Oh, it was your ﬁnal exam. But remember, everything’s a test.”

I was led into the director’s relatively small conference room. Burns was already sitting there waiting for me. He raised a glass of orange juice in mock salute. “Here he is!” He smiled. “I’m making sure that everybody knows you did a bang-up job in Bal’more. Just the way I wanted to see you start out.”

“Nobody got shot,” I said.

“You got the job done, Alex. HRT was very impressed. So was I.”

I sat down and poured myself coffee. I knew it was “help yourself” and no formalities with Burns. “You’re spreading the word . . . because you have such big plans for me?” I asked.

Burns laughed in his usual conspiratorial way. “Absolutely, Alex. I want you to take my job.”

45

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 46

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Now it was my turn to laugh. “No, thank you.” I sipped 2

the coffee, which was dark brown, a little bitter, but deli3

cious — almost as good as Nana Mama’s. Well, maybe half as 4

good as the best in Washington. “You care to share any of 5

your more immediate plans with me?” I asked. 6

Burns laughed again. He was in a good mood this morn7

ing. “I just want the Bureau to operate simply and effectively, 8

that’s all. It’s the way it was when I ran the New York ofﬁce. 9

I’ll tell you what I don’t believe in: bureaucrats, and cowboys. 0

There are too many of both in the Bureau. Especially the for1

mer. I want street smarts on the street, Alex. Or maybe I just 2

want smarts. You took a chance yesterday, only you probably 3

didn’t see it that way. There were no politics for you — just 4

the right way to get the job done.”

5

“What if it hadn’t worked?” I asked as I set my coffee 6

down on a coaster emblazoned with the Bureau’s emblem. 7

“Well, hell, then you wouldn’t be here now and we 8

wouldn’t be talking like this. Seriously, though, there’s one 9

thing I want to caution you about. It may seem obvious to 0

you, but it’s a lot worse than you imagine. You can’t always 1

tell the good guys from the bad ones in the Bureau. No one 2

can. I’ve tried, and it’s almost impossible.”

3

I thought about what he was implying — part of which 4

was that Burns already knew that one of my weaknesses was 5

to look for the good in people. I understood it was a weak6

ness sometimes, but I wouldn’t change, or maybe I couldn’t 7

change.

8

“Are you a good guy?” I asked him.

9

“Of course I am,” Burns said with a wholesome grin that 0

could have landed him a starring role on The West Wing. “You 46

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 47

THE BIG BAD WOLF

can trust me, Alex. Always. Absolutely. Just like you trusted Kyle Craig a few years back.”

Jesus, he was giving me the shivers. Or maybe the director was just trying to get me to see the world his way: Trust no one. Go to the head of the class.

47

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 48

Chapter 12

AT A LITTLE PAST ELEVEN, I was on my way down to Quantico. Even after my “ﬁnal” in Baltimore, I still had a class on “Stress Management and Law Enforcement.” I already knew the operative statistic: FBI agents were ﬁve times more likely to kill themselves than to be killed in the line of duty. A Billy Collins poem was ﬂoating through my brain as I drove: “Another Reason Why I Don’t Keep a Gun in the House.” Nice concept, good poem, bad omen. The cell rang and I heard the voice of Tony Woods from the director’s ofﬁce. There had been a change of plans. Woods gave me orders from the director to go straight to Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport. A plane was waiting for me.

Jesus! I was on another case already; I’d been ordered to skip school again. Things were happening faster than even 48

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 49

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I had expected, and I wasn’t sure if that was a good or a bad thing.

“Does Senior Agent Nooney know that I’m the director’s one-man ﬂying squad?” I asked Woods. Tell me that he does. I don’t need more trouble down at Quantico.

“We’ll let him know posthaste where you’re going,”

Woods promised. “I’ll take care of it personally. Go to Atlanta, and keep us posted on what you ﬁnd down there. You’ll be briefed on the plane. It’s a kidnapping case.” But that was all Tony Woods would tell me on the phone.

For the most part, the Bureau ﬂies out of Reagan Washington National. I boarded a Cessna Citation Ultra, tan, with no identifying markings. The Cessna sat eight, but I was the only passenger.

“You must be important,” the pilot said before we took off.

“I’m not important. Believe me, I’m nobody.”

The pilot just laughed. “Buckle up, then, nobody.”

It was perfectly clear that a call from the director’s ofﬁce had preceded me. Here I was, being treated like a senior agent. The director’s troubleshooter?

Another agent jumped aboard just before we took off. He sat down across the aisle from me and introduced himself as Wyatt Walsh, from D.C. Was he part of the director’s “ﬂying team” too? Maybe my partner?

“What happened in Atlanta?” I asked. “What’s so important, or unimportant, that it requires our services?”

“Nobody told you?” He seemed surprised that I didn’t know the details.

“I got a call from the director’s ofﬁce less than half an 49

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 50

JAMES PATTERSON

1

hour ago. I was told to come here. They said I’d be briefed on 2

the plane.”

3

Walsh slapped two volumes of case notes on my lap. 4

“There’s been a kidnapping in the Buckhead section of 5

Atlanta. Woman in her thirties. White woman, well-to-do. 6

She’s the wife of a judge, which makes it federal. More impor7

tant, she isn’t the ﬁrst. ”

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

50

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 51

Chapter 13

EVERYTHING WAS SUDDENLY in a hurry-up mode. After we landed I was driven in a van to the Phipps Plaza shopping center in Buckhead.

As we pulled into the lot off Peachtree, it was obvious to me that something was very wrong there. We passed the anchor stores: Saks Fifth Avenue and Lord & Taylor. They were nearly empty. Agent Walsh told me that the victim, Mrs. Elizabeth Connolly, had been abducted in the underground parking lot near another large store called Parisian. The entire parking area was a crime scene, but particularly Level 3, where Mrs. Connolly had been grabbed. Each level of the garage was marked with a purple-and-gold scroll design, but now crime-scene tape was draped over the scrolls. The Bureau’s Evidence Response Team was there. The incredible amount of activity indicated that the local police 51

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 52

JAMES PATTERSON

1

agencies were taking this extremely seriously. Walsh’s words 2

were ﬂoating in my head: She isn’t the ﬁrst. 3

It struck me as a little ironic, but I was more comfortable 4

talking to the local police than to agents from the Bureau’s 5

ﬁeld ofﬁce. I walked over and spoke to two detectives, Pedi 6

and Ciaccio, from the Atlanta PD.

7

“I’ll try to stay out of your way,” I said to them, then 8

added, “I used to be Washington PD.”

9

“Sold out, huh?” Ciaccio said, and she sniffed out a laugh. 0

It was supposed to be a joke, but it had enough truth in it to 1

sting. Her eyes had a light frost in them. 2

Pedi spoke up. He looked about ten years older than his 3

partner. Both were attractive. “Why’s the FBI interested in 4

this case?”

5

I told them only as much as I thought I should, not every6

thing. “There have been other abductions, or at least disap7

pearances, that resemble this one. White women, suburban 8

locales. We’re here checking into possible connections. And, 9

of course, this is a judge’s wife.”

0

Pedi asked, “Are we talking about past disappearances in 1

the Atlanta metro area?”

2

I shook my head. “No, not to my knowledge. The other dis3

appearances are in Texas, Massachusetts, Florida, Arkansas.”

4

“Ransoms involved?” Pedi followed up.

5

“In one Texas case, yes. Otherwise no money has been 6

asked for. None of the women have been found so far.”

7

“Only white women?” Detective Ciaccio asked as she 8

took a few notes.

9

“As far as we know, yes. And all of them fairly well-to-do. 0

But no ransoms. And none of what I’m telling you gets to the 52

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 53

THE BIG BAD WOLF

press.” I looked around the parking garage. “What do we have so far? Help me out a little.”

Ciaccio looked at Pedi. “Joshua?” she asked. Pedi shrugged. “All right, Irene.”

“We do have something. There were a couple of kids in one of the parked cars when the abduction went down. They didn’t witness the ﬁrst part of the crime.”

“They were otherwise occupied,” said Joshua Pedi.

“But they looked up when they heard a scream and saw Elizabeth Connolly. Two kidnappers, apparently pretty good at it. Man and a woman. They didn’t see our young lovers because they were in the back of a van.”

“And they had their heads down?” I asked. “Otherwise occupied?”

“That too. But when they did come up for air, they saw the man and woman, described as being in their thirties, well-dressed. They were already holding Mrs. Connolly. Took her down very fast. Threw her into the back of her own station wagon. Then they drove off in her car.”

“Why didn’t the kids get out of the van to help?”

Ciaccio shook her head. “They said that it happened very fast, and that they were scared. Seemed ‘unreal’ to them. I think they were also nervous about having it known they were playing around in the back of a van during school hours. They both attend a local prep school in Buckhead. They were skipping classes.”

A team took her, I thought, and knew it was a big break for us. According to what I’d read on the ride down, no team had been spotted at any of the other abductions. A male and a female team? That was interesting. Strange and unexpected. 53

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 54

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“You want to answer a question for us now?” Detective 2

Pedi asked.

3

“If I can. Shoot.”

4

He looked at his partner. I had a feeling that somewhere 5

along the way Joshua and Irene might have spent some time 6

in the backseat of a car, something about the way they looked 7

at each other. “We’ve been hearing that this might have to do 8

with the Sandra Friedlander case. Is that right? That one’s 9

gone unsolved for, what, two years in D.C.?”

0

I looked at the detective and shook my head. “Not to my 1

knowledge,” I said. “You’re the ﬁrst to bring up Sandra Fried2

lander.”

3

Which wasn’t exactly the truth. Her name had been in 4

conﬁdential FBI reports I’d read on the ride down from D.C. 5

Sandra Friedlander — and seven others. 6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

54

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 55

Chapter 14

MY HEAD WAS BUZZING. In a bad way. I knew from my hurried reading of the case notes that there were more than 220 women currently listed as missing in the United States, and that at least seven of the disappearances had been linked by the Bureau to “white slave rings.” That was the nasty twist. White women in their twenties and thirties were in high demand in certain circles. The prices could get exorbitant — if the sales were to the Middle East or to Japan. Atlanta had been the hub of another kind of sex-slave scandal just a few years back. It had involved Asian and Mexican women smuggled into the U.S., then forced into prostitution in Georgia and the Carolinas. This case had another possible connection to Juanita, Mexico, where hundreds of women had disappeared in the past couple of years. My mind was ﬂashing through these unpleasantries when 55

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 56

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I arrived at Judge Brendan Connolly’s home in the Tuxedo 2

Park section of Buckhead, near the governor’s mansion. The 3

Connolly place replicated an 1840s up-country Georgia plan4

tation home and sat on about two acres. A Porsche Boxster 5

was parked in the circular driveway. Everything looked per6

fect — in its place.

7

The front door was opened by a young girl who was still 8

in her school clothes. The patch on her jumper told me she 9

attended Pace Academy. She introduced herself as Brigid 0

Connolly, and I could see braces on her teeth. I had read 1

about Brigid in the Bureau’s notes on the family. The foyer of 2

the house was elegant, with an elaborate chandelier and a 3

highly polished ash hardwood ﬂoor.

4

I spotted two younger girls — just their heads — peeking 5

out from a doorway off the main entryway, just past a couple 6

of British watercolors. All three of the Connolly daughters 7

were pretty. Brigid was twelve, Meredith was eleven, and 8

Gwynne was six. According to my crib notes, the younger 9

girls attended the Lovett School.

0

“I’m Alex Cross, with the FBI,” I said to Brigid, who 1

seemed tremendously self-assured for her age, especially dur2

ing this crisis. “I think that your father is expecting me.”

3

“My dad will be right down, sir,” she told me. Then she 4

turned to her younger sisters and scolded, “You heard Daddy. 5

Behave. Both of you.”

6

“I won’t bite anybody,” I said to the girls, who were still 7

peeking at me from down the hallway.

8

Meredith turned bright red. “Oh, we’re sorry. This isn’t 9

about you.”

0

56

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 57

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“I understand,” I said. Finally they smiled, and I saw that Meredith had braces too. Very cute girls, sweet. I heard a voice from above. “Agent Cross?” Agent? I wasn’t used to the sound of that yet.

I looked up the front staircase as Judge Brendan Connolly made his way down. He had on a striped blue dress shirt, dark blue slacks, black driving loafers. He looked trim and in shape, but tired, as if he hadn’t slept in days. I knew from the FBI workup sheets that he was forty-four and had attended Georgia Tech and Vanderbilt Law School.

“So which is it,” he asked, then forced a smile, “do you bite or not?”

I shook his hand. “I only bite people who deserve it,” I said. “Alex Cross.”

Brendan Connolly nodded toward a large library-den that I could see was crammed from ﬂoor to ceiling with books. There was also room for a baby grand piano. I noticed sheet music for some Billy Joel songs. In the corner of the room was a daybed — unmade.

“After Agent Cross and I are done, I’ll make dinner,” he said to the girls. “I’ll try not to poison anybody tonight, but I’ll need your help, ladies.”

“Yes, Daddy,” they chorused. They seemed to adore their father. He pulled the sliding oak doors, and the two of us were sealed inside.

“This is so damn bad. So hard.” He let out a deep breath.

“Trying to keep up a front for them. They’re the best girls in the world.” Judge Connolly gestured around the book-lined room. “This is Lizzie’s favorite place in the house. She plays 57

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 58

JAMES PATTERSON

1

the piano very well. So do the girls. We’re both bookaholics, 2

but she especially loved reading in this room.”

3

He sat in a club chair covered in rust-tone leather. “I 4

appreciate that you came to Atlanta. I’ve heard you’re very 5

good at difﬁcult cases. How can I help you?” he asked. 6

I sat across from him on a matching rust-tone-leather 7

couch. On the wall behind him were photographs of the 8

Parthenon, Chartres, the pyramids, and an honorary plaque 9

from Chastain Horse Park. “There are a lot of people working 0

to ﬁnd Mrs. Connolly, and they’ll go down a lot of avenues. 1

I’m not going to get into too many details about your family. 2

The local detectives can go there.”

3

“Thank you,” the judge said. “Those questions are devas4

tating to answer right now. To go over and over. You can’t 5

imagine.”

6

I nodded. “Are you aware of any local men, or even 7

women, who might have taken an inappropriate interest in 8

your wife? A long-standing crush, a potential obsession?

9

That’s the one private area I’d like to go into. Then, any little 0

things that strike you as out of the ordinary. Did you notice 1

anyone watching your wife? Are there any faces you’ve seen 2

around more than normal lately? Delivery men? Federal 3

Express or other services? Neighbors who are suspicious in 4

any way? Work associates? Even friends who might have fan5

tasized about Mrs. Connolly?”

6

Brendan Connolly nodded. “I see what you’re getting at.”

7

I looked him in the eye. “Have you and your wife had any 8

ﬁghts lately?” I asked. “I need to know if you have. Then we 9

can move on.”

0

58

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 59

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Wetness suddenly appeared in the corners of Brendan Connolly’s eyes. “I met Lizzie in Washington when she was with the Post and I was an associate at Tate Schilling, a law ﬁrm there. It was love at ﬁrst sight. We almost never fought, hardly ever raised our voices. That’s still true. Agent Cross, I love my wife. So do her daughters. Please help us bring her home. You have to ﬁnd Lizzie.”

59

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 60

Chapter 15

THE MODERN-DAY GODFATHER. A forty-seven-year-old Russian now living in America and known as the Wolf. Rumored to be fearless, hands-on, into everything from weapon sales, extortion, and drugs to legitimate businesses such as banking and venture capital. No one seemed to know his true identity, or his American name, or where he lived. Clever. Invisible. Safe from the FBI. And anybody else who might be looking for him.

He had been in his twenties when he made the switch from the KGB to become one of the most ruthless cell leaders in Russian organized crime, the Red Maﬁya. His namesake, the Siberian wolf, was a skillful hunter, but also relentlessly hunted. The Siberian was a fast runner and could overpower much heavier animals — but it was also hunted for its blood and bones. The human Wolf was also a hunter who was hunted — except that the police had no idea where to hunt. 60

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 61

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Invisible. By design. Actually, he was hiding in plain sight. On a balmy evening, the man called Wolf was throwing a huge party at his 20,000-square-foot house on the waterfront in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. The occasion was the launch of his new men’s magazine, called Instinct, which would compete with Maxim and Stun. In Lauderdale, the Wolf was known as Ari Manning, a wealthy businessman originally from Tel Aviv. He had other names in other cities. Many names, many cities. He was passing through the den now, where about twenty of his guests were watching a football game on several TVs, including a 61-inch Runco. A couple of football fanatics were bent over a computer with a statistics database. On a nearby table was a bottle of Stolichnaya encased in a block of ice. The vodka in ice was the only real Russian touch that he allowed. At six-foot-two, this Wolf could carry 240 pounds and still move like a big and very powerful animal. He circulated among his guests, always smiling and joking, knowing that no one in the room understood why he smiled, not one of these so-called friends or business partners or social acquaintances had any idea who he was. They knew him as Ari, not as Pasha Sorokin, and deﬁnitely not as the Wolf. They had no clue about the pounds of illegal diamonds he bought from Sierra Leone, the tons of heroin from Asia, and weapons and even jets sold to the Colombians, or white women purchased by the Saudis and Japanese. In south Florida, he had a reputation for being a maverick both socially and in business. There were more than 150 guests tonight, but he’d ordered food and drink for twice that number. He had imported the chef from Le 61

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 62

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Cirque 2000 in New York, and also a sushi cook from San 2

Francisco. His servers were dressed as cheerleaders and were 3

topless, which he thought a cheeky joke, guaranteed to 4

offend. The famous surprise dessert for the party was Sacher 5

tortes ﬂown in from Vienna. No wonder everybody loved 6

Ari. Or hated him.

7

He gave a playful hug to a former pro running back for 8

the Miami Dolphins and talked to a lawyer who’d made tens 9

of millions from the Florida tobacco settlement — exchanged 0

stories about Governor Jeb Bush. Then he moved on through 1

the crowd. There were so many ass-kissing social climbers 2

and opportunists who came to his house to be seen among 3

the right, and wrong, people: self-important, spoiled, selﬁsh, 4

and, worst of all, boring as tepid dishwater. 5

He walked along the edge of an indoor swimming pool 6

toward an outdoor pool more than twice the size. He chatted 7

with his guests and made a generous pledge to a private8

school charity. Not surprisingly, he was hit on by somebody’s 9

wife. He had serious conversations with the owner of the 0

most important hotel in the state, a Mercedes-dealing mogul, 1

and the head of a conglomerate who was a hunting “buddy”

2

of his.

3

He despised all of these pretenders, especially the older 4

used-to-bes. None of them had ever taken a real risk in their 5

lives. Still, they had made millions, even billions, and they 6

thought they were such hot shit.

7

And then — he thought about Elizabeth Connolly for the 8

ﬁrst time in an hour or so. His sweet, very sexy Lizzie. She 9

looked like Claudia Schiffer, and he fondly remembered the 0

days when the image of the German model was on hundreds 62

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 63

THE BIG BAD WOLF

of billboards all over Moscow. He had lusted for Claudia —

all Russian men had — and now he had her likeness in his possession.

Why? Because he could. It was the philosophy that drove him and everything in his life.

For that very reason, he was keeping her right here in his big house in Fort Lauderdale.

63

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 64

Chapter 16

LIZZIE CONNOLLY COULDN’T BELIEVE any of this awfulness was happening to her. It still didn’t seem possible. It wasn’t possible. And yet, here she was. A hostage!

The house where she was being kept was full of people. Full! It sounded as if a party was going on. A party? How dare he?

Was her insane captor that sure of himself? Was he so arrogant? So brazen? Was it possible? Of course it was. He’d boasted to her that he was a gangster, the king of gangsters, perhaps the greatest that ever lived. He had repulsive tattoos — on the back of his right hand, his shoulders, his back, around his right index ﬁnger, and also on his private parts, on his testicles and penis.

Lizzie could deﬁnitely hear a party going on in the house. She could even make out conversations: small talk about an upcoming trip to Aspen; a rumored affair between a nanny 64

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 65

THE BIG BAD WOLF

and a local mother; the death of a child in a pool, a six-yearold like her Gwynne; football stories; a joke about two altar boys and a Siamese cat that she had already heard in Atlanta. Who the hell were these people? Where was she being held? Where am I, damn it?

Lizzie was trying so hard not to go crazy, but it was almost impossible. All of these people, their inane talk. They were so close to where she was bound and tied and gagged and being held hostage by a madman, probably a killer.

As Lizzie listened, tears ﬁnally began to run down her cheeks. Their voices, their closeness, their laughing, all just a few feet away from her.

I’m here! I’m right here! Damn it, help me. Please help me. I’m right here!

She was in darkness. Couldn’t see a thing. The people, the party, were on the other side of a thick wooden door. She was locked in a small room that was part closet; she’d been kept in here for days. Permitted bathroom breaks but not much else.

Bound tightly by rope.

Gagged with tape.

So she couldn’t call out for help. Lizzie couldn’t scream —

except inside her head.

Please help me.

Somebody, please!

I’m here! I’m right here!

I don’t want to die.

Because that was the one thing he’d told her that was certain — he was going to kill her. 65

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 66

Chapter 17

BUT NO ONE COULD HEAR Lizzie Connolly. The party went on and got larger, noisier, more extravagant, vulgar. Eleven times during the night, stretch limousines dropped off well-heeled guests at the large waterfront house in Fort Lauderdale. Then the limos left. They would not be waiting for their passengers. No one noticed, at least no one let on. And no one paid any attention when these same guests left that night in cars they hadn’t arrived in. Very expensive cars, the ﬁnest in the world, all of them stolen. An NFL running back departed in a deep maroon RollsRoyce Corniche convertible worth $363,000, “made to order,”

from the paint to the wood, hide, trim, even the position of the intercrossed Rs in the cockpit.

A white rap star drove off in an aqua blue Aston Martin Vanquish priced at $228,000, capable of zero to a hundred in under ten seconds.

66

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 67

THE BIG BAD WOLF

The most expensive of the cars was the American-made Saleen S7, with its gull-wing doors, the look of a shark, and 550 horsepower.

All in all, eleven very expensive, very stolen automobiles were delivered to buyers at the house.

A silver Pagani Zonda priced at $370,000. The engine of the Italian-made racer barked, howled, roared. A silver and orange-trimmed Spyker C8 Double 12 with 620 horsepower.

A bronze Bentley Azure Mulliner convertible — yours for

$376,000.

A Ferrari 575 Maranello — $215,000.

A Porsche GT2.

Two Lamborghini Murcielagos — yellow gold — $270,000

apiece, named, like all Lamborghinis, after a famous bull. A Hummer H1 — not as hot as the other cars, maybe, but nothing got in its way.

The total value of the stolen cars was over three million; the sales came to a little under two.

Which more than paid for the Sacher tortes ﬂown all the way from Vienna.

And besides, the Wolf was a fan of fast, beautiful cars . . . of fast, beautiful everything.

67

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 68

Chapter 18

I FLEW BACK TO D.C. the next day and was home at six that night, ﬁnished with work for the day. At times like this, I almost felt that maybe I had my life back. Maybe I’d done the right thing by joining the Bureau. Maybe . . . As I climbed out of the ancient black Porsche, I saw Jannie on the front porch. She was practicing her violin, her “long bows.” She wanted to be the next Midori. The playing was impressive — to me, anyway. When Jannie wanted something, she went after it.

“Who’s the beautiful young lady holding that Juzek so perfectly?” I called as I trudged up the lawn. Jannie glanced my way, said nothing, smiled knowingly, as if only she knew the secret. Nana and I were involved in her practices, which featured the Suzuki method of instruction. We modiﬁed the method slightly to include both of us. Parents were a part of practice, and it seemed to pay dividends. In the Suzuki way, great care was taken to avoid com68

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 69

THE BIG BAD WOLF

petition and its negative effects. Parents were told to listen to countless tapes and attend lessons. I had gone to many of the lessons myself. Nana covered the others. In that way, we assumed the dual role of “home teacher.”

“That’s so beautiful. What a wonderful sound to come home to,” I told Jannie. Her smile was worth everything I’d gone through at work that day.

She ﬁnally spoke. “To soothe the savage beast,” she said. Violin under one arm, bow held down, Jannie bowed, and then she began to play again.

I sat on the porch steps and listened. Just the two of us, the setting sun, and the music. The beast was soothed. After she ﬁnished practice, we ate a light dinner, then hurried over to the Kennedy Center for one of the free programs in the Grand Foyer. Tonight it was “Liszt and Virtuosity.” But wait — there was more. Tomorrow night we planned to attack the new climbing wall at the Capital Y. Then, with Damon, it was a video game extravaganza featuring Eternal Darkness: Sanity’s Requiem and Warcraft III: Reign of Chaos. I hoped we could keep it up like this. Even the video games. I was on the right track now and I liked it. So did Nana and the kids.

Around ten-thirty, to complete the day just right, I got hold of Jamilla on the phone. She was home at a decent hour for a change. “Hey,” she said at the sound of my voice.

“Hey back at you. Can you talk? This a good time?”

“Might be able to squeeze in a couple of minutes for you. I hope you’re calling from home. Are you?”

“Been here since around six. We had a family night at the Kennedy Center. Big success.”

69

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 70

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I’m jealous.”

2

We talked about what she was up to, then my big night 3

with the kids, and ﬁnally my life and times with the Bureau. 4

But I had the sense that Jamilla needed to get off after about 5

ﬁfteen minutes. I didn’t ask if she had anything going for 6

tonight. She’d tell me if she wanted to. 7

“I miss you way out there in San Francisco,” I said, and 8

left it at that. I hoped it didn’t come off as not caring. Because 9

I did care about Jam. She was in my thoughts all the time. 0

“I have to run, Alex. Bye,” she said.

1

“Bye.”

2

Jamilla had to run. And I was ﬁnally trying to stop. 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

70

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 71

Chapter 19

THE NEXT MORNING I was told to attend a key-person meeting about the Connolly kidnapping and the possibility that the abduction was connected to others in the past twelve months. The case had been upgraded to “major,” and it had the code name “White Girl.”

An FBI Rapid Start Team had already been dispatched to Atlanta. Satellite photos of the Phipps Plaza shopping center had been ordered in the hope that we could identify the motor vehicle the UNSUBS had used to get there before driving away in the Connolly station wagon. There were about two dozen agents in a windowless

“major case” room at the Bureau in Washington. When I arrived, I learned that Washington would be the “ofﬁce of origin” for the case, which meant the case was important to Director Burns. The Criminal Investigative Division had already prepared a brieﬁng book for him. The important entry 71

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 72

JAMES PATTERSON

1

point for the FBI was that a federal judge’s wife had dis2

appeared.

3

Ned Mahoney from HRT sat down next to me and seemed 4

not just outgoing but friendly. He greeted me with a winking 5

“Hey, star.” A tiny dark-haired woman in a black jumpsuit 6

plopped down on the other side of me. She introduced her7

self as Monnie Donnelley and told me she was the Violent 8

Crimes analyst attached to the case. She talked extraordinar9

ily fast, lots of energy, almost too much. 0

“Guess we’ll be working together,” she said, and shook 1

my hand. “I’ve already heard good things about you. I know 2

your résumé. I attended Hopkins for grad school too. How 3

about that?”

4

“Monnie’s our best and our brightest,” Mahoney inter5

jected. “And that’s a gross understatement.”

6

“He’s so right,” Monnie Donnelley agreed. “Spread the 7

word. Please. I’m tired of being a secret weapon.”

8

I noticed that my supervisor, Gordon Nooney, wasn’t in 9

the room of at least ﬁfty agents. Then the meeting began on 0

White Girl.

1

A senior agent named Walter Zelras stood in the front and 2

started to show slides. He was professional but very dry. I 3

almost felt as if I’d joined IBM or Chase Manhattan Bank 4

instead of the FBI. Monnie whispered, “Don’t worry, it’ll get 5

worse. He’s just warming up.”

6

Zelras had a droning speaking voice that reminded me of 7

a professor I’d had a long time ago at Hopkins. Both Zelras 8

and my former professor gave everything equal weight, never 9

seemed excited or disturbed about the material they were pre0

72

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 73

THE BIG BAD WOLF

senting. Zelras’s subject was the connection the Connolly abduction might have had to several others in the past months, so it ought to have been spellbinding.

“Gerrold Gottlieb,” Monnie Donnelley whispered again. I smiled, almost laughed out loud. Gottlieb was the professor who used to drone on at Hopkins.

“Upscale, attractive white women,” Zelras was saying,

“have been disappearing at a rate a little over three times the statistical norm over the past year. This is true both here in the States and in Eastern Europe. I’m going to pass around an actual catalogue showing women who were up for sale about three months ago. Unfortunately, we were unable to trace the catalogue back to whoever manufactured it. There was a Miami link, but it never went anywhere.”

When the catalogue got to me, I saw that it was black and white, the pages probably printed off the Internet. I quickly leafed through it. There were seventeen women shown, nude shots, along with details such as breast and waist size, “true”

color of hair, and color of eyes. The women had unlikely nicknames like Candy, Sable, Foxy, Madonna, and Ripe. The prices ranged from $3,500 to $150,000. There was no further biographical information on any of the women and nothing at all about their personalities.

“We’ve been working closely with Interpol on what we suspect could be ‘white slave’ trading. FYI, ‘white slave’ refers to women bought and sold speciﬁcally for the purpose of prostitution. These days, the women are usually Asian, Mexican, and South American, not white, except in Eastern Europe. You should also note that at this time slavery is more 73

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 74

JAMES PATTERSON

1

globalized and technologized than ever in history. Some 2

countries in Asia look the other way as women, and children, 3

are sold — especially into Japan and India. 4

“In the past couple of years, a market has opened up for 5

white women, particularly blondes. These women are sold 6

for prices ranging from a few hundred up into the mid ﬁve 7

ﬁgures and possibly higher. As I said, a signiﬁcant market is 8

Japan. Another is the Middle East, of course. The Saudis are 9

the biggest buyers. Believe it or not, there’s even a market in 0

Iraq and Iran. Questions at this point?”

1

There were several, mostly good ones, which showed me 2

this was a savvy group that had been brought together. 3

I ﬁnally asked a question, though I was reluctant to as 4

the FNG. “Why do we think Elizabeth Connolly is connected 5

to the others?” I gestured around the room. “I mean, this 6

connected?”

7

Zelras answered quickly. “A team took her. Kidnapping 8

gangs are very common in the slave trade, especially in East9

ern Europe. They’re experienced and very efﬁcient at the 0

abductions, and they’re connected into a pipeline. There’s 1

usually a buyer before they take a woman like Mrs. Connolly. 2

She would be high risk but very high reward. What makes 3

this kind of abduction attractive is that there’s no ransom 4

exchange. The Connolly abduction ﬁts our proﬁle.”

5

Someone asked, “Could a buyer request a speciﬁc woman?

6

Is that a possibility?”

7

Zelras nodded. “If the money is right, yes, absolutely. The 8

price might go into the six ﬁgures. We’re working that angle.”

9

Most of the remainder of the long meeting was taken up 0

with discussion about Mrs. Connolly and whether we could 74

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 75

THE BIG BAD WOLF

ﬁnd her quickly. The consensus was no. One detail was particularly perplexing: Why would the UNSUBS kidnap the victim in such a public place? Proﬁt / ransom seemed the logical possibility, but there had been no ransom note. Had somebody speciﬁcally asked for Mrs. Elizabeth Connolly? If so — who? What was special about her? And why the mall?

Surely there were easier abduction locations. As we talked about her, a photograph of Mrs. Connolly and her three daughters remained on the screen at the front of the conference room. The four of them looked so closeknit and happy. It was scary, sad. I found myself thinking about being with Jannie on our front porch the night before. Someone asked, “These women who’ve been abducted, have any of them been found?”

“Not one,” said Agent Zelras. “Our fear is that they’re dead. That the kidnappers — or whoever the kidnappers deliver them to — consider them disposable.”

75

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 76

Chapter 20

I RETURNED TO my orientation classes that day after the lunch break, and just in time for another of SSA Horowitz’s awful jokes. He held up a clipboard for us to see his material.

“The ofﬁcial list of David Koresh’s theme songs. ‘You Light Up My Life,’ ‘I’m Burning Up,’ ‘Great Balls of Fire.’ My personal favorite: ‘Burning Down the House.’ Love the Talking Heads.” Dr. Horowitz seemed to know that his jokes were bad, but black humor works with police ofﬁcers, and his deadpan delivery was decent. Plus, he knew who had recorded “Burning Down the House.”

We had an hour session on “Management of Integrated Cases,” followed by “Law Enforcement Communication,”

then “Dynamics of the Pattern Killer.” In the last course we were told that serial killers change, that they are “dynamic.”

In other words, they get smarter and better at killing. Only 76

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 77

THE BIG BAD WOLF

the “ritual characteristics” remain the same. I didn’t bother to take notes.

The next class took place outdoors. We were all dressed in sport jackets, but with padded throat and face protectors for a “practical” at Hogans Alley. The exercise involved three cars in hot pursuit of a fourth. Sirens blared and echoed. Loudspeakers barked commands: “Stop! Pull over! Come out of the car with your hands up.” Our ammo, Simunition, consisted of cartridges with pink-paint-infused tips. It was ﬁve o’clock by the time we ﬁnished the exercise. I showered and dressed, and as I was leaving the training building to go over to the dining hall building, where I had a cubicle, I saw SSA Nooney. He motioned for me to come over. What if I don’t want to?

“You headed back to D.C.?” he asked.

I nodded and bit down on my tongue. “In a while. I have some reports to read ﬁrst. The abduction in Atlanta.”

“Big stuff. I’m impressed. The rest of your classmates spend their nights here. Some of them think it helps build camaraderie. I think so too. Are you an agent of change?”

I shook my head, then tried a smile on Nooney. Didn’t work.

“I was told from the start that I could go home nights. That isn’t possible for most of the others.”

Then Nooney began to push hard, trying to stir up old anger.

“I heard you had some problems with your chief of detectives in D.C. too,” he said.

“Everybody had problems with Chief of Detectives Pittman,” I said. 77

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 78

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Nooney’s eyes appeared glazed. It was obvious he didn’t 2

see it that way. “Just about everybody has problems with me 3

too. Doesn’t mean I’m wrong about the importance of build4

ing a team here. I’m not wrong, Cross.”

5

I resisted saying anything more. Nooney was coming 6

down on me again. Why? I had attended the classes I could 7

make; I still had work to do on White Girl. Like it or not, I 8

was part of the case. And this wasn’t another practical — it 9

was real. It was important.

0

“I have to get my work done,” I ﬁnally said. Then I walked 1

away from Nooney. I was pretty sure I’d made my ﬁrst enemy 2

in the FBI. An important one too. No sense starting small. 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

78

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 79

Chapter 21

MAYBE IT WAS GUILT churned up by my confrontation with Gordon Nooney that made me work late in my cube on the lower level of the dining hall building where Behavioral Science had its ofﬁces. The low ceilings, bad ﬂuorescent lighting, and cinder-block walls kind of made me feel as if I were back at my precinct. But the depth of the back ﬁles and research available to FBI agents was astonishing. The Bureau’s resources were better than anything I’d ever seen in the D.C. police department. It took me a couple of hours to go through less than a quarter of the white-slave-trade ﬁles, and those were just cases in the U.S. One abduction in particular caught my attention. It involved a female D.C. attorney named Ruth Morgenstern. She had last been seen at approximately 9:30 P.M. on August 20. A friend had dropped her off near her apartment in Foggy Bottom.

Ms. Morgenstern was twenty-six years old, 111 pounds, 79

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 80

JAMES PATTERSON

1

with blue eyes and shoulder-length blond hair. On August 2

28, one of her identiﬁcation cards was found near the north 3

gate of the Anacostia Naval Station. Two days later, her gov4

ernment access card was found on a city street. 5

But Ruth Morgenstern was still missing. Her ﬁle included 6

the notation Most likely dead.

7

I wondered: Was Ruth Morgenstern dead?

8

How about Mrs. Elizabeth Connolly?

9

Around ten, just as I was starting to do some serious 0

yawning, I came across another case that snapped my mind 1

to attention. I read the report once, then a second time. 2

It involved the abduction eleven months earlier of a 3

woman named Jilly Lopez in Houston. The kidnapping had 4

occurred at the Houstonian Hotel. A team — two males —

5

had been seen loitering near the victim’s SUV in the parking 6

garage. Mrs. Lopez was described as “very attractive.”

7

Minutes later, I was speaking to the ofﬁcer in Houston who 8

had handled the case. Detective Steve Bowen was curious 9

about my interest in the abduction, but he was cooperative. He 0

said that Mrs. Lopez hadn’t been found or heard from since she 1

disappeared. No ransom was ever requested. “She was a real 2

good lady. Just about everybody I talked to loved her.”

3

I’d heard the same thing about Elizabeth Connolly when I 4

was in Atlanta.

5

I already hated this case, but I couldn’t get it out of my 6

skull. White Girl. The women who’d been taken were all lov7

able, weren’t they? It was the thing they had in common. 8

Maybe it was the kidnappers’ pattern.

9

Lovable victims.

0

How awful was that?

80

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 81

Chapter 22

WHEN I GOT HOME that night, it was quarter past eleven, but there was a surprise waiting for me. A good one. John Sampson was sitting on the front steps. All six-foot-nine, two hundred ﬁfty pounds of him. He looked like the Grim Reaper at ﬁrst — but then he grinned and looked like the Joyful Reaper.

“Look who it is. Detective Sampson.” I smiled back.

“How’s it going, man?” John asked as I walked across the lawn. “You’re working kind of late again. Same old, same old. You never change, man.”

“This is the ﬁrst late night I’ve had at Quantico,” I responded a little defensively. “Don’t start.”

“Did I say anything bad? Did I even cut you with the ‘ﬁrst of many’ line that’s right there on the tip of my tongue? No, I didn’t. I’m being good — for me. But since we’re talking, you can’t help yourself, can you?”

81

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 82

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Want a cold beer?” I asked, and unlocked the front door 2

of the house. “Where’s your bride tonight?”

3

Sampson followed me inside and we got a couple of 4

Heinekens each; we took them out to the sunporch. I sat on 5

the piano bench and John plopped down in the rocker, 6

which strained under his weight. John is my best friend in 7

the world and has been since we were ten years old. We were 8

homicide detectives, and partners, until I went over to the 9

FBI. He’s still a little pissed at me for that. 0

“Billie’s just ﬁne. She’s working the late shift at St. 1

Anthony’s tonight and tomorrow. We’re doing good.” He 2

drained about half of his beer in a gulp. “No complaints, 3

partner. Far from it. You’re looking at a happy camper.”

4

I had to laugh. “You seem surprised.”

5

Sampson laughed too. “Guess I didn’t think I was the 6

marrying kind. Now all I want to do is hang with Billie most 7

of the time. She makes me laugh, and she even gets my jokes. 8

How about you and Jamilla? She good? And how is the new 9

job? How’s it feel to be a Feebie down at Club Fed?”

0

“I was just going to call Jam,” I told him. Sampson had 1

met Jamilla, liked her, and knew our situation. Jam was a 2

homicide detective too, so she understood what the life was 3

like. I really enjoyed being with her. Unfortunately, she lived 4

in San Francisco — and she loved it out there. 5

“She’s on another murder case. They kill people in San 6

Francisco too. Life in the Bureau is good so far.” I popped 7

open the second of my beers. “I need to get used to the 8

Bureau-crats, though.”

9

“Uh-oh,” Sampson said. Then he grinned wickedly. 0

“Crack in the walls already? The Bureau-crats. Authority 82

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 83

THE BIG BAD WOLF

problems? So why you working so late? Aren’t you still in orientation, whatever they call it?”

I told Sampson about the kidnapping of Elizabeth Connolly — the condensed version — but then we moved back to more pleasant subjects. Billie and Jamilla, the allure of romance, the latest George Pelecanos novel, a detective friend of ours who was dating his partner and didn’t think anybody was onto them. But we all knew. It was like it always was when Sampson and I got together. I missed working with him. Which led to the next thought: I needed to ﬁgure out some way to get him into the FBI.

The big man cleared his throat. “Something else I wanted to tell you, talk to you about. Real reason I came over tonight,” he said.

I raised an eyebrow. “Oh. What’s that?”

His eyes avoided mine. “Kind of difﬁcult for me, Alex.”

I leaned forward. He had me hooked.

Then Sampson smiled, and I knew it was good, whatever he was about to share.

“Billie’s got herself pregnant,” he said, and laughed his deepest, richest laugh. Then Sampson jumped up and bear hugged me half to death. “I’m going to be a father!”

83

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 84

Chapter 23

“HERE WE GO AGAIN, my darling Zoya,” said Slava in a conspiratorial whisper. “You look very prosperous, by the way. Just perfect for today.”

The Couple looked like all the other suburban types wandering around the crowded King of Prussia Mall, the “second largest in America,” according to promotional signs at all the entrances. There was good reason for the mall’s popularity. Greedy shoppers traveled here from the surrounding states because Pennsylvania had no tax on clothing.

“These people all look so wealthy. They have their shit together,” said Slava. “Don’t you think? You know the expression I’m using — ‘having your shit together’? It’s American. Slang.”

Zoya snorted out a nasty laugh. “We’ll see how together their shit is in an hour or so. After we’ve done our business here. Their fear lies about a quarter of an inch below the sur84

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 85

THE BIG BAD WOLF

face. Just like everybody else in this spoiled-rotten country, they’re afraid of their own shadows. But especially pain, or even a little discomfort. Can’t you see that on their faces, Slava? They’re afraid of us. They just don’t know it yet.”

Slava looked around the main plaza, which was dominated by Nordstrom and Neiman Marcus. There were signs up everywhere for Teen People magazine’s “Rock and Shop Tour.” Meanwhile, their target had just bought a ﬁfty-dollar box of cookies at Neimans. Amazing! Then she bought something equally absurd called a Red, White, and Blue Dog journal, which was prohibitively expensive as well. Stupid, stupid people. Keeping notebooks for a dog, Slava thought. Then he spotted the target again. She was coming out of Skechers with her small children in tow. Actually, the target looked a little apprehensive to them at the moment. Why was that? Maybe she was afraid that she would be recognized and have to sign an autograph or make small talk with her fans. Price of fame, eh? She moved quickly now, guiding the precious little ones into Dick Clark’s American Bandstand Grill, presumably for lunch, but maybe just to escape the crowds.

“Dick Clark came from Philadelphia, near here,” Slava said. “Did you know that?”

“Who the hell cares about Dick Clark, Dick Tracy, or dickless,” said Zoya, and hammered Slava’s biceps with her ﬁst. “Stop this stupid trivia game. It gives me a headache. Excedrin headache number one trillion since I met you.”

The target certainly ﬁt the description they had been given by their controller: tall, blond, ice queen, full of herself. But also tasty down to the last detail, thought Slava. It 85

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 86

JAMES PATTERSON

1

made sense, he supposed. She had been purchased by a client 2

who called himself the Art Director.

3

The Couple waited about ﬁfty minutes. A middle school 4

choir from Broomall, Pennsylvania, was performing in the 5

atrium. Then the target and her two kids emerged from the 6

restaurant.

7

“Let’s do it,” said Slava. “This should be interesting, no?

8

The kids make it a challenge.”

9

“No,” Zoya said. “The kids make it insane. Wait until the 0

Wolf hears about this. He’ll have puppies. That’s American 1

slang, by the way.”

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

86

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 87

Chapter 24

THE NAME OF THE WOMAN who’d been purchased was Audrey Meek. She was a celebrity, having founded a highly successful line of women’s fashions and accessories called Meek. It was her mother’s maiden name, and the one she used herself.

The Couple watched her closely, tailed her into the parking garage without creating suspicion. They jumped her as she was putting her Neiman Marcus and Hermès and other shopping bags into a shiny black Lexus SUV with New Jersey plates.

“Children, run! Run away!” Audrey Meek struggled ﬁercely as Zoya tried to stuff an acrid-smelling gauzy cloth over her nose and mouth. Soon she saw circles, stars, and bright colors for a few dramatic seconds. Then she ﬁnally passed out in Slava’s powerful arms.

Zoya peered around the parking garage. It was nothing 87

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 88

JAMES PATTERSON

1

much to look at — cement walls with number and letter 2

marks. Nobody anywhere near them. Nobody noticing any3

thing wrong, even though the children were yelling and 4

starting to cry.

5

“Leave my mommy alone!” Andrew Meek shouted, and 6

threw punches at Slava, who only smiled at the boy. “Good 7

little fellow,” he applauded. “Protect your mama. She would 8

be proud of you. I am proud of you.”

9

“Let’s go, stupid!” shouted Zoya. As always, she was the 0

one who took care of all the important business. It had been 1

that way since she was growing up in the Moskovskaya 2

oblast outside Moscow and had decided she couldn’t bear to 3

be either a factory worker or a prostitute. 4

“What about the kids? We can’t leave them here,” said 5

Slava.

6

“Leave them. That’s what we’re supposed to do, you idiot. 7

We want witnesses. That’s the plan. Can’t you keep anything 8

straight?”

9

“In the garage? Leave them here?”

0

“They’ll be ﬁne. Or not. Who the hell cares? C’mon. We 1

must go. Now!”

2

They drove off in the Lexus with the target, Audrey Meek, 3

unconscious on the backseat and her two children wailing in 4

the parking garage. Zoya drove at a moderate speed around 5

the mall, then turned onto the Dekalb Pike. 6

They traveled only a few minutes to the Valley Forge 7

National Historical Park, where they switched cars. 8

Then another eight miles to a remote parking area where 9

they changed vehicles yet again.

0

88

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 89

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Then off to Ottsville, in the Bucks County area of Pennsylvania. Soon Mrs. Meek would meet the Art Director, who was madly in love with her. He must have been — he had paid $250,000 for the pleasure of her company, whatever that might be.

And there had been witnesses to the abduction — a screwup — on purpose.

89

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 90

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 91

Part Two

FIDELITY, BRAVERY, INTEGRITY

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 92

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 93

Chapter 25

NO ONE HAD been able to ﬁgure out the Wolf yet. According to information from Interpol and the Russian police, he was a no-nonsense, hands-on operator, who had originally been trained as a policeman. Like many Russians, he was able to think in very ﬂuid, commonsense terms. That native ability was sometimes given as the reason the Mir space station was able to stay in space so long. The Russian cosmonauts were simply better than the Americans at ﬁguring out everyday problems. If something unexpected went wrong in the spacecraft, they ﬁxed it.

And so did the Wolf.

On that sunny afternoon, he drove a black Cadillac Escalade to the northern section of Miami. He needed to see a man named Yeggy Titov about some security matters. Yeggy liked to think of himself as a world-class Web site designer and 93

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 94

JAMES PATTERSON

1

cutting-edge engineer. He had a doctorate from Cal-Berkeley 2

and never let anyone forget it. But Yeggy was just another 3

pervert and creep with delusions of grandeur and an attitude, 4

a really bad attitude.

5

The Wolf banged on the metal door of Yeggy’s apartment 6

in a high-riser overlooking Biscayne Bay. He was wearing a 7

skullcap and a Miami Heat windbreaker, just in case anyone 8

saw him visiting.

9

“All right, all right, hold your urine!” Yeggy shouted from 0

inside. It took him another couple of minutes to ﬁnally open 1

up. He had on blue-jean shorts and a tattered, faded-black 2

novelty-store sweatshirt with Einstein’s grinning face on it. 3

Quite the kidder, that Yeggy.

4

“I told you not to make me come and see you,” the Wolf 5

said, but he was smiling broadly, as if he were making a big 6

joke. So Yeggy smiled too. They had been business associates 7

for about a year — which was a long time for anyone to put 8

up with Yeggy. “Your timing is perfect,” he said. 9

“How lucky for me,” said the Wolf, as he strolled into the 0

living room and immediately wanted to hold his nose. The 1

apartment was an incredible dump — littered with fast-food 2

wrappers and pizza boxes, empty milk cartons, and dozens, 3

maybe a hundred, old copies of Novoye Russkoye Slovo, the 4

largest Russian-language newspaper in the United States. 5

The odor of ﬁlth and decaying food was bad enough, but 6

even worse was Yeggy himself, who always smelled like 7

week-old sausages. The science man led him into a bedroom 8

off the living room area — only it turned out not to be a 9

bedroom at all. It was the lab of a very disorganized person. 0

Ugly brown carpeting, three beige CPU boxes on the ﬂoor, 94

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 95

THE BIG BAD WOLF

and parts in a corner — discarded heat sinks, circuit boards, hard drives.

“You are a pig,” the Wolf said, then laughed again.

“But a very smart pig.”

In the center of the room was a modular desk. Three ﬂatscreen displays formed a semicircle around a well-worn rumble chair. Behind the display screens was a ﬁre hazard of intertwined cables. There was only one outside window, the blind permanently drawn.

“Your site is very secure now,” Yeggy said. “Primo. One hundred percent. No possible screwups. The way you like it.”

“I thought it was already secure,” the Wolf replied.

“Well, now it’s more secure. You can’t be too careful these days. Tell you what else — I ﬁnished the latest brochure. It’s a classic, instant classic.”

“Yes, and only three weeks late.”

Yeggy shrugged his bony shoulders. “So what — wait’ll you see my work. It’s genius. Can you recognize genius when you see it? This is genius.”

The Wolf examined the pages before he said anything to the science man. The brochure was printed on 81⁄2-by-11inch glossy paper bound in a clear report cover with a red spine. Yeggy had cranked it out on his HP color laser printer. The colors were electric. The cover looked perfect. The elegance was weird, actually, as if the Wolf were looking at a Tiffany’s catalogue. It sure didn’t look like the work of a man who lived in this shit hole.

“I told you that girls number seven and seventeen were no longer with us. Dead, actually,” the Wolf ﬁnally said. “Our boy genius is forgetful, no?”

95

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 96

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Details, details,” said Yeggy. “Speaking of which, you 2

owe me ﬁfteen thousand cash on delivery. This would be 3

considered delivery.”

4

The Wolf reached into his suit jacket and pulled out a Sig 5

Sauer 210. He shot Yeggy twice between the eyes. Then, for 6

laughs, he shot Albert Einstein between the eyes too. 7

“Looks like you are no longer with us, either, Mr. Titov. 8

Details, details.”

9

The Wolf sat at a laptop computer and ﬁxed the sales cat0

alogue himself. Then he burned a CD and took it with him. 1

Also several copies of Novoye Russkoye Slovo that he had 2

missed. He would send a crew to dispose of the body and 3

burn this shit hole later. Details, details. 4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

96

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 97

Chapter 26

I SKIPPED A CLASS on “Arrest Techniques” that morning. I ﬁgured I probably knew more on the subject than the teacher. I called Monnie Donnelley instead and told her I needed whatever she had on the white slave trade, particularly recent activity in the U.S., that might relate to the White Girl case.

Most of the Bureau’s crime analysts were housed ten miles away at CIRG, but Monnie had an ofﬁce at Quantico. Less than an hour later, she was at the doorway of my no-frills cubicle. She held out two disks, looking proud of herself.

“This should keep you busy for a while. I concentrated on white women only. Attractive. Recent abductions. I also have a lot on the crime scene in Atlanta. I expanded the circle to get a read on the mall, owner, employees, the neighborhood in Buckhead. I have copies for you of the police and the 97

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 98

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Bureau’s investigative reports. All the things you asked for. 2

You do your homework, don’t you?”

3

“I’m a student of the game. I prepare as best I can. Is that 4

so unusual? Here at Quantico?”

5

“Actually, it is for agents who come to us from police 6

departments or the armed forces. They seem to like to work 7

out in the ﬁeld.”

8

“I like ﬁeld work too,” I admitted to Monnie, “but not 9

until I’ve narrowed it some. Thank you for this, all of this.”

0

“Do you know what they say about you, Dr. Cross?”

1

“No. What do they say?”

2

“That you’re close to psychic. Very imaginative. Maybe 3

even gifted. You can think like a killer. That’s why they put 4

you on White Girl right away.” She remained in the door5

way. “Listen. Some unasked-for advice, if I may. You shouldn’t 6

piss off Gordo Nooney. He takes his little orientation games 7

seriously. He’s also basically a bad guy. And he’s connected. ”

8

“I’ll remember that.” I nodded. “So there are good guys 9

too?”

0

“Absolutely. You’ll see that most of the agents are real 1

solid. Good people, the best. All right, well, happy hunting,”

2

Monnie said. Then she left me to my reading, lots and lots of 3

reading. Too much.

4

I started off with a couple of abductions — both in 5

Texas — that I thought could be related to the one in 6

Atlanta. Just reading the accounts got my blood boiling 7

again, though. Marianne Norman, twenty, had disappeared 8

in Houston on August 6, 2001. She’d been staying with her 9

college sweetheart in a condo owned by his grandparents. 0

98

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 99

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Marianne and Dennis Turcos were going to be seniors at Texas Christian that fall and had planned to be married in the spring of ’02. Everybody said they were the nicest kids in the world. Marianne was never seen or heard from after that night in August. On December 30 of that year, Dennis Turcos had put a revolver to his head and killed himself. He said he couldn’t live without Marianne, that his life had ended when she disappeared.

The second case involved a ﬁfteen-year-old runaway from Childress, Texas. Adrianne Tuletti had been snatched from an apartment in San Antonio where three girls said to be involved in prostitution lived. Neighbors in the complex reported having seen two suspicious-looking people, a male and a female, entering the building on the day that Adrianne disappeared. One neighbor thought they might have been the girl’s parents coming to bring their daughter home, but the girl was never seen or heard from again. I looked at her picture for a long moment — she was a pretty blonde and looked as if she could have been one of Elizabeth Connolly’s daughters. Her parents were elementary school teachers back in Childress.

That afternoon, I got more bad news. The worst kind. A fashion designer named Audrey Meek had been abducted from the King of Prussia Mall in Pennsylvania. Her two young children had witnessed the kidnapping. That piece of information stunned me. The children had told the police that the abductors were a man and a woman. I started to get ready to travel to Pennsylvania. I called Nana and she was supportive for a change. Then I got a 99

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 100

JAMES PATTERSON

1

message from Nooney’s ofﬁce. I wasn’t going to Pennsyl2

vania. I was expected at my classes.

3

The decision had obviously come from the top, and I 4

didn’t understand what was happening. Maybe I wasn’t sup5

posed to.

6

Maybe all of this was a test?

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

100

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 101

Chapter 27

“DO YOU KNOW what they say about you, Dr. Cross? That you’re close to psychic. Very imaginative. Maybe even gifted. You can think like a killer.” Those were Monnie Donnelley’s words to me that very morning. If that was true, why had I been taken off the case?

I went to my classes in the afternoon, but I was distracted, maybe angry. I suffered a little angst: What was I doing in the FBI? What was I becoming? I didn’t want to ﬁght the system in Quantico, but I’d been put in an impossible position. The next morning I had to be ready for my classes again:

“Law,” “White-Collar Crime,” “Civil Rights Violations,” “Firearms Practice.”

I was sure that I’d ﬁnd “Civil Rights Violations” interesting, but a couple of missing women named Elizabeth Connolly and Audrey Meek were out there somewhere. Maybe 101

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 102

JAMES PATTERSON

1

one or both of them were still alive. Maybe I could help ﬁnd 2

them — if I was so goddamn gifted.

3

I was ﬁnishing breakfast with Nana and Rosie the cat at 4

the kitchen table when I heard the morning paper plop on the 5

front porch.

6

“Sit. You eat. I’ll get it,” I told Nana as I pushed my chair 7

away from the table.

8

“No argument from this corner,” Nana said, and sipped 9

her tea with great little-old-lady aplomb. “I have to conserve 0

myself, you know.”

1

“Right.”

2

Nana was still cleaning every square inch of the house, 3

inside and out, and cooking most of the meals. A couple of 4

weeks ago I’d caught her hanging on to an extension ladder, 5

cleaning out the gutters on the roof. “It’s not a problem,” she 6

hollered down to me. “My balance is excellent and I’m light 7

as a parachute.” Come again?

8

The Washington Post hadn’t actually reached the porch. It 9

lay open halfway up the sidewalk. I didn’t even have to stoop 0

to read the front page.

1

“Awhh, hell,” I said. “Damn it.”

2

This wasn’t good. It was awful, actually. I almost couldn’t 3

believe what I was seeing.

4

The headline was a shocker: ABDUCTIONS OF TWO

5

WOMEN MAY BE CONNECTED. Worst of all, the rest of the 6

story contained very speciﬁc details that only a few people in 7

the FBI knew. Unfortunately, I was one of them. 8

Key was the story told about a couple — a man and a 9

woman — who had been seen at the most recent kidnapping 0

in Pennsylvania. I felt sick in the pit of my stomach. The eye102

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 103

THE BIG BAD WOLF

witness account given by Audrey Meek’s children was information that we hadn’t wanted released to the press. Somebody had leaked the story to the Post; somebody had also connected the dots for them. Other than maybe Bob Woodward, nobody at the newspaper could have done it by themselves. They weren’t that smart.

Who had leaked information to the Post?

Why?

It didn’t make sense. Was somebody trying to sabotage the investigation? Who?

103

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 104

Chapter 28

I DIDN’T WALK Jannie and Damon to school Monday morning. I sat out on the sunporch with the cat and played the piano — Mozart, Brahms. I had the guilty thought that I should have gotten up earlier and helped out at St. Anthony’s soup kitchen. I usually pitch in a couple mornings a week, often on Sundays. My church.

Trafﬁc was terrible that morning and the frustrating drive down to Quantico took me almost an hour and a half. I imagined SSA Nooney standing at the front gates, waiting impatiently for me to arrive. At least the drive gave me time to think over my current situation. I decided the best course of action, for now, anyway, was to go to my classes. Keep my head down. If Director Burns wanted me on White Girl, he’d get word to me. If not, then ﬁne.

That morning the class centered on what the Bureau called a “practical application exercise.” We had to investi104

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 105

THE BIG BAD WOLF

gate a ﬁctitious bank robbery in Hogans Alley, including interviews with witnesses and tellers. The instructor was another very competent SSA named Marilyn May. About half an hour into the exercise, Agent May notiﬁed the class of a ﬁctitious automobile accident about a mile from the bank. We proceeded as a group to investigate the accident, and to see if it had any connection to the bank robbery. I was being conscientious, but I’d been involved in actual investigations like this for the past dozen years, and it was hard for me to take it too seriously, especially since some of my classmates conducted interviews according to the instructional manual. I thought maybe they’d watched cop shows on television too often. Agent May seemed amused at times herself.

As I stood around the accident scene with a new buddy who had been a captain in the army before going into the Bureau, I heard my name spoken. I turned to see Nooney’s administrative assistant. “Senior Agent Nooney wants to see you in his ofﬁce,” he said.

Oh, Christ, what now? This guy is nuts! I was thinking as I walked quickly to Administration. I hurried upstairs to where Nooney was waiting.

“Shut the door, please,” he said. He was seated behind a scarred oak desk, looking as if someone close to him had died.

I was getting hot under the collar. “I’m in the middle of an exercise.”

“I know what you’re doing. I wrote the program and the schedule,” he said. “I want to talk to you about the front page of today’s Washington Post, ” he went on. “You see it?”

105

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 106

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I saw it.”

2

“I spoke to your former chief of detectives this morning. 3

He told me that you’ve used the Post before. He said you have 4

friends there.”

5

I tried hard not to roll my eyes. “I used to have a good 6

friend at the Post. He was murdered. I don’t have friends 7

there anymore. Why would I leak information about the 8

abductions? What would I gain?”

9

Nooney pointed a rigid ﬁnger my way. He raised his voice. 0

“I know how you work. And I know what you’re after — you 1

don’t want to be part of a team. Or to be controlled or inﬂu2

enced in any way. Well, it’s not going to happen that way. We 3

don’t believe in golden boys or special situations. We don’t 4

think that you’re more imaginative or creative than anyone 5

else in your class. So get back to your exercise, Dr. Cross. 6

And wise up.”

7

Without saying another word, I left the ofﬁce, fuming. I 8

returned to the fake accident scene which Agent Marilyn 9

May soon neatly connected to the fake robbery that had been 0

staged in Hogans Alley. Some program that Nooney had writ1

ten. I could have done a better one in my sleep. And yeah, 2

now I was mad. I just didn’t know who I was supposed to be 3

mad at. I didn’t know how to play this game. 4

But I wanted to win.

5

6

7

8

9

0

106

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 107

Chapter 29

ANOTHER PURCHASE HAD BEEN MADE — a large one. On Saturday night, the Couple had entered a bar called the Halyard, on the water in Newport, Rhode Island. The Halyard was different from most of the gay clubs in Newport’s socalled Pink District. There was the occasional glimpse of a bad-ass boot or spike-studded wristband, but most of the men who frequented the place sported tousled hairdos and boating dress, and the ever-popular Croakie sunglasses. The deejay had just selected a Strokes tune, and several couples were dancing the night away. The Couple ﬁt in, which is to say that they didn’t stand out. Slava wore a baby blue T-shirt and Dockers, and had gelled his longish black hair. Zoya had on a rafﬁsh sailing cap and had made herself up to look like a pretty young man. She had succeeded beyond her own expectations, for she had already been hit on. 107

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 108

JAMES PATTERSON

1

She and Slava were looking for a certain physical type, 2

and they had found a promising prospect soon after they 3

arrived. His name, they would learn later, was Benjamin Cof4

fey, and he was a senior at Providence College. Benjamin had 5

ﬁrst become aware that he was gay while serving as an altar 6

boy at St. Thomas’ in Barrington, Rhode Island. No priest 7

had ever touched or abused him while he was there, or even 8

come on to him, but he had discovered a like-minded altar 9

server, and they became lovers when they were both four0

teen. The two had continued to meet through high school, 1

but then Benjamin had moved on.

2

He was still keeping his sex life a secret at Providence 3

College, but he could be himself in the Pink District. The 4

Couple watched the very handsome boy as he chatted up a 5

thirty-something bartender whose toned muscles were set off 6

by the track lighting over his head.

7

“The boy could be on the cover of GQ, ” said Slava. “He’s 8

the one.”

9

A strapping man in his ﬁfties approached the bar. Close 0

behind him were four younger men and a woman. Everyone 1

in the group was wearing white ducks and blue Lacoste 2

shirts. The bartender turned away from Benjamin and shook 3

hands with the older man, who then introduced his compan4

ions: “David Skalah, crew. Henry Galperin, crew. Bill Lat5

tanzi, crew. Sam Hughes, cook. Nora Hamerman, crew.”

6

“And this,” the bartender said, “is Ben.”

7

“It’s Benjamin,” the boy corrected, and smiled brilliantly. 8

Zoya snuck a look at Slava, and the two of them couldn’t 9

help grinning at the skit. “The boy is just what we want,” she 0

said. “He’s like a cleaned-up version of Brad Pitt.”

108

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 109

THE BIG BAD WOLF

He was deﬁnitely the physical type that the client had speciﬁed: slender, blond, boyish, probably still a teenager, luscious red lips, intelligent looking. That was a must —

intelligence. And the buyer wanted no part of “chickens,”

young boys who sold themselves on the street. Ten minutes or so passed, then the Couple followed Benjamin to the bathroom, which was white on white and sparkling clean. Illustrations of nautical knots had been drawn on the walls. There was a table elaborately set with colognes, mouthwashes, and a teak box ﬁlled with amyl nitrite poppers.

Benjamin headed into one of the stalls, and the Couple pushed in after him. It was a tight squeeze. He turned when he felt a hard shove. “Taken,” he said.

“I’m in here. Jesus, are you two stoned? Give me a break.”

“Arm or leg?” said Slava, and laughed at his own joke. They forced him to his knees. “Hey, hey,” he called out in alarm. “Somebody help me. Somebody!”

A gauzy cloth was pressed tightly against his nose and mouth, and he lost consciousness. Then the Couple lifted Benjamin up and, supporting him on either side, carried him from the bathroom as if they were buddies helping someone who’d passed out.

They took him out a back door to a parking lot ﬁlled with convertibles and SUVs. The Couple didn’t care if they were seen, but they were careful not to hurt the boy. No bruises. He was worth a lot of money. Somebody wanted him badly. Another purchase.

109

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 110

Chapter 30

THE BUYER’S NAME was Mr. Potter.

It was the code name he used when he wanted to make a purchase from Sterling, when he and the seller communicated for any reason. Potter was very happy with Benjamin and he’d told this to the Couple when they dropped the package at his farm in Webster, New Hampshire, population of a little more than fourteen hundred — a place where no one bothered you. Ever. The farmhouse he owned there was partially restored, with white antique wood shingling, two stories, a new roof. About a hundred yards behind it sat a red barn, the “guest house.” This was where Benjamin would be kept, where the others before him had been stored as well.

The house and barn were surrounded by more than sixty acres of woods and farmland that had belonged to Potter’s family and now were his. He didn’t live on the farm, but in 110

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 111

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Hanover, about ﬁfty miles away, where he toiled as an assistant professor of English at Dartmouth. God, he couldn’t take his eyes off Benjamin. Of course, the boy couldn’t see him. Couldn’t speak. Not yet. He was blindfolded and gagged, and his hands and legs were bound by police handcuffs.

Other than that, Benjamin wore nothing but a sliver of silver thong, which looked precious on him. The sight of the very handsome young man took Potter’s breath away for the third or fourth or tenth time since he’d taken possession of him. The maddening thing about teaching at Dartmouth these past ﬁve years was that you could watch, but you could not touch the boys who went there. It was frustrating beyond belief to be that close to his heart’s desire, but now — it almost seemed worth it. Benjamin was his reward. For wait- ing. For being good.

He moved close to the boy, inches at a time. Finally he slid his hand through the waves of thick blond hair. Benjamin jumped. He actually shivered and shook uncontrollably. That was nice.

“It’s all right . . . to be afraid,” Potter whispered. “There’s a strange joy to be found in fear. Trust me on that, Benjamin. I’ve been there. I know exactly what you’re feeling now.”

Potter could barely stand it! This was just too much of a great thing, a dream come true. He had been denied this forbidden pleasure — and now here was this absolutely perfect, beautiful, stunning young man.

What was this? Benjamin was trying to speak through his gag. Potter wanted to hear the boy’s sweet voice, to see his luscious mouth move, to look into his eyes. He bent forward 111

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 112

JAMES PATTERSON

1

and kissed the gag over the boy’s mouth. He actually felt Ben2

jamin’s lips underneath, their softness. 3

Then Mr. Potter couldn’t stand it for one second more. 4

His ﬁngers fumbling, incoherent whispers seeping from his 5

mouth, his body shaking as if he had palsy, he removed the 6

blindfold and looked into Benjamin’s eyes. 7

“May I call you Benjy?” he whispered.

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

112

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 113

Chapter 31

ANOTHER OF THE CAPTIVES, Audrey Meek, watched her obscene, deviate, possibly insane captor as he calmly and coolly ﬁxed her breakfast. She was bound by rope — loosely, but she couldn’t run. She couldn’t believe any of this was happening, had happened, and presumably would continue happening. She was being held in a nicely furnished cabin somewhere, who knew where, and she was still ﬂashing back to the incredible moment when she had been grabbed at the King of Prussia Mall, when they had yanked her away from Sarah and Andrew. Dear God, were the children all right?

“My children?” Audrey asked again. “I have to know for sure they’re all right. I want to talk to them. I won’t do anything you ask until I speak to them. Not even eat.”

An uncomfortable silent moment passed, and then the Art Director chose to speak.

113

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 114

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Your children are just ﬁne. That’s all I’ll tell you,” he said. 2

“You should eat.”

3

“How could you know my children are all right?” She 4

sniffed. “You can’t.”

5

“Audrey, you’re in no position to make demands. Not 6

anymore. That life is behind you.”

7

He was tall, maybe six-foot-two, and well built, with a 8

bushy black beard and ﬂashing blue eyes that seemed intelli9

gent to her. She guessed that he was around ﬁfty. He’d told 0

her to call him Art Director. No reason for the name, not yet, 1

anyway, nor any other explanation for what had happened 2

so far.

3

“I was concerned myself, so I called your house. The chil4

dren are there with your nanny and husband. I promise. I 5

wouldn’t lie to you, Audrey. I’m different from you in that 6

respect.”

7

Audrey shook her head. “I’m supposed to trust you? Your 8

word?”

9

“I think it would be a good idea, yes. Why not? Who else 0

can you trust out here? Yourself, of course. And me. That’s all 1

there is. You’re miles and miles away from anybody else. It’s 2

just us two. Please get used to it. You like your scrambled 3

eggs a little soft, right? Fluffy? Isn’t that the word you use?”

4

“Why are you doing this?” Audrey asked, getting braver, 5

since he hadn’t actually threatened her yet. “What are the two 6

of us doing here?”

7

He sighed. “All in due time, Audrey. For now, let’s just say 8

it’s an unhealthy obsession. It’s more complicated, actually, 9

but let’s leave it at that for now.”

0

She was surprised by the answer — he knew he was a 114

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 115

THE BIG BAD WOLF

freaking nutcase, didn’t he? Was that good or bad, though, that he knew exactly what he was doing?

“I’d like to keep you free like this as much as possible. I don’t want you kept in bondage, for God’s sake. Not even the ropes. Please don’t try to run away or it won’t be possible. Okay?”

He seemed so reasonable at times. Seemed. Christ! Wasn’t this the most insane thing? Of course it was. But insane things happened all the time to people.

“I want to be your friend,” he said as he served her breakfast — the eggs cooked just so, twelve-grain toast, herbal tea, boysenberry jam. “I’ve cooked all the things you like. I want to treat you like you deserve. You can trust me, Audrey. Start by trusting me just a little bit. . . . Try your eggs. Fluffy. They’re delish.”

115

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 116

Chapter 32

I WAS MARKING TIME at Quantico and I didn’t like it much. I attended my classes the next day, then an hour of ﬁtness training. At ﬁve, I went to see what Monnie Donnelley had collected so far on White Girl. She had a small, cramped cubicle on the third ﬂoor of the dining hall building. On one wall was a collage of photos and photocopies of bits of evidence from brutally violent crimes arranged in an eyecatching cubist’s fantasy. I rapped my knuckles against her metal nameplate before entering the cube.

Monnie turned and smiled when she saw me standing there. I noticed glossy photos of her sons, a funny portrait of Monnie and the sons, and also a picture of Pierce Brosnan as a debonair, sexy James Bond. “Hey, look who’s back for more punishment. You can tell by the size of my digs that the Bureau doesn’t realize yet that this is the Information Age, what 116

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 117

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Bill Clinton used to call the Third Way. You know the joke —

the Bureau supports yesterday’s technology tomorrow.”

“Any information for me?”

Monnie swiveled back to her computer, an IBM. “Let me print up a few of these choice pieces for your burgeoning collection. I know you like hard copies. Dinosaur.”

“It’s just the way I work.”

I had asked around about Monnie and heard the same thing everywhere: She was bright, an incredibly hard worker, woefully underappreciated by the powers at Quantico. I’d also found out that Monnie was a single mother of two and struggling to make ends meet. The only “complaint” against her was that she worked too hard, brought stuff home just about every night and weekend.

Monnie shufﬂed together a thick batch of pages for me. I could tell she was obsessive by the way she evened out all the pages. They had to be just so.

“Anything pop out at you?” I asked.

She shrugged. “I’m just a researcher, right? More corroboration. Upscale white women who’ve been reported missing in the last year or so. The numbers are out of whack, way too high. A lot of them are attractive blondes. Blondes do not have more fun in these instances. No particular regional skew, which I want to look into more. Geographic proﬁling? Sometimes it can pinpoint the exact locus of criminal activity.”

“No obvious regional differences so far. That’s too bad. Anything in terms of the victims’ appearances? Any patterns at all?”

Monnie clucked her tongue, shook her head. “Nothing sticks out. There are women missing in New England, the 117

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 118

JAMES PATTERSON

1

South, out West. I’ll check into it more. The women are 2

described as very attractive, for the most part. And none of 3

them have been found. They go missing, they stay missing.”

4

She looked at me for a few uncomfortable seconds. There 5

was sadness in her eyes. I sensed that she wanted out of this 6

cubicle.

7

I reached down for the pages. “We’re trying. I made a 8

promise to the Connolly family.”

9

There was a ﬂicker of humor in her light green eyes. “You 0

keep your promises?”

1

“Try,” I said. “Thanks for the pages. Don’t work too hard. 2

Go home and see your kids.”

3

“You too, Alex. See your kids. You’re working too hard 4

already.”

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

118

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 119

Chapter 33

NANA AND THE KIDS, not to mention Rosie the cat, were lying in wait for me on the front porch when I got home that night. Their cranky body language and the sullen looks on their faces weren’t good signs. I ﬁgured I knew why everybody was so happy to see me. You always keep your promises?

“Seven-thirty. It’s getting later and later,” Nana said, and shook her head. “You mentioned we might go see Drumline at the movies. Damon was excited.”

“It’s orientation,” I told her.

“Exactly,” Nana said, and the frown on her face deepened.

“Wait until the real stuff starts up. You’ll be coming home at midnight again. If at all. You have no life. You have no love life. All those women who like you, Alex — though God knows why — let one of them catch you. Let somebody in. Before it’s too late.”

“Maybe it’s too late already.”

119

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 120

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Wouldn’t surprise me.”

2

“You’re tough,” I said, and plopped down on the porch 3

steps next to the kids. “Your Nana is tough as nails,” I said to 4

them. “Still light out. Anybody want to play hoops?”

5

Damon frowned and shook his head. “Not with Jannie. 6

No way that’s gonna happen.”

7

“Not with the big superstar Damon.” Jannie smirked. 8

“Even though Diana Taurasi could kick his butt at O-U-T.”

9

I got up and headed inside. “I’ll get the ball. We’ll play 0

O-U-T.”

1

When we returned from the park, Nana had already put 2

Little Alex to bed. She was back sitting on the porch. I’d 3

brought a pint of pralines and cream and a pint of Oreos and 4

cream. We ate, then the kids wandered up to their rooms to 5

sleep, or study, or mess around on the Internet. 6

“You’re becoming hopeless, Alex,” Nana pronounced, as 7

she sucked the last ice cream off her spoon. “That’s all I can 8

say to you.”

9

“You mean consistent. And dedicated. That’s getting 0

harder to ﬁnd. You like that Oreos and cream, don’t you?”

1

She rolled her eyes. “Maybe you ought to catch up with 2

the times, son. Duty isn’t everything anymore.”

3

“I’m here for the kids. And even for you, old woman.”

4

“Never said you weren’t. Well, not lately, anyway. How’s 5

Jamilla?”

6

“We’ve both been busy.”

7

Nana nodded her head, up and down, up and down, like 8

one of those dolls that people keep on the dashboards of their 9

automobiles. Then she pushed herself up and started to gather 0

the ice-cream dishes the kids had left around the porch. 120

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 121

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“I’ll get those,” I told her.

“Kids should get them. They know better too.”

“They take advantage when I’m around.”

“Right. Because they know you feel guilty.”

“For what?” I asked. “What did I do? What am I missing here?”

“Now, that is the main question you have to answer, isn’t it? I’m going in to bed. Good-night, Alex. I love you. And I do like Oreos and cream.”

Then she muttered, “Hopeless.”

“Am not,” I said to her back.

“Are too.” She spoke without turning. She always got the last word.

I eventually moseyed up to my ofﬁce in the attic and made a phone call I’d been dreading. But I’d made a promise. The phone rang and then I heard a man’s voice say, “Brendan Connolly.”

“Hello, Judge Connolly, this is Alex Cross,” I said. I heard him sigh, but he said nothing, so I continued. “I don’t have any speciﬁc good news about Mrs. Connolly yet. We have over ﬁfty agents active in the Atlanta area, though. I’m calling because I told you I’d keep in touch and to reassure you that we’re working.”

Because I made a promise.

121

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 122

Chapter 34

SOMETHING ABOUT THE ABDUCTIONS wasn’t tracking for me. The early kidnappings had been committed carefully, then suddenly the abductors began to get sloppy. The pattern was inconsistent. Why? What did it mean? What had changed? If I could ﬁgure that out, we might have a break. The next morning, I got to Quantico about ﬁve minutes before the director touched down in a big black Bell helicopter. The news that Burns was on the grounds circulated quickly. Maybe Monnie Donnelley was right about one thing, this was the Information Age, even inside the Bureau, even at Quantico.

Burns had ordered an emergency meeting, and I was informed that I was to come. Maybe I was back on the case?

The director acknowledged a couple of agents when he entered the conference room in the Admin. building. His eyes never made contact with mine, though, and once again I 122

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 123

THE BIG BAD WOLF

wondered what he was doing here. Did he have news for us?

What kind of news would warrant a visit from him?

He sat in the ﬁrst row as the Behavioral Analysis Unit chief, Dr. Bill Thompson, walked to the front of the room. It was becoming clear that Burns was here as an observer. But why? What did he want to observe?

An administrative assistant to Dr. Thompson passed out stapled documents. At the same time, the ﬁrst slide of a PowerPoint presentation was projected on a wall screen.

“There’s been another kidnapping,” Thompson announced to the group. “It occurred Saturday night in Newport, Rhode Island. There’s been a sea change here. The victim was male. To our knowledge, he’s the ﬁrst male they’ve taken.”

Dr. Thompson gave us the details, which were also projected on the wall screen. An honor student at Providence College, Benjamin Coffey, had been abducted from a bar called the Halyard in Newport. It appeared that the abductors were both males.

A team.

And they had been spotted again.

“Anyone?” asked Thompson, once he had given us the basics. “Reactions? Comments? Don’t be shy. We need input. We’re nowhere on this.”

“Pattern’s deﬁnitely different,” an analyst volunteered.

“Abduction at a bar. Male taken.”

“How can we be so sure of that at this point?” Burns asked from the front of the room. “What is the pattern here?”

Burns’s questions were met with silence. Like most chief executives, he had no idea of his own power. He turned and looked around at the group. His eyes ﬁnally settled on 123

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 124

JAMES PATTERSON

1

mine. “Alex? What is the pattern?” he asked. “You have any 2

ideas?”

3

The other agents were watching me. “Are we certain it 4

was two males at the bar?” I asked. “That’s the ﬁrst question 5

I have.”

6

Burns nodded in agreement. “No, we are not sure, are we?

7

One of them had on a sailor’s cap. Could have been the 8

woman from King of Prussia. Do you agree with the opinion 9

voiced about the disconnect between this abduction and the 0

others? Has the pattern been broken?”

1

I considered the question, trying to get in touch with my 2

gut reaction to what I’d heard so far.

3

“No,” I ﬁnally said. “There doesn’t even have to be a be4

havioral pattern. Not if the abduction team is working for 5

money. I’m inclined to think they probably are. I don’t see 6

these as crimes of passion. But what bothers me are the mis7

takes. Why are they making mistakes? That’s the key to 8

everything.”

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

124

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 125

Chapter 35

LIZZIE CONNOLLY HAD no sense of time anymore, except that it seemed to be moving very slowly, and that she was pretty sure she was going to die soon. She would never see Gwynne, Brigid, Merry, or Brendan again, and that made her incredibly sad. She was deﬁnitely going to die. After she was locked away in the small room / closet, she’d spent no time feeling sorry for herself or, worse, feeling panic, letting it rule her for whatever time she had left. Certain things were obvious to her, but the most important was the reality that this horrible monster wasn’t going to let her go. Ever. So she had spent countless hours plotting her escape. But realistically she knew that it wasn’t likely to happen. She was bound with leather straps, and though she’d tried every possible maneuver, every twist and turn, she hadn’t been able to break loose. Even if she did by some miracle, she could never overpower him. He was probably the strongest man 125

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 126

JAMES PATTERSON

1

she’d ever seen, twice as powerful as Brendan, who had played 2

football in college.

3

So what could she do? Maybe try something during a 4

bathroom or food break — but he was so attentive and care5

ful. At the very least, Lizzie Connolly wanted to die with dig6

nity. Would the monster let her? Or would he want her to 7

suffer? She thought about her past history quite a lot, and 8

took comfort in it. Her growing-up years in Potomac, Mary9

land, spending nearly every spare hour at a nearby stable. 0

College at Vassar in New York. Then the Washington Post. 1

Her marriage to Brendan, the good times and the bad. The 2

kids. All leading up to that fateful morning at Phipps Plaza. 3

What a cruel joke life had played on her. 4

During the past few hours locked up in the dark, she’d 5

been trying to remember how she had gotten through other 6

terrifying experiences. She thought that she knew: with faith, 7

with humor, and with a clear understanding that knowledge 8

was power. Now Lizzie tried to remember speciﬁc exam9

ples . . . anything that might help.

0

When she was eight years old she’d needed surgery to 1

correct a straying eye. Her parents were always “too busy,” so 2

her grandparents had taken her to the hospital. As she 3

watched them leave, tears had streamed from her eyes. When 4

a nurse came in and saw the tears, Lizzie pretended that she’d 5

bumped her head. And somehow she got past the lonely, ter6

rifying moment. Lizzie survived.

7

Then, when she was thirteen, there was another terrifying 8

incident. She was returning from a weekend with a friend’s 9

family in Virginia and had fallen asleep in the car. When she 0

woke up she was groggy and confused and completely cov126

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 127

THE BIG BAD WOLF

ered with blood. She remembered staring out into the gloomy darkness and slowly beginning to understand. There’d been an automobile accident while she was asleep. A man from another car involved in the accident lay in the street. He wasn’t moving — but Lizzie believed she heard him tell her not to be afraid. He said that she could stay on earth or leave. It was her decision — no one else’s. She had chosen to live.

“It’s my choice,” Lizzie told herself in the blackness of the closet. “It’s my choice to live or die, not his. Not the Wolf’s. Not anybody else’s.

“I choose to live.”

127

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 128

Chapter 36

THE NEXT MORNING, just about everybody attached to the White Girl task force assembled in the main conference hall at Quantico. We hadn’t been told much yet, just that there was breaking news, which was good; there had already been too much bureaucracy and wheel spinning for me. Senior Agent Ned Mahoney, the head of HRT, arrived when the room was already ﬁlled. He walked to the front, turned, and faced us. His intense gray blue eyes went from row to row, and he seemed more pumped up than usual.

“I have an announcement. Good news for a change,”

Mahoney said. “There’s been a signiﬁcant break. Word just came down from Washington.” Mahoney paused, then he continued. “Since Monday, agents from our ofﬁce in Newark have been monitoring a suspect named Rafe Farley. The suspect is a repeat sex offender. He did four years in Rahway Prison for breaking into a woman’s apartment, beating and 128

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 129

THE BIG BAD WOLF

raping her. At the time, Farley claimed that the victim was a girlfriend from where he worked. What alerted us to Farley is that he went into an Internet chat room and had a lot to say about Mrs. Audrey Meek. Too much. He knew details about Mrs. Meek, including facts about her family in the Princeton area, her house there, even the physical layout inside.

“The suspect also knew precisely how and when Mrs. Meek was abducted at the King of Prussia Mall. He knew that her car was used, what kind of car it was, and that the children were left behind.

“In a subsequent visit to the chat room, Farley provided speciﬁc details that even we don’t have. He claimed that she was knocked out with a speciﬁc drug and then taken to a wooded area in New Jersey. He left it vague whether Audrey Meek is alive or dead.

“Unfortunately the suspect hasn’t gone to visit Mrs. Meek during the period we’ve been watching him. It’s been nearly three days. We believe it’s possible he may have spotted the surveillance. It is our decision, and the director concurs, that we take Farley down.

“HRT is already on the scene in North Vineland, New Jersey, assisting the local ﬁeld ofﬁce and the police. We’re going in this morning, probably within the hour. Score one for the good guys,” said Mahoney. “Congratulations to everyone involved at this end.”

I sat in my seat and applauded with the others, but I had a funny feeling too. I hadn’t been involved or even known about Farley or the surveillance on him. I was out of the loop, and I hadn’t felt like this for over a dozen years, not since I started with the police department in D.C. 129

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 130

Chapter 37

A PHRASE FROM THE BRIEFING kept playing in my head: the director concurs . . . I wondered how long Director Burns had known about the suspect in Jersey, and why he had decided not to tell me. I tried not to be disappointed or paranoid, but still . . . I wasn’t feeling good as the meeting broke up to huzzahs from the group of agents. The trouble was, something felt wrong to me and I had no idea what it was. I just didn’t like something about this bust. I was leaving the room with the others when Mahoney came ambling up to me. “The director asked that you go to New Jersey,” he said, then grinned. “Come with me to the helipad. I want you there too,” he added. “If we don’t break Farley down immediately, I don’t think we’ll get Mrs. Meek back alive.”

A little less than ﬁfty-ﬁve minutes later, a Bell helicopter set down at Big Sky Aviation in Millville, New Jersey. Two 130

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 131

THE BIG BAD WOLF

black SUVs were waiting, and Mahoney and I were rushed to North Vineland, about ten miles to the north. We parked in the lot of an IHOP restaurant. Farley’s house was 1.2 miles away. “We’re ready to roll on him,” Mahoney told his group. “I have a pretty good feeling about this one.”

I accompanied Mahoney in one of the SUVs. We wouldn’t be part of the six-man HRT team that would go into the house ﬁrst, but we’d have immediate access to Rafe Farley. Hopefully we’d ﬁnd Audrey Meek alive in the house. In spite of my misgivings, I was starting to get pumped about the takedown. Mahoney’s enthusiasm was contagious, and any kind of action beat sitting around. At least we were doing something. Maybe we’d get Audrey Meek back. Just then, we passed by an unpainted bungalow. I saw broken porch boards, and a rusty car and a camping stove in the small front yard. “That’s it,” said Mahoney. “Home, sweet home. Let’s pull over up there.”

We stopped about a hundred yards up the road, near a stand of red oaks and pines. I knew that a couple of surveillance agents in ghillie camouﬂage suits were already nestled in close to the bungalow. These agents did nothing but surveillance and wouldn’t be involved in the actual bust. There was also a closed-circuit camera aimed at the bungalow and the UNSUB’s car, a red Dodge Polaris.

“We think he’s sleeping inside,” Mahoney informed me as we jogged through the woods until we had the ramshackle house in view.

“It’s almost noon,” I said.

“Farley works a late-night shift. He got home at six this A.M. His girlfriend’s in there too.”

131

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 132

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I didn’t say anything.

2

“What? What are you thinking?” Mahoney asked as we 3

watched the house from a thick stand of woods less than ﬁfty 4

yards away.

5

“You said he has a girlfriend in the house? That doesn’t 6

sound right, does it?”

7

“I don’t know, Alex. According to surveillance, the girl8

friend’s been there all night. I guess they could be the couple. 9

We’re here. My job is to take Rafe Farley down. Let’s do it. . . . 0

This is HRT One. I have control. Ready! Five, four, three, two, 1

one. Go. Go! ”

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

132

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 133

Chapter 38

MAHONEY AND I WATCHED as the breach team moved quickly on the small inconsequential-looking house. The six agents were outﬁtted in black-on-black ﬂight suits and body armor. The side yard was littered with two more junked vehicles, a small car and a Dodge truck, and a lot of spare parts for appliances like refrigerators and air conditioners. There was a standing urinal out back that looked as if it had come from a tavern.

The house windows were dark even though it was midday. Was Audrey Meek in there? Was she alive? I hoped that she was. It was a huge break if we got her back now. Especially since everybody thought she was probably dead. But something about the raid bothered me. Not that it mattered now.

There is no “knock and announce” protocol when HRT is involved. No talking, no negotiating, no political correctness. 133

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 134

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I watched two agents breach the front door. They started to 2

go inside the suspect’s house.

3

Suddenly, a mufﬂed boom. The agents at the front door 4

went down. One of them didn’t get up. The other got up and 5

stumbled away from the house. It was awful to witness, a 6

complete shock.

7

“Bomb,” said Mahoney in surprise and anger. “He musta 8

booby-trapped the door.”

9

By then, the four other agents were inside the house. They 0

had gone in through the back and side doors. There were no 1

more explosions, so the other doors hadn’t been booby2

trapped. Two HRT agents approached the wounded pair at the 3

front of the house. They pulled away the agent who hadn’t 4

moved since the blast.

5

Mahoney and I ran as fast as we could toward the house. 6

He kept repeating “fuck” over and over. There were no gun7

shots coming from inside.

8

I was suddenly afraid Farley wasn’t even in the house. I 9

prayed that Audrey Meek wasn’t already dead in there. 0

Everything was feeling so wrong to me. This wasn’t how I 1

would have done the raid. The FBI! I had always hated and 2

distrusted these bastards, and now I was one of them. 3

Then I heard, “Secure! Secure!” And “We have a suspect!

4

We’ve got him! It’s Farley. There’s a woman here too!”

5

What woman? Mahoney and I barged in through the side 6

door. I saw thick smoke everywhere. The house reeked of the 7

explosive, but also of marijuana and greasy cooking. We 8

made our way back to a bedroom off a small living room. 9

A naked man and woman were spread-eagled on the bare 0

wooden ﬂoor of the bedroom. The woman on the ﬂoor wasn’t 134

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 135

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Audrey Meek. She was heavy, at least forty or ﬁfty pounds overweight. Rafe Farley looked to be close to three hundred pounds and had hideous clumps of red hair not only on his head but all over his body.

An old poster for the movie Cool Hand Luke was taped over a king-size bed that had no sheets or covers. Nothing else caught my eye.

Farley was screaming at us, his face deep crimson. “I have rights! I have goddamn legal rights! You bastards are in real trouble.”

I had a feeling that he might be right, and that if this screaming man had kidnapped Mrs. Meek, she was already dead.

“You’re the one in trouble, fat boy!” an HRT agent barked in the suspect’s face. “You too, girlfriend!”

Could this possibly be the couple who had taken Audrey Meek and Elizabeth Connolly?

I didn’t see how.

So who in hell were they?

135

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 136

Chapter 39

NED MAHONEY AND I were stuck in a close, dark pigsty of a bedroom with the suspect, Rafe Farley. The woman, who assured us she was his girlfriend, had put on a ﬁlthy bathrobe and been taken into the kitchen to be questioned. We were all angry about what had happened outside. Two agents had been wounded by a booby trap. Rafe Farley was the closest thing we had to a break in the case, or a suspect. Things kept getting weirder. For starters, Farley spit at Mahoney and me until his mouth went dry. It was so strange and crazy that at one point, Ned and I just looked at each other and started to laugh.

“Think this is fucking funny? ” Farley rasped from the edge of the bed, where he was lodged like a beached whale. We’d made him put on clothes, blue jeans and a work shirt, mostly because we couldn’t stand the sight of his ﬂaccid rolls 136

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 137

THE BIG BAD WOLF

of fat and his tattoos of naked women and a purple dragon eating a child.

“You’re going down on kidnap and murder charges,”

Mahoney snarled at him. “You injured two of my men. One might lose an eye.”

“You had no right comin’ in my house while I’m sleeping!

I have enemies! ” Farley yelled, and spit at Mahoney again.

“You barge in here ’cause I sell some weed? Or I screw a married broad who likes me more than she likes her old man?”

“Are you talking about Audrey Meek?” I asked. All of a sudden he went quiet. He stared at me, and his face and neck turned bright red. What was this? He wasn’t a good actor and he wasn’t real smart either.

“What the hell’re you talking about? You been smoking my shit?” Farley said ﬁnally. “Audrey Meek? That chick they kidnapped?”

Mahoney leaned forward. “Audrey Meek. We know you know all about her, Farley. Where is she?”

Farley’s piggy eyes seemed to be getting smaller. “How the hell would I know where she is?”

Mahoney kept at him. “You ever been in a chat room called Favorite Things Four?”

Farley shook his head. “Never heard of it.”

“We have a record of your conversation, asshole,” Ned said. “You got a lot of ’splaining to do, Lucy.”

Farley looked confused. “Who the hell is Lucy? What are you talking about, man? You mean, like, I Love Lucy?”

Mahoney was good at keeping Farley off guard. I thought we were working okay together.

137

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 138

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“You’ve got her in the woods somewhere in Jersey,”

2

Mahoney yelled, then stamped his foot hard. 3

“Did you hurt her? Is she all right? Where is Audrey 4

Meek?” I picked up.

5

“Take us to her, Farley!”

6

“You’re going back to prison. This time, you don’t get out 7

again,” I shouted in his face.

8

It was as if Farley were ﬁnally waking up. He squinted his 9

eyes and stared hard at us. Lord, he smelled, especially now 0

that he was scared.

1

“Wait a fucking minute. Now I get it. That Internet place?

2

I was just showin’ off.”

3

“What’s that supposed to mean?”

4

Farley slumped down into himself as if we’d been beating 5

him. “Favorite Four is for freaks to talk. Everybody makes 6

shit up, man.”

7

“But you didn’t make up the stuff about Audrey Meek. You 8

know things about her. You got it all right,” I said. 9

“The bitch turns me on. She’s a fox. Hell, I collect cata0

logues from Meek, always have. All those skinny-ass models 1

look like they need a good unh, unh, uh! ”

2

“You knew things about the abduction, Farley,” I said. 3

“I read the newspapers, watch CNN. Who doesn’t? I told 4

you, Audrey Meek turns me on. I wish I abducted her. You 5

think I’d be sleeping with Cini if Audrey Meek was around 6

here?”

7

I jabbed an index ﬁnger at Farley. “You knew things that 8

weren’t in the newspapers.”

9

He shook his huge head from side to side. Then he said, 0

“Got a scanner. Listen in on police radios and such. Shit, I 138

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 139

THE BIG BAD WOLF

didn’t kidnap Audrey Meek. I wouldn’t have the balls. I wouldn’t. I’m all talk, man.”

Mahoney cut in. “You had the balls to rape Carly Hope,”

he said.

Farley seemed to be shrinking inside himself again. “Nah, nah. It’s like I said in court. Carly was a girlfriend. I didn’t rape her none. I don’t have the balls. I didn’t do nothing to Audrey Meek. I’m nobody. I’m nothing. ”

Rafe Farley stared at us for a long moment. His eyes were bloodshot; everything about him was pathetic. I didn’t want to, but I was starting to believe him. I’m nobody. I’m nothing. That was Rafe Farley, all right.

139

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 140

Chapter 40

Sterling

Mr. Potter

The Art Director

Sphinx

Marvel

The Wolf

The cover names sounded harmless, but the men behind them weren’t. During one session, Potter had nicknamed the group Monsters Inc. as a joke, and that was an accurate description. They were monsters, all of them. They were freaks; they were deviates and worse.

And then there was the Wolf, who was in a whole other class.

They met on a secure Web site that was inaccessible to outsiders. All messages were encrypted and required a pair of 140

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 141

THE BIG BAD WOLF

keys: One key garbled the information; the second key was needed to recover it. More important, a hand scan was necessary to get onto the site. They were considering using a retinal scan or possibly an anal probe. The subject under discussion was the Couple and what to do about them.

“What the hell does that mean — what to do about them?” asked the Art Director, who was jokingly called Mr. Softee because he could get very emotional, the only one of them who ever did.

“It means just what it sounds like,” answered Sterling. “There’s been a serious breach of security. Now we have to decide what to do about it. There’s been sloppiness, stupidity, and maybe worse than that. They were seen. It’s put us all in danger.”

“What are our options?” Art Director continued.

“I’m almost afraid to ask.”

Sterling responded instantly. “Have you read the newspapers lately? Do you have a TV? A team of two took a woman in a mall in Atlanta, Georgia. They were spotted. A team of two abducted a woman in Pennsylvania — and they were seen. Our options?

Do absolutely nothing — or do something extreme. An object lesson is needed — for the other teams.”

“So what are we doing about the problem?” asked Marvel, who was usually spookily quiet but could be nasty when he was aroused.

“For one thing, I’ve shut down all deliveries for the moment,” said Sterling.

141

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 142

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Nobody told me about that!” Sphinx erupted. “I’m 2

expecting a delivery. As all of you know, I 3

paid a price for it. Why wasn’t I informed be4

fore now?”

5

No one said anything to Sphinx for several seconds. No 6

one liked him. Besides, each of them was a sadist. They 7

enjoyed torturing Sphinx, or anyone else in the group who 8

showed weakness.

9

“I expect my delivery!” Sphinx insisted. “I deserve 0

it. You bastards! Fuck you all.” Then he went off-line. 1

In a huff. Typical Sphinx. Laughable, really, except none of 2

them was laughing right now.

3

“The Sphinxter has left the building,” Potter 4

ﬁnally said.

5

Then Wolf took over. “I think that’s enough idle 6

chat for tonight, enough fun and games. I’m con7

cerned about the news stories. We need to deal with 8

the Couple in some decisive manner that satisﬁes 9

me. What I propose is that we have another team pay 0

them a visit. Is there any disagreement?”

1

There was none, which wasn’t unusual when the Wolf 2

had the ﬂoor. All of them were petriﬁed of the Russian. 3

“There is some good news, though,” Potter said 4

then. “This fuss and attention . . . it is exciting, 5

isn’t it? Gets the blood boiling. It’s a hoot, 6

right?”

7

“You’re crazy, Potter. You’re mad.”

8

“Don’t you just love it?”

9

The well-protected chat room was not protected enough. 0

142

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 143

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Suddenly, the Wolf said, “Don’t say another word. Not a word! I think someone else is on with us. Wait. They’re off now. Someone broke into the den and now they’re gone. Who could have gotten in here? Who let them in? Whoever it is, they’re dead.”

143

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 144

Chapter 41

LILI OLSEN WAS fourteen and a half years old, going on twenty-four, and she honestly believed she’d heard everything until she hacked into the Wolf’s Den. The sick bastards in the well-protected-but-not-protected enough chat room were all older men, and they were gross and despicable. They liked to talk incessantly about women’s private parts and having vile sex with anyone and everything that moved — any age, any gender, human or animal. The men were beyond disgusting; they made her want to puke. Only then it got a lot worse, and Lili wished she had never even heard of the Wolf’s Den, never hacked into the highly protected chat room. They might be murderers!

And then the leader, Wolf, actually discovered Lili was on the site with them, listening to everything they’d said. So now Lili knew about the murders, and the kidnappings, 144

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 145

THE BIG BAD WOLF

everything they fantasized about and possibly did. Only she didn’t know if any of what she heard was real or not. Was it real? Or were they making it all up? Maybe they were just nasty, sicko bullshitters. Lili almost didn’t want to know the truth, and she didn’t know what to do about the stuff she’d already overheard. She had hacked onto their site, and that was illegal. If she went to the police, she’d be turning herself in. So she couldn’t do that. Could she? Especially if the stuff on the site was just fantasies. So she sat in her room and pondered the unthinkable. Then pondered it again. She felt so bad, so sick to her stomach, so sad, but she was also afraid. They knew she’d hacked onto the Wolf’s Den. But did they also know how to ﬁnd her? If she were them, she’d know how. So were they already on their way to her house?

Lili knew she should go to the police. Maybe the FBI. But she couldn’t bring herself to do it. She sat frozen. It was as if she were paralyzed.

When the doorbell rang she just about jumped out of her skin. “Holy shit, holy mother! It’s them!”

Lili took a deep breath, then she scurried downstairs to the front door. She looked through the peephole. She could hear her own heart thundering.

Domino’s Pizza! Jesus!

She’d forgotten all about it. It was pizza delivery, not killers, at the front door, and suddenly Lili was giggling to herself. She wasn’t going to die after all. She opened the front door.

145

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 146

Chapter 42

THE WOLF HAD SELDOM been angrier, and someone had to pay. The Russian had a long-standing hatred for New York City and the smug and overrated metropolitan area. He found it ﬁlthy, foul beyond imagining, the people rude and uncivilized, even worse than in Moscow. But he had to be there today; it was where the Couple lived, and he had business with them. The Wolf also wanted to play some chess, one of his passions.

Long Island was the general address he had for Slava and Zoya.

Huntington was the speciﬁc one.

He arrived in the town just past three in the afternoon. He remembered the one other time he’d been here — two years after he had arrived in New York from Russia. Cousins of his owned a house here and had helped set him up in America. He had committed four murders out “on the Island,” as the 146

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 147

THE BIG BAD WOLF

locals called it. Well, at least Huntington was close to Kennedy Airport. He’d be out of New York as soon as possible. The Couple lived in a typical suburban ranch house. The Wolf banged on the front door, and a goateed bull of a man by the name of Lukanov opened it. Lukanov was part of another team, one that worked successfully in California, Oregon, and Washington State. Lukanov had once been a major in the KGB.

“Where are the stupid fucks?” the Wolf asked, once he was inside the front door.

The bull Lukanov jerked a thumb toward a semidarkened hallway behind him, and Wolf trudged down it. His right knee was aching today, and he remembered a time in the eighties when members of a rival gang had broken it. In Moscow that kind of thing was considered a warning. The Wolf wasn’t much for warnings himself. He had found the three men who’d tried to cripple him and broken every bone in their bodies, one by one. In Russia this gruesome practice was called zamochit, but the Wolf and other gangsters also called it mushing.

He entered a small, sloppily kept bedroom and immediately saw Slava and Zoya, his ex-wife’s cousins. The pair had grown up about thirty miles from Moscow. They had been in the army until the summer of ’98, then they emigrated to America. They’d been working for him for less than eight months, so he was just getting to know them.

“You live in a garbage dump,” he said. “I know you have plenty of money. What do you do with it?”

“We have family at home,” said Zoya. “Your relatives are there too.”

147

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 148

JAMES PATTERSON

1

The Wolf tilted his head. “Awhh, so touching. I had no 2

idea you had such a big heart of gold, Zoya.” He motioned 3

for the bull to leave and said, “Shut the door. I’ll be out when 4

I’m ﬁnished here. It might be a while.”

5

The Couple was tied up together on the ﬂoor. Both were 6

in their underwear. Slava had on shorts patterned with little 7

ducks. Zoya wore a black bra with a matching bikini thong. 8

The Wolf ﬁnally smiled. “What am I going to do with you 9

two, huh?”

0

Slava began to laugh out loud, a nervous, high-pitched 1

cackling. He had thought they were going to be killed, but 2

this would just be a warning. He could see this in the Wolf’s 3

eyes.

4

“So what happened? Tell me quickly. You knew the rules 5

of the game,” he said.

6

“Maybe it was getting too easy. We wanted a little more of 7

a challenge. It’s our mistake, Pasha. We got sloppy.”

8

“Never lie to me,” the Wolf said. “I have my sources. They 9

are everywhere!”

0

He sat on the arm of an easy chair that looked as if it had 1

been in this hideous bedroom for a hundred years. Dust 2

puffed from the old chair as it took his weight. 3

“You like him?” he asked Zoya. “My wife’s cousin?”

4

“I love him,” she said, and her brown eyes went soft. “Al5

ways. Since we were thirteen years old. Forever, I loved him.”

6

“Slava, Slava,” the Wolf said, and walked over to the mus7

cular man on the ﬂoor. He bent to give Slava a hug. “You are 8

my ex-wife’s blood relative. And you betrayed me. You sold 9

me out to my enemies, didn’t you? Sure, you did. How much 0

did you get? A lot, I hope.”

148

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 149

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Then he twisted Slava’s head as if he were opening a big jar of pickles. Slava’s neck snapped, a sound that the Wolf had come to love over the years. His trademark in the Red Maﬁya.

Zoya’s eyes widened to about twice their normal size. But she didn’t make a sound, and because of that the Wolf understood what tough customers she and Slava really were, how dangerous they had been to the safety of the organization.

“I’m impressed, Zoya,” he said. “Let’s talk some.”

He stared into those amazing eyes of hers. “Listen, I’m going to get the two of us some real vodka, Russian vodka. Then I want to hear your war stories,” he said. “I want to hear what you’ve done with your life, Zoya. You have me curious now. Most of all, I want to play chess, Zoya. Nobody in America knows how to play chess. One game, then you go to heaven with your beloved Slava. But ﬁrst vodka and chess, and, of course, I fuck you!”

149

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 150

Chapter 43

ON ACCOUNT OF SECRETS that Zoya had told him under signiﬁcant duress, the Wolf had to make one more stop in New York. Unfortunate. This meant that he wouldn’t be able to catch his ﬂight home out of Kennedy and he would miss the professional hockey game that night. Regretful, but he knew this was the right thing to do. The betrayal by Slava and Zoya had jeopardized his life, and also made him look bad. At a little past eleven, he entered a club called the Passage in the Brighton Beach section of Brooklyn. The Passage looked like a dump from the street, but inside it was beautiful, very ornate, almost as nice as the best places in Moscow. He saw people he knew from the old days: Gosha Chernov, Lev Denisov, Yura Fomin and his mistress. Then he spotted his darling Yulya. His ex-wife was tall and slender, with large breasts he’d bought for her in Palm Beach, Florida. Yulya was still beautiful in the right light, not so much 150

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 151

THE BIG BAD WOLF

changed since Moscow, where she had been a dancer since she was ﬁfteen.

She was sitting at the bar with Mikhail Biryukov, the latest king of Brighton Beach. They were directly in front of a mural of St. Petersburg, which was very cinematic, thought the Wolf, a typical Hollywood visual cliché. Yulya saw him coming, and she tapped Biryukov. The local pakhan turned to look, and the Wolf closed on him fast. He slammed a black king down on the table. “Checkmate,”

he roared, then laughed and hugged Yulya.

“You’re not happy to see me?” he asked them. “I should be hurt.”

Biryukov grunted. “You are a mystery man. I thought you were in California.”

“Wrong again,” said the Wolf. “By the way, Slava and Zoya say hello. I just saw them out on Long Island. They couldn’t make the trip here tonight.”

Yulya shrugged — such a cool little bitch. “They mean nothing to me,” she said. “Distant cousins.”

“Or me either, Yulya. Only the police care about them now.”

Suddenly, he grabbed Yulya by the hair and lifted her out of her bar seat with one arm. “You told them to fuck me over, didn’t you? You must have paid them a lot!” he screamed in her face. “It was you. And him! ”

With dazzling speed, the Wolf pulled an ice pick from his sleeve and stuck it into Biryukov’s left eye. The gangster was blinded, and dead in an instant.

“No . . . Please.” Yulya struggled to get out a few words.

“You can’t do this. Not even you!”

151

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 152

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Then the Wolf addressed everyone in the nightclub. “You 2

are all witnesses, are you not? What? Nobody helps her?

3

You’re afraid of me? Good — you should be. Yulya tried to get 4

revenge on me. She was always stupid as a cow. Biryukov —

5

he was just a dumb, greedy bastard. Ambitious! The godfather 6

of Brighton Beach! What is that? He wanted to be me! ”

7

The Wolf lifted Yulya even higher in the air. Her long legs 8

kicked violently and one of her red mules went ﬂying, scoot9

ing under a nearby table. Nobody picked up the shoe. Not a 0

person in the club moved to help her. Or to see if Mikhail 1

Biryukov was still alive. Word had already circulated that the 2

madman in the front of the Passage was the Wolf. 3

“You are witnesses to what happens — if anyone ever 4

crosses me. You are witnesses! So you’ve had a warning. 5

Same as in Russia. Same now in America.”

6

The Wolf took his left hand out of Yulya’s hair and 7

wrapped it around her throat. He twisted hard and Yulya’s 8

neck broke. “You are witnesses!” he screamed in Russian. “I 9

killed my ex-wife. And this rat Biryukov. You saw me do it!

0

So go to hell.”

1

And then the Wolf stomped out of the nightclub. No one 2

did a thing to stop him.

3

And no one talked to the New York police when they 4

came.

5

Same as in Russia.

6

Same now in America.

7

8

9

0

152

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 153

Chapter 44

BENJAMIN COFFEY WAS being held in a dark root cellar under the barn where he’d been brought — what was it now — three, maybe four days ago? Benjamin couldn’t remember exactly, couldn’t keep track of the days. The Providence College student had nearly lost his mind until he made an amazing discovery in the solitary conﬁnement of the cellar. He found God, or maybe God found him. The ﬁrst and most startling thing Benjamin felt was God’s presence. God accepted him, and maybe it was time for him to accept God. He learned that God understood him. But why couldn’t he understand the ﬁrst thing about God? It didn’t make sense to Benjamin, who’d attended Catholic schools from kindergarten up to his senior year at Providence, where he studied philosophy and also art history. Benjamin had come to another conclusion in the darkness of his “prison cell”

under the barn. He’d always thought that he was basically a 153

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 154

JAMES PATTERSON

1

good person, but now he knew that he wasn’t; and it didn’t 2

have anything to do with his sexuality, as his hypocritical 3

church would have him think. The way he ﬁgured it, a bad 4

person was someone who habitually caused harm to others. 5

Benjamin was guilty of that by his treatment of his parents and 6

siblings, his classmates, his lovers, even his so-called best 7

friends. He was mean-spirited, always acted superior, and con8

tinually inﬂicted unnecessary pain. He had acted like this ever 9

since he could remember. He was cruel, a snob, a martinet, a 0

sadist, a complete piece of shit. He’d always justiﬁed his bad 1

behavior, because other people had caused him so much pain. 2

So was that why things had turned out like this? Maybe. 3

But what was truly astonishing to Benjamin was the realiza4

tion that if he ever got out of this alive, he probably wouldn’t 5

change. In fact, he believed he would use this experience as 6

an excuse to continue being a miserable bastard for the rest 7

of his life. Cold, cold, I’m so cold, he thought. But God loves me 8

unconditionally. That never changes either. Then Benjamin 9

realized that he was incredibly confused, and crying, and had 0

been for a long time, at least a day. He was shivering, bab1

bling nonsense to himself, and he didn’t know what he really 2

thought about anything. Not anymore, he didn’t. 3

His mind kept shifting back and forth. He did have good 4

friends, great friends, and he’d been an okay son; so why 5

were all these terrible thoughts shuttling through his head?

6

Because he was in hell? Was that it? Hell was this foul7

smelling, claustrophobic root cellar under a decaying barn 8

somewhere in New England, probably New Hampshire or 9

Vermont. Was that right?

0

154

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 155

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Maybe he was supposed to repent and couldn’t be set free until he did? Or maybe this was it — for eternity. He remembered something from Catholic grade school in Great Barrington, Rhode Island. A parish priest had tried to explain an eternity in hell to Benjamin’s sixth-grade class.

“Picture a river with a mountain on the other side,” the priest had said. “Now imagine that every thousand years the tiniest sparrow transports what it can carry in its beak across the river from the mountain. When that tiny sparrow has transported the entire mountain to this side of the river, that, boys and girls, would just be the beginning of eternity.” But Benjamin didn’t really believe the priest’s little fable, did he? Fire and brimstone forever? Somebody would ﬁnd him soon. Somebody would guide him out.

Unfortunately, he didn’t completely believe that either. How could anyone ﬁnd him here? They wouldn’t. God, the police had lucked out ﬁnding the Washington sniper, and Malvo and Muhammad weren’t very smart. Mr. Potter was. He had to stop crying soon, because Potter was angry with him already. He’d threatened to kill him if he didn’t stop, and, oh, God, that was why he was crying so hard now. He didn’t want to die, not when he was just twenty-one and had his whole life ahead of him.

An hour later? two hours? three? he heard a loud noise above him and began to cry again. Now Benjamin couldn’t stop sobbing, shaking all over. He was sniveling too. He’d sniffed and sniveled since preschool. Stop sniveling, Ben- jamin. Stop it! Stop it! But he couldn’t stop. Then the trapdoor opened! Someone was coming down. 155

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 156

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Stop the crying, stop the crying, stop it! Stop it this instant!

2

Potter will kill you.

3

Then the most unbelievable thing happened, a turn of 4

events that Benjamin would have never expected. 5

He heard a deep voice — not Potter’s.

6

“Benjamin Coffey? Benjamin? This is the FBI. Mr. Coffey, 7

are you down there? This is the FBI.”

8

He was shaking worse now, and sobbing so hard he 9

thought he might choke behind the gag. Because of the gag, 0

he couldn’t call out, couldn’t let the FBI somehow know that 1

he was down here.

2

The FBI found me! It’s a miracle. I have to signal them. But 3

how? Don’t leave! I’m down here! I’m right here!

4

A ﬂashlight illuminated his face.

5

He could see a person behind the light. A silhouette. Then 6

the full face peered out of the shadows. 7

Mr. Potter was frowning down at him from the trapdoor. 8

Then he stuck out his tongue. “I told you what was going to 9

happen. Didn’t I tell you, Benjamin? You did this to yourself. 0

And you’re so beautiful. God, you’re perfect in every other 1

way.”

2

His tormentor came down the stairs. He saw a battered 3

sledgehammer in Potter’s hand. A heavy farm tool. Waves of 4

fear washed over Benjamin. “I’m a lot stronger than I look,”

5

Potter said. “And you’ve been a very bad boy.”

6

7

8

9

0

156

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 157

Chapter 45

MR. POTTER’S REAL NAME was Homer O. Taylor, and he was an assistant professor in the English department at Dartmouth. Brilliant, to be sure, but still an assistant, a nobody. His ofﬁce was a small but cozy one in the turret at the northwest corner of the Liberal Arts building. He called it his “garret,”

the place where a nobody would labor in lonely solitude. He had been up there most of the afternoon with the door locked, and he was ﬁdgeting. He was also grieving for his beautiful dead boy, his latest tragic love — his third!

Part of Homer Taylor wanted to hurry back to the barn at the farm in Webster to be with Benjamin, just to watch over the body for a few more hours. His Toyota 4Runner was parked outside, and he could be there in an hour if he pushed it. Benjamin, dear boy, why couldn’t you have been good? Why did you bring out the worst in me when there was so much to love?

157

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 158

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Benjamin had been such a beauty, and the loss that Taylor 2

felt now was horrifying. And not only the physical and emo3

tional drain, there was the great ﬁnancial loss. Five years ago, 4

he’d inherited a little over two million dollars. It was going 5

too fast. Much too fast. He couldn’t afford to play like this —

6

but how could he ever stop now?

7

He wanted another boy already. He needed to be loved. 8

And to love someone. Another Benjamin, only not an emo9

tional wreck, as the poor boy had been. 0

So he stayed in his ofﬁce for the entire day to avoid an 1

excruciating hour-long tutorial at four o’clock. He pretended 2

to be marking term papers, in case someone knocked, but he 3

never looked at a single page.

4

Instead, he obsessed.

5

He ﬁnally contacted Sterling around seven o’clock. “I 6

want to make another purchase,” he said. 7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

158

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 159

Chapter 46

I VISITED SAMPSON AND BILLIE one night and had a great time with them, talking about babies and scaring big, bad John Sampson as much as I could. I tried to talk to Jamilla at least once a day. But White Girl was starting to heat up, and I knew what that meant. I was probably about to get lost in the case.

A married couple, Slava Vasilev and Zoya Petrov, had been found murdered in the house they rented on Long Island. We had learned that the husband and wife had come to the United States four years before. They were suspected of bringing Russian and other Eastern European women here for the purpose of prostitution, and also to bear children who would be sold to afﬂuent couples.

Agents from our New York ofﬁce were all over the murder scene on Long Island. Photographs of the two victims had 159

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 160

JAMES PATTERSON

1

been shown to the high school students who’d seen the Con2

nolly abduction and to Audrey Meek’s children. They had 3

identiﬁed the couple as the kidnappers. I wondered why the 4

bodies had been left there. As examples? For whom?

5

Monnie Donnelley and I regularly met at seven before I 6

had to attend orientation classes for the day. We were analyz7

ing the Long Island murders. Monnie pulled together every8

thing she could ﬁnd on the husband and wife, as well as 9

other Russian criminals working in the U.S., the so-called 0

Red Maﬁya. She was hot-wired into the Organized Crime 1

Section over at the Hoover Building and also the Red Maﬁya 2

squad in the Bureau’s New York ofﬁce.

3

“I brought ‘everything’ bagels from D.C.,” I said as I entered 4

her cube at ten minutes past seven Monday. “Best in the city. 5

According to Zagat, anyway. You don’t seem too excited.”

6

“You’re late,” Monnie said, without looking up from her 7

computer screen. She’d mastered the droll, deadpan delivery 8

style favored by hackers.

9

“These bagels are worth it,” I said. “Trust me.”

0

“I don’t trust anybody,” Monnie replied. 1

She ﬁnally glanced up at me and smiled. Nice smile, 2

worth the wait. “You know that I’m kidding, right? It’s just a 3

tough-girl act, Alex. Give with the bagels.”

4

I laughed. “I’m used to cop humor.”

5

“Oh, I’m honored,” she muttered, deadpan again, as she 6

looked back at the glowing computer screen. “He thinks I’m 7

a cop, not just a desk jockey. You know, they started me in 8

ﬁngerprinting. The absolute bottom.”

9

I liked Monnie, but I had the sense that she needed a lot 0

160

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 161

THE BIG BAD WOLF

of support. I knew she’d been divorced for about two years. She’d majored in criminology at Maryland for undergrad, where she had also pursued another interesting passion —

studio arts. Monnie still took classes in drawing and painting, and, of course, there was the collage in her cube. She yawned. “Sorry. I watched Alias with the boys last night. That will be Grandma’s problem when she has to get them up this morning.”

Monnie’s home life was another thing we had in common. She was a single parent, with two young kids and a doting grandmother who lived less than a block away. The grandmother was her ex-husband’s mother, which told the story of the marriage. Jack Donnelley had played basketball at Maryland, where he and Monnie met. He was a big drinker in college, and it got worse once he graduated. Monnie said he’d never recovered from being all-everything in high school and then just another guard for the Maryland Terrapins. Monnie was ﬁve-foot even, and joked that she hadn’t played any kind of ball at Maryland. She told me her nickname in high school was Spaz.

“I’ve been reading all about women being traded and sold from Tokyo to Riyadh,” she said. “Breaks my heart and it pisses me off. Alex, we’re talking some of the worst slavery in history. What’s with you men?”

I looked at her. “I don’t buy and sell women, Monnie. Neither do any of my friends.”

“Sorry. I’m carrying around a little extra baggage because of Jack the Rat and a few other husbands I know.” She looked at her computer screen. “Here’s a choice quote for today. 161

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 162

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Know what the Thai premier said about the thousands of 2

women from his country sold into prostitution? ‘Thai girls 3

are just so pretty.’ And here’s the premier on ten-year-old girls 4

being sold: ‘Come on, don’t you like young girls, too?’ I swear to 5

God, he said that.”

6

I sat down next to Monnie and peered at her computer 7

screen. “So now somebody’s opened a lucrative market for 8

suburban white women. Who? And where are they working 9

out of? Europe? Asia? The U.S.?”

0

“The murdered couple could be a break for us. Russians. 1

What do you think?” she asked.

2

“Could be a ring operating out of New York. Brighton 3

Beach. Or maybe they’re headquartered in Europe? The 4

Russian mob is set up just about everywhere these days. It’s 5

not ‘The Russians Are Coming’ anymore. They’re here.”

6

Monnie started to spit out information. “The Solntsevo 7

gang is the largest crime syndicate in the world right now. 8

Did you know that? They’re big here too. Both coasts. The 9

Red Maﬁya has basically collapsed in their country. They 0

smuggled close to a hundred billion out of Russia, and a lot 1

of it came here. You know, we’ve got major task forces work2

ing in L.A., San Francisco, Chicago, New York, D.C., Miami. 3

The Reds bought banks in the Caribbean and Cyprus. Believe 4

it or not, they’ve taken over prostitution, gambling, and 5

money laundering in Israel. In Israel!”

6

I ﬁnally got a few words in. “I spent a couple of hours last 7

night reading the ﬁles from Anti-Slavery International. The 8

Red Maﬁya comes up there too.”

9

“I’ll tell you one other thing.” She looked at me. “That kid 0

162

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 163

THE BIG BAD WOLF

who was grabbed in Newport. I know it’s a different pattern, I get it, but I do believe he’s part of this. What do you think?”

I nodded. So did I. And I also thought that Monnie had great street smarts for somebody who rarely left the ofﬁce. So far, she was the best person I’d met at the Bureau, and here we were in her tiny cube trying to solve White Girl. 163

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 164

Chapter 47

I HAD NEVER really stopped being a student since my days at Johns Hopkins, and it had served me well in the Washington PD, even given me a certain mystique. I hoped it would be the same in the Bureau, though it hadn’t been so far. I set myself up with a supply of black coffee and started in on the Russian mob research. I needed to know everything about them, and Monnie Donnelley was a willing accomplice. I made notes along the way, though I usually remember most of what is important enough and don’t need to write it down. According to the FBI ﬁles, the Russian mob was now more diverse and powerful in America than La Cosa Nostra. Unlike the Italian Maﬁa, the Russians were organized into loose networks that cooperated with but weren’t dependent on one another. At least not so far. A major beneﬁt was that the loose style of organization avoided RICO prosecutions by the government. No conspiracies could be proved. There 164

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 165

THE BIG BAD WOLF

were two distinctly different types of Russian mobsters. The

“knuckle draggers” were into extortion, prostitution, and racketeering, and their particular crime group was called the Solntsevo. The second type of Russian mobster operated at a more sophisticated level, often securities fraud and money laundering. These were the neocapitalist criminals, called the Izmailovo.

For the moment, I decided to concentrate on the ﬁrst group, the lowlifes, especially the brigades involved with prostitution. According to the Bureau’s OC Section report, the prostitute business operated “a lot like major league baseball.” A group of prostitutes could actually be “traded”

from an owner in one city to one in another. As a footnote, a survey conducted among seventh-grade girls in Russia listed prostitution among the top-ﬁve career choices of the girls when they grew up. Several historical anecdotes had been inserted in the ﬁle to represent the Russian criminal mentality: smart and ruthless. According to one story, Ivan the Terrible had commissioned St. Basil’s Cathedral to rival, even surpass, the great churches of Europe. He was pleased with the result and invited the architect to the Kremlin. When the artist arrived, his blueprints were burned and his eyes poked out, thus ensuring that he could never create a ﬁner cathedral for anyone else. There were several more contemporary examples in the report, but that was how the Red Maﬁya worked. It was what we were up against if the Russians were behind White Girl. 165

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 166

Chapter 48

SOMETHING INCREDIBLE WAS about to happen. It was a gorgeous afternoon in eastern Pennsylvania. The Art Director found himself lost in the dazzling blue of the sky, and the reﬂections of the white clouds sliding across his windshield were mesmerizing. Am I doing the right thing now? he had asked himself several times during the ride. He thought that he was.

“You have to admit that it’s beautiful,” he said to the bound passenger in his Mercedes G-Class SUV.

“It is,” said Audrey Meek. She was thinking that she’d believed she would never see the outdoors again, never smell fresh grass and ﬂowers. So where was this madman taking her with her hands tied? They were driving away from his cabin. Going where? What did it mean?

She was terriﬁed but trying not to show it. Small talk, she told herself. Keep him talking.

166

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 167

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“You like this G-Class?” she asked, and immediately knew it was an insane question, just insane. His tight smile, but especially his eyes, told her that he thought so too. And yet he answered politely. “I do, actually. At ﬁrst I thought it was the ﬁnal proof that rich people are incredibly stupid. I mean, it’s kind of like putting a Mercedes logo on a wheelbarrow and then paying triple for it. But I do like the oddness of the vehicle, the rigid lines of the design, the gizmos like lockable differentials. Of course, I’ll have to get rid of this one now, won’t I?”

Oh, God, she was afraid to ask why, but maybe she knew already. She’d seen the car he drove. Maybe someone else had too. But she had also seen his face, so he wasn’t really making sense. Or was he?

Suddenly Audrey found that she couldn’t talk at all. No words would come out of her mouth, which was very dry. This self-professed nice guy, who said he wanted to be her friend but who had raped her half a dozen times, was going to kill her very soon. And then what? Bury her out here in the beautiful woods? Dump her body in a gorgeous lake with a heavy weight attached to it?

Tears formed in Audrey’s eyes, and her brain buzzed as if there were a short in the circuits. She didn’t want to die. Not now, not like this. She loved her children, her husband, Georges, and even her company. It had taken her so long, so much sacriﬁce and hard work, to get her life right. And now this had to happen, this ﬂuke, this incredibly bad luck. The Art Director turned sharply onto a narrow dirt road, then sped down it much too fast. Where was he going? Why so fast? What was at the end of the road?

167

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 168

JAMES PATTERSON

1

But apparently they weren’t going all the way to the end. 2

He was braking.

3

“My God, no!” Audrey screamed. “No! Please! Don’t!”

4

He stopped the car but let the engine run. 5

“Please,” she pleaded. “Oh, please . . . don’t do this. 6

Please, please, please. You don’t have to kill me.”

7

The Art Director merely smiled. “Give us a hug, Audrey. 8

Then get out of the car before I change my mind. You’re free. 9

I’m not going to hurt you. You see, I love you too much.”

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

168

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 169

Chapter 49

THERE WAS A BREAK in White Girl. One of the women had been found — alive.

I was rushed to Bucks County, Pennsylvania, in one of the two Bell helicopters kept at Quantico for emergencies. A few senior agents had told me that they’d never been up in one of the helicopters. It didn’t sit too well with them. Now here I was becoming a regular during my orientation period. There were beneﬁts to being on the director’s fast track. The sleek black Bell set down in a small ﬁeld in Norristown, Pennsylvania. During the ﬂight I found myself thinking of a recent orientation class. We’d burned ﬁngernail clippings so that everybody would know what a DOA smelled like. I already knew, and I didn’t relish experiencing it again. I didn’t think there would be any DOAs on this trip to Pennsylvania. Unfortunately, that turned out to be wrong. Agents from the ﬁeld ofﬁce in Philadelphia were there to 169

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 170

JAMES PATTERSON

1

meet the helicopter and accompany me to where Audrey 2

Meek had been brought for questioning. So far there’d been 3

no announcement to the press, though her husband had 4

been notiﬁed and was on his way to Norristown. 5

“I’m not exactly sure where we are right now,” I said as we 6

rode to a local state troopers’ barracks. “How far is this from 7

where Mrs. Meek was abducted?”

8

“We’re ﬁve miles,” said one of the agents from Philly. “It 9

would take about ten minutes by car.”

0

“Was she held captive near this area?” I asked. “Do we 1

know yet? What exactly do we know?”

2

“She told the state police that the abductor brought her 3

here early this morning. She’s not sure of the directions but 4

thinks they rode for well over an hour. Her wristwatch had 5

been taken away from her.”

6

I nodded. “Was she blindfolded during the ride? I assume 7

that she was.”

8

“No. That’s odd, isn’t it? She saw her captor several times. 9

Also his vehicle. He didn’t seem to care one way or the other.”

0

That was a genuine surprise to me. It didn’t track, and I 1

said so.

2

“Stump the stars,” said the agent. “Isn’t that what this case 3

is about so far?”

4

The state trooper barracks occupied a redbrick building 5

tucked back from the highway. There wasn’t any activity out6

side, and I took that as a good sign. At least I had beaten the 7

press there. No one had leaked the story so far. 8

I hurried inside the barracks to meet Audrey Meek. I was 9

eager to ﬁnd out how she had survived against all odds, the 0

ﬁrst woman who had.

170

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 171

Chapter 50

MY VERY FIRST IMPRESSION was that Audrey Meek didn’t look at all like herself, not as she did in any of her publicity. Not now, anyway, not after her terrible ordeal. Mrs. Meek was thinner, especially in the face. Her eyes were dark blue, but the sockets appeared hollowed out. She had some color on both cheeks.

“I’m FBI agent Alex Cross. It’s good to see you safe,” I said in a quiet voice. I didn’t want to interview her right now, but it had to be done.

Audrey Meek nodded and her eyes met mine. I had the sense that she knew how lucky she was.

“You have some color in your cheeks. Did you get that today?” I asked her. “While you were in the woods?”

“I don’t know for sure, but I don’t think so. He took me outside for walks every day he held me captive. Considering the circumstances, he was often considerate. He made my 171

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 172

JAMES PATTERSON

1

meals, good ones, for the most part. He told me he’d been a 2

chef at one time in Richmond. We had long talks almost 3

every day, really long talks. It was so strange, everything 4

about it. There was one day in the middle when he wasn’t at 5

the house at all. I was petriﬁed he’d left me there to die. But I 6

didn’t really believe he would.”

7

I didn’t interrupt her. I wanted to let Audrey Meek tell her 8

story without any pressure or steering from me. It was aston9

ishing to me that she had been released. It didn’t happen very 0

often in cases like this one.

1

“Georges? My children?” she asked. “Have they arrived 2

yet? Will you let me see them if they’re here?”

3

“They’re on their way,” I said. “We’ll bring them in as 4

soon as they arrive. I’d like to ask a few questions while 5

everything is still fresh in your mind. I’m sorry about this. 6

There may be other missing people, Mrs. Meek. We think 7

that there are.”

8

“Oh, God,” she whispered. “Let me try to help, then. If I 9

can, I will. Ask your questions.”

0

She was a brave woman and she told me about the kid1

napping, including a description of the man and woman who 2

had grabbed her. It ﬁt the late Slava Vasilev and Zoya Petrov. 3

Then Audrey Meek took me through the ritual of the days 4

that she was held captive by the man who called himself the 5

Art Director.

6

“He said he liked to wait on me, that he enjoyed it 7

immensely. It was as if he was used to being subservient. But 8

I sensed he also wanted to be my friend. It was so terribly 9

weird. He’d seen me on TV and read articles about Meek, my 0

company. He said he admired my sense of style and the way I 172

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 173

THE BIG BAD WOLF

didn’t seem to have too many airs about myself. He made me have sex with him.”

Audrey Meek was holding herself together so well. Her strength amazed me, and I wondered if that was what her captor had admired.

“Can I get you water? Anything?” I asked. She shook her head. “I saw his face,” she said. “I even tried to draw it for the police. I think it’s a good likeness. It’s him.”

This was getting stranger by the moment. Why would the Art Director let her see him, then release her? I’d never known anything like it, not in any other kidnapping case. Audrey Meek sighed and nervously clasped and unclasped her hands as she continued.

“He admitted that he was obsessive-compulsive. About cleanliness, art, style, about loving another human being. He confessed several times that he adored me. He was often derogatory about himself. Did I tell you about the house?”

she asked. “I’m not sure what I said here — or to the ofﬁcers who found me.”

“You didn’t talk about the house yet,” I said.

“It was covered with some material, like a heavy-duty cellophane. It reminded me of event art. Like Christo. There were dozens of paintings inside. Very good ones. You ought to be able to ﬁnd a house covered in cellophane.”

“We’ll ﬁnd it,” I agreed. “We’re looking now.”

The door to the room where we were talking was cracked open. A trooper in a brimmed hat peeked in, then he opened the door wide and Audrey Meek’s husband, Georges, and her two children burst inside. It was such an unbelievably rare moment in abduction cases, especially one in which someone 173

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 174

JAMES PATTERSON

1

has been missing for more than a week. The Meek children 2

looked afraid at ﬁrst. Their father gently urged them forward, 3

and joy took over. Their faces were wreathed in smiles and 4

tears, and there was a group hug that seemed to last forever. 5

“Mommy, Mommy, Mommy! ” the girl shrieked, and clung 6

to her mother as if she’d never let go of her again. 7

My eyes ﬁlled, and then I went to the worktable. Audrey 8

Meek had made two drawings. I looked at the face of the man 9

who had held her captive. He looked very ordinary, like any0

body you’d meet on the street.

1

The Art Director.

2

Why did you let her go? I wondered. 3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

174

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 175

Chapter 51

WE GOT ANOTHER possible break around midnight. The police had information about a house covered with a plastic material in Ottsville, Pennsylvania. Ottsville was about thirty miles away, and we drove there in several cars in the middle of the night. It was tough duty at the end of a long day, but nobody was complaining too much.

When we arrived, the scene reminded me of my past life in D.C. — ofﬁcers used to wait for me there too. Three sedans and a couple of black vans were parked along the heavily wooded country road around a bend from a dirt lane that led to the house. Ned Mahoney, who had just arrived from Washington, and I met up with the local sheriff, Eddie Lyle.

“Lights are all out in the house,” Mahoney observed as we approached what was actually a renovated log cabin. The only access to the secluded property was the dirt road. His HRT teams were waiting on his command to go. 175

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 176

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“It’s past one,” I said. “He might be waiting on us, though. 2

I think there’s something desperate about this guy.”

3

“Why’s that?” Mahoney wanted to know. “I need to hear.”

4

“He let her go. She saw his face, and the house, the car 5

too. He must have known we’d ﬁnd him here.”

6

“My people know what they’re doing,” the sheriff inter7

rupted, sounding offended that he was being ignored. I didn’t 8

much care what he thought — I had seen a local, inexperi9

enced rookie cop blown away in Virginia one time. “I know 0

what I’m doing too,” the sheriff added. 1

I stopped talking to Mahoney and stared at Lyle. “Hold it 2

right here. We don’t know what’s waiting for us inside the 3

house, but we do know this — he knew we’d ﬁnd this place 4

and come for him. Now, you tell your men to stand down. 5

FBI HRT goes in ﬁrst! You’re backup for us. Do you have a 6

problem with that?”

7

The sheriff’s face reddened and he thrust out his chin. “I 8

sure as hell do, but it doesn’t mean fuck-all, does it?”

9

“No, it doesn’t matter at all. So tell your men to stand 0

down. You stand down too. I don’t care how good you think 1

you are.”

2

I started walking forward again with Mahoney, who was 3

grinning and not trying to hide it. “You’re a hot ticket, man,”

4

he said. A couple of his snipers were watching the cabin 5

from less than ﬁfty yards away. I could see that it had a gabled 6

roof with a dormer on the loft level. Everything was dark 7

inside.

8

“This is HRT One. Anything going on in there, Kilvert?”

9

Mahoney said into his mike to one of the snipers. 0

“Not that I can see, sir. What’s the take on the UNSUB?”

176

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 177

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Mahoney looked at me.

My eyes moved slowly across the cabin and the front and side yards. Everything looked neat, well maintained, and seemed to be in good repair. Power lines led to the roof.

“He wanted us to come here, Ned. That can’t be good.”

“Booby trap?” he asked. “That’s how we plan to proceed.”

I nodded. “That’s how I would go. If we’re wrong it’ll give the locals some yuks.”

“Fuck the local yokels,” said Mahoney.

“I agree with that. Now that I’m not a local anymore.”

“Hotel and Charlie teams, this is HRT One,” Mahoney said into his mike. “This is Control. On the ready. Five, four, three, two, one, go! ”

Two HRT teams of seven rose up from “phase line yellow,”

which is the ﬁnal position for cover and concealment. They passed “phase line green” on the way to the house. After that there was no turning back.

HRT’s motto for this kind of action was “speed, surprise, and violence of action.” They were very good at it, better than anything the Washington PD had to offer. Within a matter of seconds, the Hotel and Charlie teams were inside the cottage where Audrey Meek had been kept captive for over a week. Then Mahoney and I burst through the back door and into the kitchen. I saw stove, refrigerator, cabinets, table. No Art Director.

No resistance of any kind.

Not yet.

Mahoney and I moved ahead cautiously. The living room area had a wood-burning stove, a striped contemporary-style couch in beige and brown, several club chairs. A big chest 177

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 178

JAMES PATTERSON

1

covered by a dark green afghan. Everything was tasteful and 2

organized.

3

No Art Director.

4

Canvases were everywhere. Most had been ﬁnished. 5

Whoever had done the paintings was talented. 6

“Secure!” I heard. Then a shout — “In here!”

7

Mahoney and I raced down a long hallway. Two of his 8

men were already inside what looked to be the master bed9

room. There were more painted canvases, lots of them, ﬁfty 0

or more.

1

A nude body lay sprawled across the wooden ﬂoor. The 2

look on the face was grotesque, tortured. The dead man’s 3

hands were tightly wrapped around his own throat, as if he 4

were strangling himself.

5

It was the man Audrey Meek had drawn for us. He was 6

dead, and his death had been horrible. Most likely poison of 7

some kind.

8

Papers lay scattered on the bed. Alongside them, a foun9

tain pen.

0

I bent and began to read one of several notes: 1

2

To whomever —

3

As you know by now, I am the one who held Audrey 4

Meek captive. All I can say is that it is something I had to 5

do. I believe I had no choice; no free will in the matter. I 6

loved her since the ﬁrst time I saw her at one of my ex7

hibitions in Philadelphia. We talked that night, but of 8

course she didn’t remember me. No one ever does. (Until 9

now anyway.) What is the rationale behind an obsession?

0

I have no idea, not a clue, even though I obsessed on 178

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 179

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Audrey for over seven years of my life. I had all the money I would ever need, and yet it meant nothing to me. Not until I got the opportunity to take what I really wanted, what I needed. How could I resist — no matter the price?

A quarter million dollars seemed like nothing to be with Audrey, even for these few days. Then a strange thing. Maybe a miracle. Once we spent time together, I found that I loved Audrey too much to keep her like this. I never harmed her. Not in my own mind anyway. If I hurt you, Audrey, I’m sorry. I loved you very much, this much. One sentence kept repeating inside my head after I ﬁnished reading: Not until I got the opportunity to take what I really wanted, what I needed. How had that happened? Who was out there fulﬁlling the fantasies of these madmen?

Who was behind this? It sure wasn’t the Art Director. 179

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 180

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 181

Part Three WOLF TRACKS

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 182

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 183

Chapter 52

I DIDN’T GET BACK to Washington until almost ten the following night, and I knew I was in trouble with Jannie, probably with everybody in the house except Little Alex and the cat. I’d promised we would go to the pool at the Y, and now it was too late to go anywhere except to sleep. Nana was sitting over a cup of tea in the kitchen when I came in. She didn’t even look up. I bypassed a lecture and headed upstairs in the hopes that Jannie might still be awake. She was. My best little girl was sitting on her bed surrounded by several magazines, including American Girl. Her old favorite bear, Theo, was propped in her lap. Jannie had gone to sleep with Theo since she was less than a year old and her mother was still alive.

In one corner of the room Rosie the cat was curled up on a pile of Jannie’s laundry. One of Nana’s jobs for her and Damon was that they start doing their own laundry. 183

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 184

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I had a thought about Maria then. My wife was kind and 2

courageous, a special woman who’d been shot in a mysteri3

ous drive-by incident in Southeast that I’d never been able to 4

solve. I had never closed the ﬁle. Maybe something would 5

turn up. It’s been known to happen. I still missed her almost 6

every day. Sometimes I even said a little prayer. I hope you 7

forgive me, Maria. I’m doing the best I can. It just doesn’t seem 8

good enough sometimes; good enough to me, anyway. We love 9

you dearly.

0

Jannie must have sensed I was there, watching her, talk1

ing to her mother. “I thought it was you,” she said. 2

“Why is that?” I asked.

3

She shrugged. “I just did. My sixth sense is working 4

pretty good lately.”

5

“Were you waiting up for me?” I asked as I slipped into 6

her room. It had been our one guest bedroom, but last year 7

we had converted it to Jannie’s. I had built the shelving for 8

the clay menagerie from her “Sojourner Truth period”: a 9

stegosaurus, a whale, a black squirrel, a panhandler, a witch 0

tied to a stake, as well as her favorite books. 1

“I wasn’t waiting up, no. I didn’t expect you home at all.”

2

I sat down on the edge of the bed. Framed over it was a 3

copy of a Magritte painting of a pipe with the caption: this is 4

not a pipe. “You’re going to torture me some, huh?” I said. 5

“Of course. Goes without saying. I looked forward to 6

some pool time all day.”

7

“Fair enough.” I put my hand on top of hers. “I’m sorry. 8

I’m really sorry, Jannie.”

9

“I know. You don’t have to say that, actually. You don’t 0

184

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 185

THE BIG BAD WOLF

have to be sorry. Really you don’t. I understand what you do is important. I get it. Even Damon does.”

I squeezed my girl’s hands in mine. She was so much like Maria. “Thank you, sweetie. I needed that tonight.”

“I know,” she whispered. “I could tell.”

185

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 186

Chapter 53

THE WOLF WAS in Washington, D.C., on a business trip that night. He had a late dinner at the Ruth’s Chris Steak House on Connecticut Avenue near Dupont Circle. Joining him was Franco Grimaldi, a stocky thirty-eightyear-old Italian capo from New York. They talked about a promising scheme to build Tahoe into a gambling mecca that would rival Vegas and Atlantic City; they also talked about pro hockey, the latest Vin Diesel movie, and a plan the Wolf had to make a billion dollars on a single job. Then the Wolf said he had to leave. He had another meeting in Washington. Business rather than pleasure.

“You seeing the president?” Grimaldi asked. The Russian laughed. “No. He can’t get anything done. He’s all stronzate. Why should I see him? He should see me about Bin Laden and the terrorists. I get things done.”

186

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 187

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“Tell me something,” Grimaldi asked before the Wolf left.

“The story about Palumbo out in the max-security prison in Colorado. You did that?”

The Wolf shook his head. “A complete fairy tale. I am a businessman, not a lowlife, not some butcher. Don’t believe everything you hear about me.”

The Maﬁa head watched the unpredictable Russian leave the steak house, and he was almost certain the man had killed Palumbo, and also that the president ought to contact the Wolf about Al Qaeda.

Around midnight, the Wolf got out of a black Dodge Viper in Potomac Park. He could see the outline of an SUV

across Ohio Drive. The roof light blinked on and a single passenger got out. Come to me, pigeon, he whispered. The man who approached him in Potomac Park was FBI and worked in the Hoover Building. His carriage was stiff and herky-jerky, like that of so many government functionaries. There was no conﬁdent G-man swagger. The Wolf had been warned that he couldn’t buy a useful agent and that he couldn’t trust the information if he did. But he hadn’t believed that. Money always bought things, and it always bought people — especially if they had been passed over for promotions and raises; this was as true in America as it had been in Russia. If anything, it was more true here, where cynicism and bitterness were becoming the national pastimes.

“So is anybody talking about me up on the ﬁfth ﬂoor of the Hoover?” he asked.

“I don’t want to meet like this. Next time, you run an ad in the Washington Times. ”

187

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 188

JAMES PATTERSON

1

The Wolf smiled, but then he jabbed a ﬁnger into the fed2

eral agent’s jaw. “I asked you a question. Is anybody talking 3

about me?”

4

The agent shook his head. “Not yet, but they will. They’ve 5

connected the murdered couple on Long Island to Atlanta 6

and to the King of Prussia Mall.”

7

The Wolf nodded. “Of course they have. I understand that 8

these people of yours aren’t stupid. They’re just very limited.”

9

“Don’t underestimate them,” the agent warned. “The Bu0

reau is changing. They’re going to come after you with every1

thing they have.”

2

“It won’t be enough,” said the Wolf. “And besides, maybe 3

I’ll come after them — with everything I have. I’ll huff, and 4

I’ll puff, and I’ll blow their house down.”

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

188

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 189

Chapter 54

THE NEXT NIGHT I got home before six o’clock. I had a sitdown dinner with Nana and the kids, who were surprised but clearly thrilled that I was home so early. The telephone rang toward the end of the meal. I didn’t want to answer it. Maybe somebody else had been grabbed, but I didn’t want to deal with it. Not tonight.

“I’ll get it,” said Damon. “It’s probably for me. Some girl- friend. ” He snatched the ringing telephone off the kitchen wall, ﬂipped it from one hand to the other.

“You wish it was a girl,” taunted Jannie from the table.

“Dinnertime. It’s probably somebody selling MCI or a bank loan. They always call at dinner.”

Then Damon was pointing at me, and he wasn’t smiling. He didn’t look so good either, as if he’d suddenly gotten a little sick to his stomach. “Dad,” he said in a low voice. “It’s for you.”

189

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 190

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I got up from the table and took the phone from him. 2

“You okay?” I asked.

3

“It’s Ms. Johnson,” Damon whispered. 4

My throat felt constricted as I took the receiver. Now I 5

was the one who felt a little sick, but also confused. “Hello?

6

This is Alex,” I said.

7

“It’s Christine, Alex. I’m in Washington. For a few days. 8

I’d like to see Little Alex while I’m here,” she said, sounding 9

as if it were a prepared speech.

0

I felt my face ﬂush. Why are you calling here? Why now? I 1

wanted to say but didn’t. “Do you want to come over 2

tonight? It’s a little late, but we could keep him up.”

3

She hesitated. “Actually, I was thinking about tomorrow. 4

Maybe around eight-thirty, quarter to nine in the morning?

5

Would that be all right?”

6

I said, “That would be ﬁne, Christine. I’ll be here.”

7

“Oh,” she said, then fumbled for words a little. “You don’t 8

have to stay home for me. I heard you were working for the 9

FBI.”

0

My stomach clenched. Christine Johnson and I had split 1

up over a year ago, mainly because of the nature of the mur2

der cases I worked. She had actually been abducted because 3

of my work. We ﬁnally found her in a shack in a remote area 4

of Jamaica. Alex was born there. I hadn’t known Christine 5

was pregnant at the time. We were never the same after that. 6

I felt it was my fault. Then she’d moved to Seattle. It had been 7

Christine’s idea that Alex stay with me. She’d been seeing a 8

psychiatrist and said she wasn’t emotionally ﬁt to be a mother. 9

Now she was in D.C. “for a few days.”

0

“What brings you back to Washington?” I ﬁnally asked. 190

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 191

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“I wanted to see our son,” she said, her voice going very soft. “And some friends of mine.” I remembered how much I had loved her, and probably still did on some level, but I was resigned to the fact that we wouldn’t be together. Christine couldn’t stand my life as a cop, and I couldn’t seem to give it up.

“All right, well, I’ll be over at around eight-thirty tomorrow,” she said.

“I’ll be here,” I said.

191

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 192

Chapter 55

EIGHT-THIRTY ON THE BUTTON.

A shiny silver Taurus, a rental car from Hertz, pulled up in front of our house on Fifth Street.

Christine Johnson got out, and though she looked a little severe with her hair pulled back in a tight bun, I had to admit that she was a beautiful woman. Tall and slender, with distinct, sculpted features that I couldn’t make myself forget. Seeing her again made my heart catch in spite of what had happened between us.

I was edgy, but also tired. Why was that? I wondered how much energy I’d lost in the past year and a half. A doctor friend from Johns Hopkins has a half-serious theory that our life lines are written on the palms of our hands. He swears he can chart stress, illnesses, general health. I visited him a few weeks ago, and Bernie Stringer said I was in excellent physical shape, but that my life lines had taken a beating in the last 192

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 193

THE BIG BAD WOLF

year. That was partly because of Christine, our relationship, and the breakup.

I was standing behind the protective screen of the front door, with Alex in my arms. I stepped outside as Christine approached the house. She was wearing heels and a dark blue suit.

“Say hi,” I said to Alex, and waved one of his arms at his mother.

It was so strange, so completely unnerving to see Christine like this again. We had such a complicated history. Much of it was good, but what was bad was very bad. Her husband had been killed in her house during a case I was working on. I had nearly been responsible for her death. Now we were living thousands of miles apart. Why was she in D.C. again? To see Little Alex, of course. But what else had brought her?

“Hello, Alex,” she said, and smiled, and for a dizzying instant it was as if nothing had changed between us. I remembered the ﬁrst time I had seen her, when she was still the principal at the Sojourner Truth School. She’d taken my breath away. Unfortunately, I guess, she still did. Christine knelt at the foot of the stairs and spread her arms. “Hi, you handsome guy,” she said to Little Alex. I set him down and let him decide what to do next. He looked up at me and laughed. Then he chose Christine’s beckoning smile, chose her warmth and charm — and went right into her arms.

“Hello, baby,” she whispered. “I missed you so much. You’ve grown so big.”

Christine hadn’t brought a gift, no bribes, and I liked that. It was just her, no tricks or gimmicks, but that was enough. 193

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 194

JAMES PATTERSON

1

In seconds, Alex was laughing and talking up a storm. They 2

looked good together, mother and son.

3

“I’ll be inside,” I said, after I watched them for a moment. 4

“Come in when you want. There’s fresh coffee. Nana’s. Break5

fast if you haven’t eaten.”

6

Christine looked up at me and she smiled again. She 7

looked so happy holding the Boy, our small son. “We’re ﬁne 8

for the moment,” she said. “Thank you. I’ll come in for coffee. 9

Of course I will.” Of course. Christine had always been so sure 0

about everything, and she hadn’t lost any of her conﬁdence. 1

I stepped back inside and nearly bumped into Nana, who 2

was watching from just beyond the screen door. 3

“Oh, Alex,” she whispered, and she didn’t have to say any 4

more than that. I felt as if a knife had been plunged in my 5

heart. It was the ﬁrst twist, and just the ﬁrst of many. I shut 6

the front door and left them to have their private time. 7

Christine brought the baby inside after a while, and we all 8

sat in the kitchen and drank coffee and she watched Alex 9

with his bottle of apple juice. She talked about her life out in 0

Seattle; mostly about work at a school out there, nothing too 1

personal or revealing. I knew she had to be nervous and 2

stressed, but I never saw it.

3

Then Christine showed the kind of warmth that could 4

melt a heart. She was looking at Little Alex. “What a sweet5

heart he is,” she said. “What a sweet, darling little boy. Oh, 6

Alex, my little Alex, how I missed you. You have no idea.”

7

8

9

0

194

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 195

Chapter 56

CHRISTINE JOHNSON IN D.C. AGAIN.

Why had she come back now? What did she want with us?

The questions throbbed in my head, and also deep inside my heart. They made me afraid, even before I had a clear idea what to fear. Of course, I had a suspicion — Christine had changed her mind about Little Alex. That was it, had to be. Why else would she be here? She certainly hadn’t come back to see me. Or had she?

I was still on I-95, but just minutes away from Quantico, when Monnie Donnelley got through to me on my cell. Miles Davis played on the radio in the car. I’d been trying to chill before I got to work.

“You’re late again,” she said, and though I knew it was a joke, it still cut me some.

“I know, I know. I was out partying last night. You know how it is.”

195

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 196

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Monnie got right to it. “Alex, did you know they grabbed 2

a couple more suspects last night?”

3

Them again. I was so surprised that I didn’t answer Mon4

nie right away. I hadn’t been told anything about a bust!

5

“I guess not.” Monnie answered her own question. “It 6

took place in Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania. Joe Namath’s home7

town? Two UNSUBS in their forties, ran an adult bookstore, 8

sort of named after the town. The press got ahold of it a few 9

minutes ago.”

0

“Did they ﬁnd any of the missing women?” I asked 1

Monnie.

2

“Don’t think so. It’s not in the news reports. Nobody 3

seems to know for sure here.”

4

I didn’t understand. “Do you know how long they were 5

under surveillance? Forget it, Monnie, I’m getting off Ninety6

ﬁve right now. I’m almost there. I’ll see you in a couple of 7

minutes.”

8

“Sorry to ruin your day so early,” she said. 9

“It was already ruined,” I muttered.

0

We worked straight through the day but at seven, we still 1

didn’t have very good answers to several questions about the 2

takedown in Pennsylvania. I knew a few things, mostly 3

unimportant details, and it was frustrating. The two men had 4

criminal records for selling pornography. Agents from the 5

ﬁeld ofﬁce in Philly had gotten a tip that the two of them 6

were involved in a kidnapping scheme. It was unclear who in 7

the FBI’s chain of command knew about the suspects, but 8

there seemed to have been an internal communication break9

down of the sort I had been hearing about for years before I 0

arrived at Quantico.

196

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 197

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I talked with Monnie a couple of times during the day, but my buddy Ned Mahoney never called me about the bust; Burns’s ofﬁce didn’t try to contact me either. I was shook. For one thing, there were reporters out in the parking lot at Quantico. I could see a USA Today van and a CNN truck from my window. Very strange day. Odd and unsettling. Late in the afternoon, I found myself thinking about Christine Johnson’s visit to the house. I kept playing back the scene of her holding the baby, playing with Alex. I wondered if I could believe that she’d come to D.C. just to see him and a few of her old friends. It made my heart ache to think about losing “the Big Boy,” as I always called him. The Big Boy!

What a joy he was to me, and to the kids, and to Nana Mama. What an unbearable loss it would be. I just couldn’t imagine it. Nor could I imagine being Christine and not wanting him back.

Before I left for the night, I forced myself to pick up the phone and make a call that I was dreading. Thinking about Little Alex made me remember the promise I’d made. Judge Brendan Connolly answered after a few rings.

“It’s Alex Cross,” I said. “Just wanted to check in with you. Tell you about the news stories you’ve been seeing today.”

Judge Connolly asked me if his wife had been found, if there was any news about Lizzie.

“They didn’t ﬁnd her yet. I don’t think those two men were involved with your wife. We’re still very hopeful that we’ll ﬁnd her.”

He began to mutter words that I couldn’t make out. After listening to him for a few seconds, trying to make sense of it, I told him I’d keep him informed. If someone informed me. 197

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 198

JAMES PATTERSON

1

After the difﬁcult phone call, I just sat at my desk. Sud2

denly, I realized I’d forgotten something else — my class had 3

graduated today! We were ofﬁcially agents. The others in my 4

class had gotten their credentials, or “creds,” as well as their 5

assignments. Right now, cake and punch were being served 6

in the lobby of the Hall of Honor. I didn’t bother to go to the 7

party. Somehow, it seemed inappropriate to attend. I went 8

home instead.

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

198

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 199

Chapter 57

HOW MUCH TIME did she have left now?

A day? Hours?

It almost didn’t matter, did it? Lizzie Connolly was learning to accept life as it came; she was learning who she was inside, and how to keep herself in balance. Except, of course, when she was frightened out of her mind.

Lizzie called them her “swimming dreams.” She had been an avid swimmer ever since she was four years old. The repetition of stroke after stroke, kick after kick could always put her in another place and time, on autopilot, let her escape. So that was what she was doing now in the closet / room where she was being kept.

Swimming.

Escaping.

199

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 200

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Reach, slightly cupped hand, S-ﬁgure with her arms, pull 2

at the top, grab the water. Tip through to the belly button, 3

then down through the bottom of her swimsuit. Swoosh, 4

swoosh, kick, kick, feeling hot inside, but the water was cool5

ing, refreshing, invigorating. Feeling empowered because she 6

was feeling stronger.

7

She had been thinking about escape for much of the day, 8

or what she thought of as a day, anyway. Now she began to 9

get serious about other things.

0

She reviewed what she knew about this place — the 1

closet — and the vicious, horrifying man who kept her. The 2

Wolf. That was what the bastard called himself. Why the Wolf?

3

She was somewhere in a city. She was almost sure the city 4

was in the South, and fairly large, lots of money in the sur5

rounding area. Maybe it was Florida, but she didn’t know 6

why she thought that. Maybe she had overheard something 7

and it had only registered in her unconscious. She’d deﬁ8

nitely heard voices in the house when there had been large 9

parties or, occasionally, smaller get-togethers. She believed 0

that her vermin captor lived alone. Who could possibly live 1

with such a horrible monster? No woman could. 2

She knew some of his pathetic habits by heart. He usually 3

turned on the TV when he came home: sometimes ESPN, but 4

more often CNN. He watched the news constantly. He also 5

liked detective shows, such as Law and Order, CSI, Homicide. 6

The TV was always on, late into the night. 7

He was physically large and strong, and he was a sadist —

8

but also careful about not hurting her badly, not so far, any9

way. Which meant — what did it mean? — that he planned 0

to keep her around for a while longer?

200

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 201

THE BIG BAD WOLF

If Lizzie Connolly could stand it here for another minute. If she didn’t ﬂip out and make him so angry that he’d snap her neck, as he’d threatened to several times a day. “I’ll snap your little neck. Like this! You don’t believe me? You should believe me, Elizabeth.” He always called her Elizabeth, not Lizzie. He told her that Lizzie wasn’t a beautiful enough name for her. “I’ll break your fucking neck, Elizabeth!”

He knew who she was and quite a bit about her, and also about Brendan, Brigid, Merry, Gwynnie. He promised that if she made him angry he’d not only hurt her, but he’d do the same to her family. “I’ll go to Atlanta. I’ll do it for kicks, just for fun. I live for that kind of thing. I could murder your whole family, Elizabeth.”

He was desiring her more and more — she could certainly tell when a man got like that. So she did have some control over him, didn’t she? How about that? So fuck you too, buddy!

Sometimes he would leave her binds slightly looser and even give her free time to walk around in the house. Tied up, of course — on a kind of chain leash that he would hold in his hands. It was so demeaning. He told her that he knew she’d be thinking that he was getting kinder and gentler but not to get any stupid ideas.

Well, what the hell else could she do except get ideas?

There was nothing for her to do all day in the dark by herself. She was —

The closet door swung open violently. Then it slammed against the wall outside.

The Wolf screamed in Lizzie’s face. “You were thinking about me, weren’t you? You’re starting to get obsessive, Elizabeth. I’m in your thoughts all the time. ”

201

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 202

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Damn it, he was right about that.

2

“You’re even glad for the company. You miss me, don’t 3

you?”

4

But he had that wrong, dead wrong.

5

Lizzie hated the Wolf so much that she contemplated the 6

unthinkable: She could kill him. Maybe that day would come. 7

Imagine that, she thought. God, that is what I want to do —

8

kill the Wolf myself. That would be the greatest escape of all. 9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

202

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 203

Chapter 58

THAT SAME NIGHT the Wolf had a meeting with two professional hockey players at Caesars in Atlantic City, New Jersey. The suite where he stayed had gold-foil wallpaper everywhere, windows facing the Atlantic, and a hot tub in the living room. Out of respect for his guests, who were big stars, he wore an expensive chalk-stripe Prada suit. His contact happened to be a wealthy cable TV operator, who arrived at the Nero suite with the hockey players Alexei Dobushkin and Ilia Teptev in tow. Both were members of the Philadelphia Flyers. They were top defensemen who were considered to be tough guys because they were big men who moved quickly and could do a lot of damage. The Wolf didn’t believe the hockey players were that tough, but he was a huge fan of the game.

“I love American-style hockey,” he said as he welcomed them with a broad smile and a hand extended. 203

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 204

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Alexei and Ilia nodded his way, but neither of the hockey 2

players shook his hand. The Wolf was offended, but he didn’t 3

reveal his feelings. He smiled some more and ﬁgured that the 4

hockey players were too stupid to understand who he was. 5

Too many wooden sticks to the skull.

6

“Drinks, anyone?” he asked his guests. “Stolichnaya?

7

Whatever you like.”

8

“I’ll pass,” said the cable operator, who seemed incredibly 9

self-important, but a lot of Americans were that way. 0

“Nyet,” Ilia said with disinterest, as if his host were a hotel 1

barman or a waiter. The hockey player was twenty-two years 2

old, born in Voskresensk, Russia. He was six-foot-ﬁve, with 3

close-cropped hair, stubble not quite amounting to a beard, 4

and a block of a head sitting on an enormous neck. 5

“I don’t drink Stoly,” said Alexei, who, like Ilia, wore a 6

black leather jacket with a dark turtleneck underneath. 7

“Maybe you have Absolut? Or some Bombay gin?”

8

“Of course.” The Wolf nodded cordially. He walked to the 9

suite’s mirrored wet bar, where he made the drinks and 0

decided what to do next. He was starting to enjoy this. It was 1

different. No one here was afraid of him. 2

He plopped down on the pillowed couch between Ilia and 3

Alexei. He looked back and forth into their faces, smiling 4

broadly again. “You’ve been away from Russia for a long 5

time, no? Maybe too long,” he said. “You drink Bombay gin?

6

You forget your manners?”

7

“We hear you’re a real tough man,” said Alexei, who was 8

in his early thirties and obviously lifted weights, a lot of 9

weights, and often. He was around six feet and over two hun0

dred twenty pounds.

204

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 205

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“No. Not really,” said the Wolf. “I am just another American businessman these days. Nothing very special. Not tough anymore. So, I was wondering, do we have a deal for the game with Montreal?”

Alexei looked over at the cable guy. “Tell him,” he said.

“Alexei and Ilia are looking for a little more action than what we originally talked about,” he said. “You understand what I’m saying? Action? ”

“Aahhh,” said the Wolf, and grinned broadly. “I love action,” he said to the businessman. “I love shalit too. Means mischief in my country. Shalit. ”

He was up off the couch faster than anyone would have thought possible. He’d pulled a small lead pipe from beneath a couch cushion and he cracked it across Alexei Dobushkin’s cheek. Then he swung it off the bridge of Ilia Teptev’s nose. The two hockey stars were bleeding like stuck pigs in seconds. Then and only then did the Wolf take out his gun. He held it between the eyes of the cable owner. “You know, they’re not such tough guys as I thought. I can tell about these things in a few seconds,” he said. “Now, down to business. One of the two big bears will allow a score by Montreal in the ﬁrst period. The other will miss a play for a score in the second. Do you understand? The Flyers will lose the game in which they’re favored. Understood?

“If for any reason this doesn’t happen, then everybody dies. Now let yourselves out. I look forward to the game. As I said, I love American-style hockey.”

The Wolf began to laugh as the big hockey stars stumbled out of the Nero suite. “Nice meeting you Ilia, Alexei,” he said as the door closed. “Break a leg.”

205

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 206

Chapter 59

A HUGE TASK FORCE MEETING was held in the SIOC

suite on the ﬁfth ﬂoor of the Hoover Building, which was considered sacred ground in the Bureau. SIOC is the Strategic Information Operations Center, and the central suite was where most of the really important powwows were held, from Waco to September 11.

I had been invited, and I wondered whom I had to thank for it. I arrived at around nine and was brought in by an agent who manned the front desk.

I saw that the SIOC suite consisted of four rooms, three of which were ﬁlled with state-of-the-art workstations, probably for researchers and analysts. I was led into a large conference room. The focal point was a long glass-and-metal table. On the walls were clocks set to different time zones, several maps, and half a dozen TV monitors. A dozen or so agents were already inside the room, but it was quiet. 206

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 207

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Stacy Pollack, the head of SIOC, ﬁnally arrived, and the doors were shut. Pollack introduced the agents who were present, as well as two visitors from the CIA. She had a reputation inside the Bureau for being a no-nonsense administrator who didn’t suffer fools and who got results. She was thirty-one years old, and Burns loved her. The TV monitors on the wall told the latest story: Liveaction ﬁlm was up and running on the major networks. Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania, said the super.

“That’s old news. We have a new problem,” announced Pollack from the front of the room. “We’re not here because of the screwup at Beaver Falls. This is internal, so it’s worse. Folks, we think we’ve learned the name of the person responsible for the leaks out of Quantico.”

Then Pollack looked right at me. “A reporter at the Wash- ington Post denies it, but why wouldn’t he?” She continued,

“The leaks come from a crime analyst named Monnie Donnelley. You’re working with her, aren’t you, Dr. Cross?”

Suddenly the conference room seemed very small and constricting. Everyone had turned toward me.

“Is this why I’m here?” I asked.

“No,” said Pollack. “You’re here because you’re experienced with sexual-obsession cases. You’ve been involved with more of them than anyone else in the room. But that isn’t my question.”

I thought carefully before I answered. “This isn’t a sexualobsession case,” I told Pollack. “And Monnie Donnelley isn’t the leak.”

“I’d like you to explain both of those statements,” Pollack challenged me immediately. “Please, go ahead. I’m listening with great interest.”

207

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 208

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I’ll do my best,” I said. “The abductors, the group or ring 2

behind the kidnappings, are in this for the money. I don’t see 3

any other explanation for their actions. The slain Russian 4

couple on Long Island is a key. I don’t think we should be 5

looking at past sex offenders as our focus. The question 6

should be, Who has the resources and expertise to abduct 7

men and women for a price, and probably a very large price?

8

Who has experience in this area? Monnie Donnelley knows 9

that and she’s an excellent analyst. She’s not the leak to the 0

Post. What would she have to gain?”

1

Stacy Pollack looked down and shufﬂed some of her 2

papers. She didn’t comment on anything I’d said. “Let’s move 3

on,” she said.

4

The meeting resumed without any further discussion of 5

Monnie and the charges against her. Instead, there was a 6

lengthy discussion of the Red Maﬁya, including new infor7

mation that the couple murdered on Long Island deﬁnitely 8

had connections to Russian gangsters. There were also ru9

mors of a possible mob war about to break out on the East 0

Coast, involving the Italians and the Russians. 1

After the larger meeting, we broke off into smaller groups. 2

A few agents took workstations. Stacy Pollack pulled me 3

aside.

4

“Listen, I wasn’t accusing you of anything,” she said. “I 5

wasn’t suggesting that you’re involved in the leaks, Alex.”

6

“So who accused Monnie?” I asked.

7

She seemed surprised by the question. “I won’t tell you 8

that. Nothing is ofﬁcial yet.”

9

“What do you mean, ‘nothing is ofﬁcial yet’?” I asked. 0

208

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 209

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“No action has been taken against Ms. Donnelley. We will probably pull her off this investigation, though. That’s all I have to say on the subject for now. You can go back to Quantico.”

I guessed I’d been dismissed.

209

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 210

Chapter 60

I CALLED MONNIE as soon as I could and told her what had happened. She got furious — as she should have. But then Monnie took hold of herself. “All right, so now you know — I’m not as controlled as I look,” she said. “Well, fuck them. I didn’t leak anything to the Washington press, Alex. That’s absurd. Who would I tell — our paperboy?”

“I know you didn’t,” I said. “Listen, I have to stop at Quantico, then how about I take you and your boys for a quick meal tonight? Cheap,” I added, and she managed to snifﬂe out a laugh.

“All right. I know a place. It’s called the Command Post Pub. We’ll meet you. The boys like it there a lot. You’ll see why.”

Monnie told me how to get to the pub, which was close to Quantico on Potomac Avenue. After I made a stop at my temporary ofﬁce at Club Fed, I drove over to meet her and her 210

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 211

THE BIG BAD WOLF

two boys. Matt and Will were just eleven and twelve. They were big dogs, though, like their father. Both were already close to six feet.

“Mom says you’re okay,” said Matt as he shook hands with me.

“She said the same about you and Will,” I told him. Everybody at the table laughed. Then we ordered guilty pleasures —

burgers, chicken wings, cheese fries, which Monnie ﬁgured she deserved after her ordeal. Her sons were well mannered and easy to be with, and that told me a lot about Monnie. The pub was an interesting choice. It was cluttered with Marine Corps memorabilia, including ofﬁcers’ ﬂags, photos, and a couple of tables with machine gun rounds in them. Monnie said that Tom Clancy had mentioned the bar in Patriot Games, but in the novel he said there was a picture of George Patton on the wall, which upset the bar’s regulars, especially since Clancy had made a career out of being in the know. The Command Post was a Marines bar, not Army. When we were leaving, Monnie took me aside. A few Marines were going in and out. They gawked a little at us.

“Thank you, thank you, Alex. This means a lot to me,” she said. “I know denials don’t mean a damn thing, but I did not leak information to the Washington Post. Or to Rush Limbaugh. Or O’Reilly, either. Or anyone fucking else. Never happened, never will. I’m true-blue to the end, which apparently could be near.”

“That’s what I told them at the Hoover Building,” I said.

“The true-blue part.”

Monnie rose on her toes and kissed me on the cheek.

“I owe you big-time, mister. You should also know you’re 211

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 212

JAMES PATTERSON

1

impressing the hell out of me. Even Matt and Will seemed 2

neutral to positive, and you’re one of the enemy to them —

3

grown-ups.”

4

“Keep working the case,” I told her. “You have exactly the 5

right attitude.”

6

Monnie looked puzzled, but then she got it. “Oh, yeah, I 7

do, don’t I. Fuck them. ”

8

“It’s the Russians,” I said, before I left her at the door of 9

the Command Post. “It has to be. We’ve got that much right.”

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

212

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 213

Chapter 61

TWO PEOPLE VERY MUCH IN LOVE. Often a beautiful thing to watch. But not in this case, not on this starry night in the hills of central Massachusetts.

The devoted lovers’ names were Vince Petrillo and Francis Deegan, and they were juniors at Holy Cross College in Worcester, where they had been inseparable since their ﬁrst week as freshmen. They’d met in the Mulledy dorm on Easy Street and had rarely been apart since. They’d even worked at the same ﬁsh restaurant the past two summers in Provincetown. When they graduated, they planned to be married, then do the grand tour through Europe.

Holy Cross was a Jesuit school that, justly or unjustly, had some reputation for being homophobic. Offending students could be suspended or even expelled under the Breach of Peace rule, which forbade “conduct which is lewd or indecent.” The Catholic Church did not actually condemn 213

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 214

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“temptation” toward members of the same sex, but homo2

sexual acts were often considered “intrinsically perverted”

3

and seen as constituting a “grave moral disorder.” Because 4

the Jesuits could be hard on homosexual relationships, 5

among the students, anyway, Vince and Francis kept theirs as 6

private and secret as they could. In recent months, though, 7

they had started to ﬁgure their relationship probably wasn’t a 8

very big deal, especially given the scandals among the Cath9

olic clergy.

0

The Campus Arboretum at Holy Cross had long been 1

a hangout for students who wanted to be alone and those 2

who had romantic intentions. The garden area boasted over a 3

hundred different kinds of trees and shrubs, and overlooked 4

downtown Worcester, “Wormtown,” as it was sometimes 5

called by students.

6

That night Vince and Francis, dressed in athletic shorts, 7

T-shirts, and matching purple-and-white baseball caps, 8

strolled down Easy Street to a brick patio and lawn area 9

known as Wheeler Beach. It was crowded, so they continued 0

on to ﬁnd a quiet spot in the arboretum. 1

There, they lay on a blanket under a nearly full moon and 2

a sky studded with stars. They held hands and talked about 3

the poetry of W. B. Yeats, whom Francis adored and Vince, a 4

pre-med student, tolerated as best he could. The two men 5

were an unusual couple physically. Vince was just over ﬁve6

foot-seven and weighed one eighty. Most of it was solid, due 7

to his obsessive weight lifting at the gym, but it was obvious 8

he had to work hard at it. He had curly black hair that framed 9

a soft, almost angelic face that wasn’t too much different from 0

his baby pictures, one of which his lover carried in his wallet. 214

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 215

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Francis could make either sex drool, and that was Vince’s private joke when they were among coeds, “Drool, fools!”

Francis was six-foot-one, without an ounce of fat. His whiteblond hair was cut in the same style he had adopted as a sophomore at Christian Brothers Academy in New Jersey. He adored Vince with all his heart, and Vince worshiped him. They came for Francis, of course.

He had been scouted, and purchased.

215

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 216

Chapter 62

THE THREE BURLY MEN were dressed in loose jeans, work boots, and dark windbreakers. They were hoodlums. In Russian they were called baklany or bandity. Scary demons wherever you met up with them, monsters from Moscow let loose in America by the Wolf.

They parked a black Pontiac Grand Prix on the street, then climbed the hill to the main campus at Holy Cross. One of them was short of breath and complained in Russian about the steepness of the hill.

“Quiet, asshole,” said group leader Maxin, who liked to call himself a personal friend of the Wolf’s, though of course he wasn’t. No pakhan had real friends, but especially not the Wolf. He had only enemies and almost never met those who worked for him. Even in Russia, he had been known as an invisible or mystery man. Here in the U.S., virtually no one knew him by sight.

216

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 217

THE BIG BAD WOLF

The three thugs watched the college students on the blanket as they held hands, then kissed and fondled.

“Kiss like girls,” said one of the Russian men with a nasty laugh.

“Not like any girls I ever kiss.”

The three of them laughed and shook their heads in disgust. Then the hulking leader of the team strode forward, moving very fast given his weight and size. He silently pointed at Francis, and the two other men pulled the boy away from Vince.

“Hey, what the hell is this?” Francis started to yell. He was stopped by a wide strip of electrical tape pressed over his mouth, cutting off all sound.

“Now you can scream,” said one of the smirking hoods.

“Scream like a girl. But nobody hears you anymore.”

They worked together quickly. While one thug wrapped more black tape around Francis’s ankles, the other bound his wrists tightly behind his back. Then he was stuffed inside a large duffel bag, the sort used to carry athletic equipment such as baseball bats or basketballs.

The leader, meanwhile, took out a thin, very sharp stiletto knife. He slit the heavyset boy’s throat, just as he used to kill pigs and goats back in his home country. Vince hadn’t been purchased, and he had seen the abduction team. Unlike the Couple, these men would never play their own little games, or betray the Wolf, or disappoint him. There would be no more mistakes. The Wolf had been explicit on that, clear in a dangerous way that only he could be.

“Take the pretty boy. Quickly,” said the leader of the team as they hurried back to their car. They tossed the bulging bag into the trunk of the Pontiac and got out of town. The job was perfect.

217

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 218

Chapter 63

HERE WAS THE DEAL as Francis saw it now, as he tried to be calm and logical about it. Nothing that had happened to him could possibly have happened! He couldn’t have been abducted a few hours ago from the campus of Holy Cross by three absolutely terrifying men. It just couldn’t have happened. Nor could he have been transported in the trunk of a car for four, maybe ﬁve hours to God only knew where. Most important, Vince couldn’t be dead. That cruel and heartless piece of shit couldn’t have slit Vince’s throat back at the college. It hadn’t happened.

So all of this had to be an impossibly bad dream, a nightmare of the sort that Francis Deegan hadn’t experienced since he was maybe three or four years old. And this man standing before him now, this absurd caricature with curly tufts of white-blond hair around the side of his balding head, dressed 218

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 219

THE BIG BAD WOLF

in a tight black leather bodysuit — well, he couldn’t be real either. No way.

“I’m very angry at you! I’m good and pissed!” Mr. Potter yelled right in Francis’s face. “Why did you leave me?” he screeched. “Why? Tell me why. You must never leave me again! I get very scared without you and you know that. You know how I am. That was thoughtless of you, Ronald!”

Francis had already tried reasoning with the madman —

Potter, he called himself, and no, not Harry. Mr. Potter. But reasoning didn’t work. He’d told the raving lunatic several times that he had never seen him before. He wasn’t Ronald. Didn’t know any Ronalds! That had earned him a series of full-handed slaps across the face, one so hard that it bloodied his nose. The dweeby Billy Idol–looking freak was a lot stronger than he looked.

So out of desperation, Francis ﬁnally whispered an apology to the creep. “I’m sorry. I’m so sorry. I won’t do it again.”

And then Mr. Potter was hugging him ﬁercely and he was crying all over him. Wasn’t this too weird? “Oh, God, I’m so glad you’re back. I was so worried about you. You must never leave me again, Ronald.”

Ronald? Who the hell was Ronald? And who was Mr. Potter? What was going to happen now? Was Vince really dead?

Had he been killed tonight back at the college? All of these questions were exploding inside Francis’s throbbing skull. So actually it was easy for him to cry in Potter’s arms, and even to hold on to him for dear life. To press his face into the fragrant black leather and whisper over and over again, “I’m so sorry. I’m so, so sorry. Oh, my God, I’m sorry.”

219

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 220

JAMES PATTERSON

1

And Potter answered, “I love you too, Ronald. I adore 2

you. You’ll never leave me again, will you?”

3

“No. I promise. I’ll never leave.”

4

Then Potter laughed and pulled away sharply from the boy. 5

“Francis, dear Francis,” he whispered. “Who the hell is 6

Ronald? I’m just playing with you, boy. This is just a game of 7

mine. You’re in college, you must have ﬁgured that much out. 8

So let’s play games, Francis. Let’s go out to the barn and play.”

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

220

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 221

Chapter 64

I RECEIVED A STRANGE E-MAIL from Monnie Donnelley at my temporary ofﬁce. An update of sorts. She hadn’t been suspended, Monnie said. Not yet anyway. Plus, she had some news for me. Need to see you tonight. Same place, same time. Very important news. — M

So I arrived at the Command Post Pub just past seven and looked around for Monnie. What was this mysterious news she had? The bar area was crowded with customers, but I spotted her. Easy — she was the only woman. I also ﬁgured that Monnie and I might be the only non-Marines in the Command Post.

“I couldn’t talk to you over the phone at Quantico. Does that suck or what? Who do you trust?” she said when I walked up to her.

“You can trust me. Of course I don’t expect you to believe that, Monnie. You have news?”

221

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 222

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I sure do. Take a load off. I think I have some good news, 2

actually.”

3

I took a stool beside Monnie. The bartender came and we 4

ordered beers. Monnie started up as soon as he walked away. 5

“I have a good friend at ERF,” she began. “That’s the Engi6

neering Research Facility at Quantico.”

7

“I know what it is. You seem to have friends everywhere.”

8

“That’s true. I guess not at the Hoover Building, though. 9

Anyway, my friend alerted me to a message the Bureau got a 0

couple of days ago but dismissed as a crank call. It’s about 1

a Web site called the Wolf’s Den. Supposedly, you can buy a 2

lover at the Den, as in, have someone abducted. The site is 3

supposed to be impossible to hack into. That’s the catch.”

4

“So how did he get in? Our hacker.”

5

“She’s a genius. I suspect that’s why she was ignored. Want 6

to meet her? She’s fourteen years old.”

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

222

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 223

Chapter 65

MONNIE HAD AN ADDRESS for the hacker in Dale City, Virginia, only about twelve miles from Quantico. The agent who’d ﬁelded the original call hadn’t followed up very well, which bothered us, so we ﬁgured the agent wouldn’t mind if we did his job for him.

I wasn’t actually planning on taking Monnie along, but she wouldn’t have it any other way. So we dropped her SUV

off at her house and she rode with me to Dale City. I’d already called ahead and spoken to the girl’s mother. She sounded nervous, but she said she was glad the FBI was ﬁnally coming to talk to Lili. She added that “nobody can ignore Lili for long. You’ll see what I mean.”

A young girl in black coveralls answered the front door. I assumed she was Lili, but that turned out to be wrong. Annie was the twelve-year-old sister. She certainly looked fourteen. She beckoned, and we stepped into the house. 223

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 224

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Lili is in her laboratory,” said Annie. “Where else?”

2

Then Mrs. Olsen appeared from the kitchen and we intro3

duced ourselves. She had on a plain white blouse and a green 4

corduroy jumper. She was holding a greasy spatula, and I 5

couldn’t help thinking how casual the domestic scene was. 6

Especially if what Lili thought she had come upon was real. 7

Had a fourteen-year-old found a possible trail that would lead 8

us to the kidnappers? I’d heard of cases solved in stranger 9

ways. But still . . .

0

“We call her Dr. Hawking. Like Stephen Hawking? Her 1

IQ is up there,” said her mom, poking the cooking utensil 2

upward for emphasis. “Smart as she is, Lili lives on Sprite and 3

Pixie Stix. There’s nothing I can do to inﬂuence her dietary 4

habits.”

5

“Is it all right if we talk to Lili now?” I asked. 6

Mrs. Olsen nodded. “So I guess you’re taking this seriously. 7

That’s so wise with Lili. She’s not making any of this up, 8

believe me.”

9

“Well, we just want to talk to her. To be on the safe side. 0

We’re not sure that this is anything, really.” Which was true 1

enough.

2

“Oh, it’s something,” said Mrs. Olsen. “Lili never makes a 3

mistake. She hasn’t so far, anyway.”

4

She pointed the spatula up the stairs. “Second door on the 5

right. She left it unlocked for a change, because she’s expect6

ing you. She instructed us to stay out of it.”

7

Monnie and I headed upstairs. “They have no idea what 8

this could be, do they?” she whispered. “I almost hope it’s 9

nothing. A false lead.”

0

I knocked once on a wooden door that sounded hollow. 224

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 225

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“It’s open,” came a high-pitched female voice. “Come.”

I opened the door and looked in on a pine bedroom suite. Single bed, rumpled cow-pattern sheets, posters from MIT, Yale, and Stanford on the walls.

Seated behind a blue halogen lamp at a laptop was a teenage girl — dark hair, eyeglasses, braces on her teeth.

“I’m all set up for you,” she said. “I’m Lili, of course, of course. I’ve been working on a decryption angle. It comes down to ﬁnding ﬂaws in the algorithms.”

Monnie and I both shook Lili’s hand, which was very small and seemed as fragile as an eggshell. Monnie began. “Lili, you said in your e-mail to us that you had information that could help with the disappearances in Atlanta and Pennsylvania.”

“Right. But you found Mrs. Meek already.”

“You hacked onto a very secure site. That’s right, isn’t it?”

Monnie asked.

“I sent out some stealth UDP scans. Then IP spooﬁng. Their root server bit on the false packets. I planted a source code for the sniffer. Finally hacked in using DNS poisoning. It’s a little more complicated, but that’s the basic idea.”

“I get it,” Monnie said. Suddenly I was very glad she was there with me at the Olsen house.

“I think they know I was on with them. Actually, I’m sure of it,” said Lili.

“How do you know that?” I asked her.

“They said so.”

“You didn’t get into too many speciﬁcs with Agent Tiezzi. You said you thought someone might be ‘for sale’ at the site?”

“Yeah, but I blew it, didn’t I. Agent Tiezzi didn’t believe 225

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 226

JAMES PATTERSON

1

me. I admitted I was fourteen, and a girl. How dumb of me, 2

right?”

3

“I won’t hold it against you,” Monnie said, and smiled 4

kindly.

5

Lili ﬁnally cracked a smile too. “I’m in big trouble, aren’t I?

6

Actually, I know I am. They might already know who I am.”

7

I shook my head. “No, Lili,” I said to her. “They don’t 8

know who you are, or where you are. I’m sure they don’t.”

9

If they did, you’d already be dead. 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

226

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 227

Chapter 66

IT WAS SO EERIE AND STRANGE, being in the young wunderkind’s room — with her life, and her family members’

lives, possibly in great danger. Lili had been a little coy in her message to the Bureau, so I understood how the tip might have fallen through the cracks. Also, she was fourteen years old. But now that we’d met and spoken to Lili face-to-face, I was sure that she had something real that could help us. She’d heard them talking.

Someone had been purchased while she listened. She was afraid for herself, and for her family.

“Do you want to go on-line with them?” Lili asked in an excited voice. “We could! See if they’re together now. I’ve been working on some cool anonymizing software. I think it will work. Not sure, though. Well, yeah, it’ll work.”

She smiled broadly, showing those beautiful braces. 227

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 228

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I could see in her eyes that she wanted to prove some2

thing to us.

3

“Is this a good idea?” Monnie leaned in and asked me. 4

I pulled her aside and lowered my voice. “We have to move 5

her and the family anyway. They can’t stay here now, Monnie.”

6

I looked over at Lili. “Okay. Why don’t you try to get on7

line with them again. Let’s see what they’re up to. We’ll be 8

right here with you.”

9

Lili talked constantly as she went through the various 0

steps to get through the site’s passwords and encrypted pro1

tection. I didn’t understand any of what the fourteen-year-old 2

had to say, but Monnie got most of it. She was enthusiastic 3

and supportive but mostly impressed.

4

Suddenly, Lili looked up in alarm. “Something’s all wrong 5

here.” She went back to her computer.

6

“Oh, shit! God damn them!” she swore. “Those creeps. I 7

can’t believe this.”

8

“What’s happened?” Monnie asked. “They changed the 9

keys, didn’t they?”

0

“Worse,” Lili said, and kept tapping out commands rap1

idly. “Much, much worse. Awhh, horse spit. I can’t believe it.”

2

She ﬁnally turned away from the glowing screen of her 3

laptop.

4

“First, I couldn’t even ﬁnd the site. They set up this very 5

cool, very dynamic network — it was in Detroit, Boston, 6

Miami, bouncing all over the place. Then, when I did ﬁnd it, 7

I couldn’t get on. Nobody can get into the site now except 8

them.”

9

“Why is that?” Monnie asked. “What happened between 0

the last time you got in and now?”

228

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 229

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“They installed an eye scan. It’s almost impossible to fool. The whole thing is run by this guy who calls himself Wolf. Wolf’s a very scary dude. He’s Russian. Like a wolf from Siberia. I think he’s even smarter than I am. And that’s fucking smart.”

229

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 230

Chapter 67

THE NEXT DAY I WORKED in the SIOC conference rooms on the ﬁfth ﬂoor of the Hoover. So did Monnie Donnelley, who still felt as if she were in limbo. We were keeping what we had learned from Lili Olsen quiet so that we could check out a few things. The main room was humming around us. The abductions were a major media story now. The Bureau had taken an incredible amount of heat in the past few years; they needed a win. No, I thought, we need a win. A lot of important Bureau people were at the group meeting late that night: they included the heads of the Behavioral Analysis Unit–east and BAU-west, the unit chief of the Child Abduction Serial Murder Investigative Resource Center (CASMIRC), and the head of Innocent Images in Baltimore, an FBI unit dedicated to ﬁnding and eliminating sexual predators on the Internet. Stacy Pollack led the discussion again; she was clearly in charge of the case. 230

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 231

THE BIG BAD WOLF

A male student from Holy Cross College in Massachusetts was missing, and a close friend of his had been found murdered on campus. Francis Deegan’s physical resemblance to Benjamin Coffey, the student kidnapped in Newport, led many of us to believe that he had been selected as a replacement for Coffey, who was feared dead.

“I want to get approval for a reward, maybe half a million,”

said Jack Arnold, who ran BAU-east. No one commented on the proposal. Several agents went on making notes or using their laptops. Actually, it was dispiriting.

“I think I have something,” I ﬁnally said from the back of the room.

Stacy Pollack looked my way. A few heads popped up, reacting to the break in the group’s silence more than anything. I rose at my seat. The FNG had the ﬂoor. I introduced Monnie, just to be cute. Then I told them about the Wolf’s Den and our meeting with fourteen-year-old Lili Olsen. I also mentioned the Wolf, who, according to Monnie’s ﬁndings, might have been a Russian gangster by the name of Pasha Sorokin. His pedigree was hard to trace, especially before he moved out of the USSR. “If we can get inside the Den somehow, I think we’ll ﬁnd out something about the missing women. In the meantime, I think we need to put more heat on some of the sites already identiﬁed by Innocent Images. It seems logical that the pervs using the Wolf’s Den might visit porn sites too. We need help. If the Wolf turns out to be Pasha Sorokin, we’ll need a lot of help.”

Stacy Pollack was interested. She led a discussion in which both Monnie and I were given the third degree. It was 231

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 232

JAMES PATTERSON

1

clear that we threatened some of the other agents in the 2

room. Then Pollack made a decision.

3

“You can have resources,” she said. “We’ll watch the porn 4

sites twenty-four /seven. Thing is, we have nothing better at 5

this point. I want our Russian group out of New York on this 6

too. I can’t quite believe Pasha Sorokin would be personally 7

involved in this, but if he is, it’s huge. We’ve been interested 8

in Sorokin for six years! We’re very interested in the Wolf.”

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

232

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 233

Chapter 68

DURING THE NEXT TWENTY-FOUR HOURS, more than thirty agents were assigned to surveillance of fourteen different porn sites and chat rooms. It had to be one of the most lurid “stakeouts” ever. We didn’t know exactly who we were looking for — other than anyone who happened to mention a site called the Wolf’s Den, or possibly the Wolf. In the meantime, Monnie and I were gathering all the information we could about the Red Maﬁya and especially about Pasha Sorokin.

Later that afternoon, I had to leave. The timing couldn’t have been much worse, but there wouldn’t have been any good time for this. I’d been asked to attend a preliminary meeting with Christine Johnson’s lawyers at the Blake Building in the Dupont Circle area. Christine was coming after Little Alex.

233

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 234

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I arrived at a little before ﬁve and had to ﬁght the tide of 2

ofﬁce workers streaming from the unusual twelve-story struc3

ture, which actually rounded the corner where Connecticut 4

Avenue met L. I checked the downstairs registry and saw that 5

the tenants in the building included Mazda, Barron’s, the 6

National Safety Council, and several law ofﬁces, including 7

Mark, Haranzo, and Denyeau, which represented Christine. 8

I trudged to the elevator bank and pushed a button. 9

Christine wanted custody of Alex Jr. Her attorney had 0

arranged for this meeting in hopes of resolving things with1

out going to court or resorting to alternative dispute resolu2

tion. I had talked to my attorney in the morning and decided 3

not to have him present, since this was an “informal” meet4

ing. I tried to have only one thought as I rode the elevator to 5

the seventh ﬂoor: Do what is best for Little Alex. No matter 6

what, or how it might make me feel.

7

I got off at seven and was met by Gilda Haranzo, who was 8

slim and attractive, dressed in a charcoal suit with a white 9

silk blouse knotted at the throat. My lawyer had competed 0

against Ms. Haranzo and told me she was good, and also “on 1

a mission.” She was divorced from her physician husband 2

and had custody of their two children. Her fees were high, 3

but she and Christine had gone to Villanova together and 4

were friends from back then.

5

“Christine is already in the conference room, Alex,” she 6

said after introducing herself. Then she added, “I’m sorry it’s 7

come to this. This case is difﬁcult. There are no bad people 8

involved. Will you please follow me?”

9

“I’m sorry it’s come to this too,” I said. I wasn’t so sure that 0

there weren’t any bad guys, though. We’d see soon enough. 234

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 235

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Ms. Haranzo led me to a midsize room with gray carpeting and light blue fabric walls. There was a glass table with six tony black leather chairs in the center of the room. The only things on the table were a pitcher of ice water, some glasses, and a laptop computer.

A row of tall windows looked out on Dupont Circle. Christine was standing near the windows, and she didn’t speak as I entered. Then she walked over to the table and sat in one of the leather chairs.

“Hello, Alex,” she ﬁnally said.

235

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 236

Chapter 69

GILDA HARANZO SLID into her seat behind her laptop, and I chose a spot across from Christine at the glass conference table. All of a sudden, the loss of Little Alex seemed very real to me. The thought took my breath away. Whether it was a good decision or not, fair or unfair, Christine had walked away from us, moved thousands of miles away, and hadn’t been to see him once. She’d knowingly relinquished her parental rights. Now she’d changed her mind. And what if she changed her mind again?

Christine said, “Thank you for coming here, Alex. I’m sorry about the circumstances. You must believe that I’m sorry.”

I didn’t know what to say. It wasn’t that I was mad at her, but — well, maybe I was angry. I’d had Little Alex almost all his life, and I couldn’t stand the thought of losing him now. My stomach was dropping like an elevator in free fall. The experience was like seeing your child run into the street, 236

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 237

THE BIG BAD WOLF

about to have a serious accident, and not being able to stop it from happening, not being able to do a thing. I sat there very quietly and I held in a primal scream that would have shattered all the glass in the ofﬁce. Then the meeting began. The informal get-together. With no bad people in the room.

“Dr. Cross, thank you for taking the time to come here,”

Gilda Haranzo said, and threw a cordial smile my way.

“Why wouldn’t I come?” I asked.

She nodded and smiled again. “We all want this problem to be settled amicably. You’ve been an excellent caregiver, and no one disputes that.”

“I’m his father, Ms. Haranzo,” I corrected.

“Of course. But Christine is able to take care of the boy now, and she is the mother. She’s also a primary-school principal in Seattle.”

I could feel my face and neck ﬂushing. “She left Alex a year ago.”

Christine spoke up. “That isn’t fair, Alex. I told you that you could take him for now. Our arrangement was always meant to be temporary.”

Ms. Haranzo asked, “Dr. Cross, isn’t it true that your eighty-two-year-old grandmother takes care of the baby most of the time?”

“We all do,” I said. “And besides, Nana wasn’t too old last year when Christine left to go to Seattle. She’s extremely capable, and I don’t think you’d ever want Nana on the witness stand.”

The lawyer continued, “Your work takes you away from home frequently, doesn’t it?”

237

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 238

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I nodded. “Occasionally it does. But Alex is always well 2

cared for. He’s a happy, healthy, bright child, smiles all the 3

time. And he’s loved. He’s the center of our household.”

4

Ms. Haranzo waited for me to ﬁnish, then she started in 5

again. I felt as if I were on trial here. “Your work, Dr. Cross. 6

It’s dangerous. Your family has been put in grave danger 7

before. Also, you’ve had intimate relationships with women 8

since Ms. Johnson left. Isn’t that so?”

9

I sighed. Then I slowly rose from the leather chair. “I’m 0

sorry, but this meeting is over. Excuse me. I have to get out of 1

here.” At the door, I turned back to Christine. “This is 2

wrong.”

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

238

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 239

Chapter 70

I HAD TO GET OUT of there and put my mind somewhere else for a while. I returned to the Hoover Building, and no one seemed to have missed me. I couldn’t help thinking that some of these agents squirreled away in the home ofﬁce had no idea how crimes were solved in the real world. They almost seemed to believe that you fed data into computers and eventually they spit out a criminal. It happens on the street! Get out of this windowless “crisis” room with all the bad air. Work the sidewalks! I wanted to shout. But I didn’t say a word. I sat at a computer and read the latest on the Russian mob. I didn’t see any promising connections. Plus, I couldn’t really concentrate after my meeting with Christine’s lawyers. Just past seven, I packed up my things and left the Hoover Building.

Nobody seemed to notice me leave. And then I wondered — Is that such a bad thing?

239

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 240

JAMES PATTERSON

1

When I got home, Nana was waiting at the front door. I 2

was just walking up the steps when she opened the door and 3

came outside. “You watch Little Alex, Damon. We’ll be back 4

in a while,” she called through the screen door. 5

Nana limped down the front stairs and I followed her. 6

“Where are we going?” I asked.

7

“We’re going for a drive,” she said. “You and I have some 8

things to talk about.”

9

Oh, shit.

0

I got back in the old Porsche and started it up. Nana 1

ﬂopped down in the passenger seat.

2

“Drive,” she said.

3

“Yes, Miss Daisy.”

4

“Don’t give me any of your lip, either, or your sorry 5

attempts at wit.”

6

“Yes, ma’am.”

7

“That’s a good example of your lip.”

8

“I know it is, ma’am.”

9

I decided to head out west, toward the Shenandoah 0

Mountains, a pretty ride and one of Nana’s favorites. For the 1

ﬁrst part of the drive, we were both fairly quiet, unusual for 2

the two of us.

3

“What happened at the lawyer’s?” Nana ﬁnally asked as I 4

turned onto Route 66.

5

I gave her the long version, probably because I needed to 6

vent. She listened very quietly, then she did something un7

usual for her. Nana actually cursed. “The hell with Christine 8

Johnson. She’s wrong about this!”

9

“I can’t completely blame Christine,” I said. As much as I 0

didn’t want to, I could see her side of things. 240

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 241

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“Well, I do. She left that sweet little baby and went to Seattle. She didn’t have to go that far away. Her decision. Now she has to live with it.”

I glanced over at Nana. Her face was screwed tight. “I don’t know if that would be considered an enlightened point of view these days.”

Nana waved away what I’d said. “I don’t think these days are all that enlightened. You know I believe in women’s rights, mothers’ rights, all of that, but I also believe you have to be held responsible for your actions. Christine walked away from that little boy. She walked away from her responsibility.”

“You through?” I asked.

Nana had her arms folded tightly across her chest. “I am. And it felt good, real good. You ought to try it sometime. Vent, Alex. Lose control. Let it out.”

I ﬁnally had to laugh. “I had the radio blasting all the way home from work, and I was yelling half the time. I’m more upset than you are, Nana.”

For once — and I don’t ever remember this happening before — she actually let me have the last word. 241

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 242

Chapter 71

JAMILLA CALLED THAT NIGHT around eleven o’clock —

eight o’clock her time. I hadn’t spoken to her for a few days, and to be truthful, now wasn’t the best time. Christine’s visit to D.C. and the meeting with her lawyer had me tense and messed up. Shook. I tried not to show it, but that was wrong too.

“You never write, you never call,” Jamilla said, and laughed in her usual loose and engaging way. “Don’t tell me you’re already wrapped up in a case for the Bureau? You are, aren’t you?”

“A big nasty one, yeah. I’m sort of in and out of it,” I told Jam, then quickly explained what was happening, and what wasn’t, at the Hoover Building, including my mixed emotions about being with the Bureau — all the stuff in my life that didn’t really matter right now.

242

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 243

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“You’re the new guy on the block,” she said. “Give it some time.”

“I’m trying to be patient. It’s just that I’m not used to this wasted motion, the wasted resources.”

I heard her laugh. “That, and you’re used to being the center of attention, don’t you think? You’ve been a star, Alex.”

I smiled. “You’re right, you’re right. That’s part of it.”

“You saw the Bureau from the other side of the fence. You knew what you were getting yourself into. Didn’t you know?”

“I guess I should have, sure. But I listened to a lot of promises that were made when I signed up.”

Jamilla sighed. “I know, I’m not being very sympathetic, empathetic, whatever. One of my faults.”

“No, it’s me.”

“Yeah.” She laughed again. “It is. I never heard you so down and out. Let’s see what we can do to bring you up.”

We talked about the case she was working on, then Jamilla asked about each of the kids. She was interested as always. But I was in a sour mood, and I couldn’t shake it. I wondered if she could tell, and then I got my answer.

“Well,” Jam said, “I just wanted to see how you were. Call if you have any news. I’m always here for you. I miss you, Alex.”

“I miss you too,” I said.

Then Jamilla broke the connection with a soft “Bye.”

I sat there shaking my head back and forth. Shit. What an ass I was sometimes. I was blaming Jamilla for what had happened with Christine, wasn’t I? How dumb was that?

243

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 244

Chapter 72

“HI THERE. I missed you,” I said, and smiled. “And I’m sorry.”

Five minutes after Jamilla hung up, I called her back to try and make amends.

“You should be sorry, you poop. Glad to see your famous antennae are still working all right,” she said.

“Not so hard to ﬁgure out. The crucial evidence was right before my eyes. That was the shortest phone talk we’ve ever had. Probably the most uncomfortable and frustrating too. I had one of my famous feelings about it.”

“So what’s the matter, Boy Scout? Is it the job or is it something else? Is it me, Alex? You can tell me if it is. I have to warn you, though, I carry a gun.”

I laughed at her joke. Then I took a breath and let it out slowly. “Christine Johnson is back in town. It gets worse from there. She came for Little Alex. She wants to take him away, to get custody, probably take him to Seattle.”

244

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 245

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I heard a sharp intake of breath, then, “Oh, Alex, that’s terrible. Terrible. Did you talk to her about it?”

“I sure did. I was at her lawyer’s this afternoon. Christine ﬁnds it hard to be tough; her lawyer doesn’t.”

“Alex, has Christine seen the two of you together? How you are with him? You’re like that old movie Kramer vs. Kramer. Dustin Hoffman and that cute little boy.”

“No, she hasn’t really watched us together, but I’ve seen her with Alex. He turned on the charm. Welcomed her back without any recriminations. Little traitor.”

Jamilla was angry now. “Little Alex would. Always the perfect gentleman. Like his father.”

“That, plus — she is his mother. The two of them have a history, Jam. It’s complicated.”

“No, it isn’t. Not for me, not for anybody with a brain. She left him, Alex. Separated herself by three thousand miles. Stayed away for a year. What’s to say she won’t do it again? So what are you going to do now?”

That was the big question, wasn’t it?

“What do you think? What would you do?”

Jam sniffed out a laugh. “Oh, you know me — I’d ﬁght her like hell.”

I ﬁnally smiled. “That’s what I’m going to do. I’m going to ﬁght Christine like hell.”

245

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 246

Chapter 73

THE PHONE CALLS weren’t over for the night. As soon as I got off with Jamilla, and we’re talking sixty seconds here, the infernal contraption started to ring. I wondered if it was Christine. I really didn’t want to talk about Alex right now. What would she want to say to me — and what could I say to her?

The phone wouldn’t stop ringing, though. I looked at my watch. Saw it was past midnight. Now what? I hesitated before I ﬁnally snatched it up.

“Alex Cross,” I said.

“Alex. This is Ron Burns. Sorry to call you so late. I’m just ﬂying into D.C. from New York. Another conference on counterterrorism, whatever the hell that’s supposed to mean right now. Nobody seems to know exactly how to ﬁght the bastards, but everybody has a theory.”

“Play by their rules. Of course, that would inconvenience 246

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 247

THE BIG BAD WOLF

a few people,” I said. “And it’s sure not politically or socially correct.”

Burns laughed. “You go to the heart of the matter,” he said. “And you aren’t timid about your ideas.”

I said, “Speaking of which . . .”

“I know you’re a little pissed,” he said. “I don’t blame you after what’s been happening. The Bureau runaround, everything you were warned about. You have to understand something, Alex. I’m trying to turn around a very slow-moving ocean liner. In the Potomac. Trust me for a little longer. By the way, why are you still in D.C.? Not up in New Hampshire?”

I blinked, didn’t understand. “What’s in New Hampshire?

Oh, shit, don’t tell me.”

“We have a suspect. Nobody told you, did they? Your idea about tracking the mentions of the Wolf’s Den on the Internet worked. We got somebody!”

I couldn’t believe what I was hearing now, at midnight.

“Nobody told me. I’ve been home since I left work.”

There was a silence on his end. “I’m going to make a couple of calls. Get on a plane in the morning. They’ll be expecting you in New Hampshire. Believe me, they will be expecting you. And Alex, trust me a little longer.”

“Yeah, I will.” A little longer. 247

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 248

Chapter 74

IT SEEMED BOTH UNLIKELY and peculiar, but a respected assistant professor of English at Dartmouth was the subject of the FBI surveillance in New Hampshire. He had recently gone into a chat room called Taboo and bragged about an exclusive Web site where anything could be bought, if you had enough money.

An agent at SIOC had downloaded the strange conversation with Mr. Potter . . . Boyfriend: Exactly how much is enough money to buy “anything”?

Mr. Potter: More than you have, my friend. Anyway, there’s an eye scan to keep out riffraff like yourself.

The Package: We’re honored that you’re slumming with us tonight.

248

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 249

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Mr. Potter: The Wolf’s Den is only open about two hours a week. None of you are invited, of course. It turned out that Mr. Potter was the moniker used by Dr. Homer Taylor. Guilty or not, Dr. Taylor was under a microscope right now. Twenty-four agents in two-person teams working eight-hour shifts were watching every step he took in Hanover. During the work week, he lived in a small Victorian house near the college and walked back and forth to classes. He was a thin, balding, proper-looking man who wore English-made suits with bright-colored bow ties and purposefully uncoordinated suspenders. He always looked very pleased with himself. We’d learned from college authorities that he was teaching Restoration and Elizabethan drama as well as a Shakespeare seminar that semester. His classes were extremely popular and so was he. Dr. Taylor had the reputation of being available to students, even ones who weren’t actually taking his courses. He was also known for his quick wit and nasty sense of humor. He often played to standing room only, which he called “full houses,” and frequently acted out scenes, both the male and female parts. It was assumed that he was gay, but no one was aware of any serious relationships the professor had. He owned a farm about ﬁfty miles away in Webster, New Hampshire, where he spent most weekends. Occasionally, Taylor went to Boston or New York, and he’d spent several summers in Europe. There had never been an incident with a student, though some of the males called him Puck, a few to his face. The surveillance on Taylor was difﬁcult, given the collegetown atmosphere. So far, it was believed that our agents 249

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 250

JAMES PATTERSON

1

hadn’t been spotted. But we couldn’t be certain of that. Taylor 2

hadn’t been seen doing much beyond teaching his classes 3

and returning home.

4

The second day in Hanover, I was in a surveillance car, a 5

dark blue Crown Vic, along with an agent named Peggy Katz. 6

Agent Katz had been raised in Lexington, Massachusetts. She 7

was a very serious person whose main hobby seemed to be an 8

avid interest in professional basketball. She could talk about 9

the NBA or WNBA for hours, which she did during our sur0

veillance time together.

1

The other agents on with us that night were Roger Niel2

sen, Charles Powiesnik, and Michelle Bugliarello. Powiesnik 3

was the special agent in charge. I wasn’t really sure where I ﬁt 4

in, but they all knew I’d been sent by Washington, and by 5

Ron Burns himself.

6

“The good Dr. Taylor is going out. Could be interesting,”

7

Katz and I heard over our two-way late that night. We 8

couldn’t actually see his house from where we were parked. 9

“He’s coming your way. You pick him up ﬁrst,” said Spe0

cial Agent in Charge Powiesnik.

1

Katz turned on the headlights, and we pulled up to a cor2

ner. Then we waited for Taylor to pass. His Toyota 4Runner 3

appeared a moment later.

4

“He’s going out toward I-89,” she reported in. “Proceed5

ing at about forty-ﬁve, keeping within the speed limit, which 6

makes him suspicious in my book. Maybe headed to his farm 7

in Webster. Kind of late for picking tomatoes, though.”

8

“We’ll have Nielsen precede him on I-89. You stay behind. 9

Michelle and I will be right with you,” said Powiesnik. 0

250

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 251

THE BIG BAD WOLF

That sounded familiar to me, and apparently to Agent Katz, since she muttered, “Right,” as soon as she signed off. Once he exited 89, Taylor made turns on a couple of narrow side roads. He was doing close to sixty.

“Seems to be in a little more of a hurry now,” Peggy said. Then Taylor’s Toyota veered off onto a drive that appeared to be dirt. We had to stay back or be spotted. Fog lay low over the farmlands, and we proceeded slowly until we could safely park on the side of the road. The other FBI cars hadn’t arrived yet; at least, we didn’t see any of them. We got out of our sedan and headed back into the woods. Then we could see Taylor’s Toyota parked in front of a shadowy farmhouse. A light eventually blinked on inside the house, then another. Agent Katz was quiet, and I wondered if she’d been involved in anything quite as heavy as this before. I didn’t think that she had.

“We can see Taylor’s Toyota at the house,” she reported to Powiesnik.

Then she turned to me. “So now what?” she asked in a whisper.

“It’s not up to us,” I said.

“If it was?”

“I’d move in closer on foot. I want to see if that missing kid from Holy Cross is in there. We don’t know how much danger he’s in.”

Powiesnik contacted us again. “We’re going to take a look. You and Agent Cross stay where you are. Watch our backs.”

Agent Katz turned to me and sniffed out a laugh. “Powiesnik means watch our dust, doesn’t he?”

251

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 252

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Or eat our dust,” I said.

2

“Or suck hind tit,” grumped Katz.

3

Maybe she hadn’t seen any action before, but she appar4

ently wanted some now.

5

And I had a feeling Agent Katz might get her wish. 6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

252

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 253

Chapter 75

“OVER THERE, heading toward the barn,” I said, and pointed. “That’s Taylor. What’s he doing?”

“Powiesnik is on the other side of the house. He probably can’t see that Taylor is outside,” said Agent Katz.

“Let’s see what he’s up to.”

Katz hesitated. “You’re not going to get me shot, are you?”

“No,” I said, a little too quickly. This was getting complicated all of a sudden. I wanted to follow Taylor, but I felt I had to watch out for Katz too.

“Let’s go,” Katz ﬁnally said, reaching a decision. “Taylor is out of the house. He’s headed southwest,” she alerted Powiesnik. “We’re following.”

The two of us hurried forward for a hundred yards or so. We had some ground to make up, and we wanted to keep Taylor in sight. There was a half-moon overhead and that helped, 253

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 254

JAMES PATTERSON

1

but it was also possible that Taylor might see us coming. We 2

could lose him easily now, especially if he was suspicious. 3

He didn’t seem to be aware of anything going on around 4

him — at least not so far. Which got me thinking that he was 5

used to sneaking around out here late at night. Not worrying 6

about being seen by anyone. This was his private reserve, 7

wasn’t it? I watched him go inside the barn. 8

“We should call in again,” Katz said.

9

I didn’t disagree completely, but I was nervous about the 0

other agents coming up fast and making noise. How many of 1

them had experience in the ﬁeld?

2

“You better call in,” I ﬁnally agreed.

3

It took the other agents a couple of minutes to get to the 4

edge of the woods, where we were crouched behind tall 5

brush. Light from inside the barn shone through cracks and 6

holes in the weatherboarding. We couldn’t see or hear much 7

from where we were hiding.

8

Then music blasted from somewhere in the barn. I recog9

nized a choral arrangement by Queen. A lyric about riding a 0

bicycle. Totally whacked at this time of night, playing in the 1

middle of nowhere.

2

“There’s no evidence of violence in his past,” Powiesnik 3

said as he crouched beside me.

4

“Or kidnapping, either,” I said. “But he might have some5

body in that barn. Maybe the kid from Holy Cross. Taylor 6

knew about the Wolf’s Den, even the eye scan. I doubt he’s an 7

innocent bystander.”

8

“We’re moving on Taylor,” the senior agent ordered. “He 9

may be armed,” he told the agents. “Proceed as if he is.”

0

He assigned Nielsen and Bugliarello to surveil the far side 254

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 255

THE BIG BAD WOLF

of the barn in case Taylor tried to get out some other way. Powiesnik, Katz, and I were going in the door that Taylor had entered.

“You okay with this?” I asked Powiesnik. “Going in after him now?”

“It’s already been decided,” he said in a tight voice. So we moved forward, toward the barn door. Queen continued to play loudly inside. “I want to ride my bicycle! Bicycle!

Bicycle!” This was a strange feeling, all of it. The Bureau had excellent resources for getting information, and their personnel were certainly book smart and well trained, but in the past I’d always known and trusted those I went into a dangerous crime scene with. The wooden barn door hadn’t been latched or locked by Taylor. We could see that as we crouched in tall brush a few yards away.

Suddenly the music stopped.

Then I heard loud voices inside. More than one. But I couldn’t make out what was being said or who was doing the talking.

“We should take him down. Now, ” I whispered to Powiesnik. “We’re already committed. We have to go.”

“Don’t tell me —”

“I’m telling you,” I said.

I wanted to take over from Powiesnik. He was hesitating much too long. Once we had moved so close to the barn, we shouldn’t have stopped.

“I’ll go ﬁrst. Come in behind me,” I ﬁnally said. Powiesnik didn’t overrule me, didn’t argue. Katz didn’t say a word.

255

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 256

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I ran very quickly toward the barn, my gun out of my hol2

ster. I was there in seconds. The door made a heavy creaking 3

sound when I pulled it open. Bright light escaped outside, 4

splintering into my eyes for a second. “FBI!” I yelled at the 5

top of my voice. FBI! Jesus!

6

Taylor looked at me and his eyes ﬁlled with surprise, fear. 7

I had a clear shot at him. He’d had no idea he was being fol8

lowed. He’d been operating in his own private safety zone, 9

hadn’t he? I could see that now.

0

I could also make out someone else in the shadows of the 1

barn. He was tied with leather bindings to a wooden post 2

attached to a beam in the hayloft. He had no clothes on. 3

Nothing. His chest and genitals were bloodied. But Francis 4

Deegan was alive!

5

“You’re under arrest . . . Mr. Potter. ”

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

256

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 257

Chapter 76

THE FIRST INTERVIEW with Potter took place in his small library in the farmhouse. It was cozy and tastefully furnished, and gave no hint of the horrible acts going on elsewhere on the property. Potter sat on a dark wooden bench with his wrists handcuffed in front of him. His dark eyes boiled over in anger directed at me.

I sat in a straight-backed chair directly across from him. For a long moment we glared at each other, then I let my eyes wander around the room. Bookcases and cabinets had been custom built and covered every wall. A large oak desk held a computer and printer, as well as wooden in and out boxes, and stacks of ungraded papers. A green wooden sign behind the desk read “Bless This Mess.” There was no hint of the real Taylor, or “Potter,” anywhere.

I noticed authors’ names on the spines of the books: 257

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 258

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Richard Russo, Jamaica Kincaid, Zadie Smith, Martin Amis, 2

Stanley Kunitz.

3

It was rumored that the Bureau often had an incredible 4

amount of information on a subject before an interview was 5

conducted. This was true with Taylor. I already knew about 6

his boyhood spent in Iowa, then his years as a student at 7

Iowa and NYU. No one had suspected he had a dark side. He 8

had been up for promotion and tenure this year, and had 9

been working to ﬁnish a book on Milton’s Paradise Lost, as 0

well as an article on John Donne. Drafts of the literary proj1

ects were laid out on the desk.

2

I got up and looked through the pages. He’s organized. He 3

compartmentalizes beautifully, I was thinking. “Interesting 4

stuff,” I said.

5

“Be careful with those,” he warned.

6

“Oh, sorry. I’ll be careful,” I said, as if anything he had 7

written about Milton or Donne mattered anymore. I contin8

ued to look through his books — the OED, The Riverside 9

Shakespeare, Shakespeare and Milton quarterlies, Gravity’s 0

Rainbow, a Merck Manual.

1

“This interrogation is illegal. You must know that. I want 2

to see my lawyer,” he said as I sat down again. “I demand it.”

3

“Oh, we’re just talking,” I said. “This is only an inter4

view. We’re waiting for a lawyer to get here. Just getting to 5

know you.”

6

“Has my lawyer been called? Ralph Guild in Boston?”

7

Taylor asked. “Tell me. Don’t fuck with me.”

8

“As far as I know,” I said. “Let’s see, we busted you at 9

around eight A.M. He was called at eight-thirty.”

0

258

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 259

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Taylor looked at his watch. His dark eyes blazed. “It’s only twelve-thirty now!”

I shrugged. “Well, no wonder your lawyer isn’t here yet. You haven’t even been apprehended. So, you teach English lit, right? I liked literature in school, read a lot, still do, but I loved the sciences.”

Taylor continued to glare at me. “You forget that Francis was taken to the hospital. The time is on the record.”

I snapped my ﬁngers and winced. “Right. Of course it is. He was picked up at a little past nine. I signed the form myself,” I said. “I have a doctorate, like yourself. In psychology, from Johns Hopkins, down in Baltimore.”

Homer Taylor rocked back and forth on the bench. He shook his head. “You don’t scare me, you fucking asshole. I can’t be intimidated by little people like you. Trust me. I doubt you have a Ph.D. Maybe from Alcorn State. Or Jackson State.”

I ignored the baiting. “Did you kill Benjamin Coffey? I think you did. We’ll start looking for the body a little later this morning. Why don’t you save us the trouble?”

Taylor ﬁnally smiled. “Save you the trouble? Why would I do that?”

“I actually have a pretty good answer. Because you’re going to need my help later on.”

“Well, then, I’ll save you some trouble later on, after you help me.” Taylor smirked. “What are you?” he ﬁnally asked.

“The FBI’s idea of afﬁrmative action?”

I smiled. “No. Actually, I’m your last chance. You better take it.”

259

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 260

Chapter 77

THE LIBRARY IN the farmhouse was empty except for Potter and me. He was handcuffed, totally cool and unafraid, glaring menacingly.

“I want my lawyer,” he said again.

“I’ll bet you do. I would if I were you. I’d be making a real scene in here.”

Taylor ﬁnally smiled. His teeth were badly stained. “How about a cigarette? Give me something. ”

I gave him one. I even lit it for him. “Where did you bury Benjamin Coffey?” I asked again.

“So, you’re really the one in charge?” he asked. “Interesting. The world turns, doesn’t it? The worm too.”

I ignored his question. “Where is Benjamin Coffey?” I repeated. “Is he buried out here? I’m sure he is.”

“Then why ask? If you already know the answer.”

260

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 261

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“Because I don’t want to waste time digging up these ﬁelds or dredging the pond over there.”

“I really can’t help you. I don’t know a Benjamin Coffey. Of course, Francis was here of his own free will. He hated it at Holy Cross. The Jesuits don’t like us. Well, some of the priests don’t.”

“The Jesuits don’t like who? Who else is involved with you?”

“You’re actually funny, for a police drone. I like a bit of dry humor now and then.”

I stretched my leg out, struck his chest, and knocked his bench over. He hit the ﬂoor hard. Banged his head. I could see that it shook him, surprised him, anyway. Must have hurt at least a little bit.

“That supposed to scare me?” he asked, once he’d gotten his breath. He was angry now, red faced, the veins in his neck pulsing. That was a start. “I want my lawyer! . . . I’m explicitly asking you for a lawyer!” He began to yell over and over again: “Lawyer! Lawyer! Lawyer! Lawyer! Can anyone hear me?”

Taylor kept yelling at me for over an hour — like some sociopathic kid who wasn’t getting his way. I let him scream and curse until he started to get hoarse. I even went outside and stretched my legs, drank some coffee, chatted with Charlie Powiesnik, who was a pretty good guy. When I came back inside, Potter looked changed. He’d had time to think about everything that had happened at the farm. He knew that we were talking to Francis Deegan and that we’d ﬁnd Benjamin Coffey too. Maybe a few others. 261

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 262

JAMES PATTERSON

1

He sighed out loud. “I assume we can make some sort of 2

arrangement to my liking. Mutually beneﬁcial.”

3

I nodded. “I’m sure we can make an arrangement. But I 4

need something concrete in return. How did you get the boys?

5

How did it work? That’s what I need to hear from you.”

6

I waited for him to answer. Several minutes passed. 7

“I’ll tell you where Benjamin is,” he ﬁnally said. 8

“You’ll tell me that too.”

9

I waited some more. Took another turn outside with 0

Charlie. Came back to the study.

1

“I bought the boys from the Wolf,” Potter ﬁnally said. 2

“But you’ll be sorry you asked. So will I, probably. He’ll make 3

both of us pay. In my humble opinion, and remember, this is 4

just a college professor talking, the Wolf is the most danger5

ous man alive. He’s Russian. Red Maﬁya.”

6

“Where do we ﬁnd the Wolf?” I asked. “How do you con7

tact him?”

8

“I don’t know where he is. Nobody does. He’s a mystery 9

man. That’s his thing, his trademark. I think it turns him on.”

0

It took several more hours of talking, bargaining, and 1

negotiating, but Potter ﬁnally told me some of what I wanted 2

to know about the Wolf, this Russian mystery man who 3

impressed him so. Late in the day, I wrote in my notes, This 4

makes no sense yet. None of it does, really. The Wolf’s scheme 5

seems insane. Is it?

6

Then I wrote my ﬁnal thought, at least for the moment: 7

The brilliance of it may be that it makes no sense. 8

To us.

9

To me.

0

262

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 263

Part Four

INSIDE THE DEN

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 264

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 265

Chapter 78

STACY POLLACK WAS a solemn and commanding presence in front of the roomful of agents gathered on the ﬁfth ﬂoor of the Hoover Building. It was standing room only for her meeting. I was one of those standing in the back, but just about everybody knew who I was after our New Hampshire success bringing in Potter. We had rescued another captive — Francis Deegan was going to be ﬁne. We’d also found the bodies of Benjamin Coffey and two other males, unidentiﬁed so far.

“Unaccustomed as I am to having things go our way,” Pollack began, and got a laugh, “I’ll take this latest development and offer humble thanks to the powers that be. This is a very good break for us. As many of you know, the Wolf has been a key target on our Red Maﬁya list, probably the key target. He’s rumored to be into everything — weapon sales, extortion, sports ﬁxing, prostitution, the white slave market. His name seems to be Pasha Sorokin and he seems to have 265

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 266

JAMES PATTERSON

1

learned his trade on the outskirts of Moscow. I say seems 2

because nothing is a sure thing when it comes to this guy. 3

Somehow he maneuvered his way into the KGB, where he 4

lasted three years. He then became a pakhan, a boss, in the 5

Russian underworld but decided to emigrate to America. 6

Where he completely disappeared.

7

“We actually believed that he was dead for a while. 8

Apparently not, at least if we can believe Mr. Potter. Can we 9

believe him?” Pollack gestured in my direction. “This is 0

Agent Alex Cross, by the way. He helped with the takedown 1

in New Hampshire.”

2

“I think we can believe Potter,” I said. “He knows that we 3

need him; he deﬁnitely understands what he has to offer 4

us — a possible lead to Sorokin. He also warned me that the 5

Wolf will come after us. His mission is to be the top gangster 6

in the world. According to Potter, that’s what the Wolf is.”

7

“So why the white slave market?” one of the ASACs asked. 8

“There’s not that much money in it. It’s risky. What’s the 9

point? Sounds like bullshit to me. Maybe we’ve been had.”

0

“We don’t know why he acts the way he does. It’s trou1

bling, I agree. Maybe it’s his roots, his patterns,” an agent 2

from the New York ofﬁce’s Russia group said. “He’s always 3

had his ﬁngers in whatever he could. It goes back to his days 4

on the streets of Moscow. Also, the Wolf likes women him5

self. He’s kinky.”

6

“I don’t think he likes them,” said a woman agent from 7

D.C. “Honestly, Jeff.”

8

The New York agent continued: “There’s a rumor that he 9

walked into a club in Brighton Beach a couple weeks ago and 0

wasted one of his ex-wives. That’s his style. He once sold two 266

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 267

THE BIG BAD WOLF

of his female cousins from the home country on the slave market. The thing to remember about Pasha Sorokin is that he has no fears. He expected to die young in Russia. He’s surprised that he’s still alive. He likes it on the edge.”

Stacy Pollack took the ﬂoor again. “Let me tell you a couple of other stories to give you a sense of who we’re dealing with. It seems that Pasha manipulated the CIA to get him out of Russia originally. That’s right, the CIA transported him here. He was supposed to give them all sorts of information, but he never delivered. When he ﬁrst got to New York, he sold babies out of an apartment in Brooklyn. According to the stories, in one day alone he sold six babies to suburban couples for ten thousand dollars apiece. More recently he swindled a Miami bank out of two hundred million. He likes what he does and he’s obviously good at it. And now we know an Internet site he visits. We may even be able to get on the site. We’re working on it. We’re as close to the Wolf as we’ve ever been. Or so we like to believe.”

267

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 268

Chapter 79

THE WOLF WAS in Philadelphia that night, birthplace of a nation, though not his nation. He never showed it, but he was anxious, and he liked the emotional charge it gave him. It made him feel more alive. He also liked it that he was invisible, that no one knew who he was, that he could go anywhere, do anything he wanted to do. Tonight, he was watching the Flyers play Montreal at the First Union Center in Philly. The hockey game was one he had arranged to have ﬁxed, but nothing had happened so far, which was why he was anxious, and also very angry.

As the second period was winding down, the score was 2-1. Flyers! He was seated at center ice, four rows back behind the penalty boxes, close to the action. To distract himself he watched the crowd — a mix of yuppies in business suits and loosened ties and blue-collar types in oversized 268

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 269

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Flyers jerseys. Everybody seemed to have plastic tubs of nachos and twenty-ounce cups of beer.

His eyes shifted back to the game. Players ﬂashed around the rink at dazzling speeds, making a slashing sound as the blades of their skates tore into the ice. C’mon, c’mon. Do some- thing! he urged.

Then suddenly he saw Ilia Teptev out of position. There was the shotgun crash of a slapshot as it left the stick. Goal — Canadiens! The crowd erupted with insults: “You suck, Ilia! You throwing this game?”

Then the announcer came over the PA. “Canadien goal by number eighteen, Stevie Bowen. Time of goal, nineteen minutes and thirty-two seconds.”

The period ended like that, 2-2. The Zamboni chugged out, resurfacing the ice between periods. More beer and more nachos were consumed. And the ice became a slick glass sheet once again.

For the next sixteen minutes, the game was knotted at 2-2. The Wolf wanted to garrote Teptev and Dobushkin. Then the Canadien center, Bowen, plowed through a halfhearted check and burst into the Flyer zone. He dropped a pass along the right boards. A shot! Wide! Recovered by Alexei Dobushkin — who settled behind his own net with the puck. He skated to his right, then snapped a pass across the ice — across the goal mouth — and it was picked off by Bowen. Bowen slapped the puck into the corner of the net. Goal — Canadiens!

The Wolf smiled for the ﬁrst time that night. Then he turned to his companion, his seven-year-old son, Dimitri, 269

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 270

JAMES PATTERSON

1

whose existence would have surprised everyone who sup2

posedly knew the Wolf.

3

“Let’s go, Dimmie, the game’s over. The Canadiens will 4

win. Just like I told you they would. Didn’t I tell you?”

5

Dimitri wasn’t convinced about the outcome, but he 6

knew better than to argue with his father. “You were right, 7

Daddy,” said the boy. “You’re always right.”

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

270

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 271

Chapter 80

THAT NIGHT AT eleven-thirty I planned to enter the Wolf’s Den for the ﬁrst time. I needed the help of Mr. Potter, though. Homer Taylor had been moved to Washington for the purpose. I needed his eyes. The two of us sat close together, Taylor in cuffs, in an operation room on the ﬁfth ﬂoor of the Hoover. The professor was nervous, and I guessed that he was having second thoughts about our arrangement with respect to the Wolf.

“Don’t think that he won’t get to you. He’s relentless. He’s crazy, ” he warned me again.

“I’ve avoided crazy men before,” I said. “We still have a deal?”

“We do. What choice do I have? But you’ll regret it. So will I, I’m afraid.”

“We’re going to protect you.”

His eyes narrowed. “So you say.”

271

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 272

JAMES PATTERSON

1

The night had been a busy one already. The top computer 2

experts at the Bureau had tried password-cracking software 3

to get into the Wolf’s Den. So far, everything had failed. So 4

had a “brute force” attack that could often decode encrypted 5

data by feeding in combinations of letters and numbers. 6

Nothing had worked. We needed Mr. Potter to get inside. We 7

needed his eyes. The blood vessel patterns of the retina and 8

the pattern of ﬂecks on the iris provided unique methods of 9

identiﬁcation. Scanning involved a low-intensity light source 0

and an optical coupler.

1

Potter put one eye up to the device and then focused on a 2

red dot. An impression was taken and then sent on. Seconds 3

later, we had access.

4

This is Potter, I typed as Taylor was led out of the 5

operations room. He would be transferred to Lorton Federal 6

Prison for the night, then taken back to New England. I put 7

him out of my mind, but I wouldn’t be able to forget his 8

warning about the Wolf.

9

We were just talking about you, said someone with 0

the user name Master Trekr.

1

I wondered why my ears were buzzing, I typed, and 2

wondered if I was communicating with the Wolf for the ﬁrst 3

time. Was he on-line? If so, where was he? What city?

4

I was center stage in the operation room used by SIOC. 5

More than a dozen agents and technicians were gathered 6

around me. Most were on computers too. The scene looked 7

like a very high-tech classroom.

8

Master Trekr: Weren’t really talking about you, 9

Potter. UR paranoid. Same as it ever was. 0

I looked at the other user names:

272

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 273

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Sphinx 3000

ToscaBella

Louis XV

Sterling 66

No Wolf. Did that mean he wasn’t on-line in the Den? Or was he Master Trekr? Was he observing me now? Was I passing his test?

I need a replacement for “Worcester,” I typed. Potter had told me that Francis Deegan’s code name was Worcester.

Sphinx 3000: Take a number. We were talking about my package. My delivery. It’s my turn. You know that, you fruitcake.

I didn’t respond at ﬁrst. This was my ﬁrst test. Would Potter apologize to Sphinx 3000? I didn’t think he would. More likely, he’d come back with a caustic reply. Or would he? I chose to say nothing for now.

Sphinx 3000: Fuck U, too. I know what UR thinking. U kinky bastard. Sphinx 3000: As I was saying before I was interrupted. I want a southern belle, the more hung up on herself, the more self-absorbed she is, the better. I want an ice goddess, who I plan to shatter. Totally into herself. She wears Chanel and Miu Miu and Bulgari jewelry, even to the shopping mall. Heels, of course. I don’t care if she’s tall or short. Beautiful face. Pert tits.

ToscaBella: How original.

Sphinx 3000: Fuck original, and, sorry to 273

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 274

JAMES PATTERSON

1

repeat myself, but fuck U. Give me that old-time 2

rock-and-roll music. I want what I want, and I’ve 3

earned it.

4

Sterling 66: Anything else? This southern belle 5

of yours? In her twenties? Thirties?

6

Sphinx 3000: That’d be good. All or any of the 7

above.

8

Louis XV: Teens?

9

Sterling 66: How long do you plan to keep her 0

around?

1

Sphinx 3000: One glorious night of ecstasy and 2

wild abandon . . . just one night.

3

Sterling 66: And then?

4

Sphinx 3000: I’m going to dispose of her. Now, do 5

I get my goddess?

6

There was a pause.

7

No answer came from anyone.

8

What was going on? I wondered.

9

Of course U do, answered Wolf. Just be careful, 0

Sphinx. Be very careful. We’re being watched. 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

274

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 275

Chapter 81

I WASN’T SURE how to react to the Wolf, or his message to Sphinx. Should I speak now? Did he know we were on to him? How could he?

Sterling 66: Now what’s your problem, Mr. Potter?

This was my chance. I wanted to try and draw out Wolf if I could. But could I pull it off? I was aware that everyone was watching me in the operation room.

I don’t have a problem, I typed. I’m just ready for another boy. U know I’m good for it. Haven’t I always been?

Sterling 66: UR ready for another boy? U just recently received “Worcester.” About a week ago?

I typed: Yes, but he’s left us.

Sphinx 3000: That’s very funny. UR so cute, Potter. Such a cute psycho killer. 275

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 276

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Sphinx didn’t like Potter, did he? I had to assume the feel2

ing was mutual. I typed, I love U too. We should get 3

together and bond in person.

4

Sterling 66: When U say “He’s left us,” I assume 5

U mean that he’s dead?

6

Mr. Potter: Yes, the dear boy passed. I’m over my 7

grieving, though. Ready to move on.

8

Sphinx 3000: Hilarious.

9

This bickering was starting to get on my nerves. Who the 0

hell were these sick bastards? Where were they? Besides 1

cyberspace?

2

I have someone in mind. I’ve been watching him 3

for a while, I typed.

4

Sphinx 3000: I’ll bet he’s gorgeous.

5

I typed: Oh, he is. One of a kind. The love of my 6

life.

7

Sterling 66: U said that about Worcester. What 8

city?

9

I typed: Boston. Cambridge, actually. He’s a 0

student at Harvard. Working for his doctorate. 1

Argentinean, I believe. Rides polo ponies in the 2

summer.

3

Sterling 66: Where did U bump into this one, 4

Potter?

5

The next tidbit I’d gotten from Homer Taylor himself. 6

Actually, I did bump into him. He’s so ﬁrm. 7

Sphinx 3000: Where did you meet him? Tell, tell. 8

I typed: I was at Harvard for a symposium. 9

Sterling 66: On?

0

276

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 277

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I typed: Milton. Of course.

Sterling 66: He was attending?

I typed: No — I literally bumped into him. In the men’s room. I watched him for the rest of the day. Found out where he lived. Been studying him for three months.

Sterling 66: So why did U purchase Worcester?

I knew the question was coming. Impulse, I typed. Then, But this boy in Cambridge, that’s true love. Not a casual thing.

Sterling 66: So U have a name? An address?

I typed: I do. And I have my checkbook. Sterling 66: Worcester won’t be found? UR

certain?

I could hear Potter’s voice in my head as I typed. Good Lord, no. Not unless someone goes swimming in my septic tank.

Sphinx 3000: Gross, Potter. I love it.

Sterling 66: Well, if U have checkbook in hand. Wolf: No. We’ll wait on this. It’s too soon, Potter. We’ll get back to you. As always, I’ve enjoyed our talk, but I have other matters to attend to.

Wolf signed off. He was gone. Shit. He’d come and gone just like that. The mystery man, as always. Who was this bastard?

I stayed on-line, chatting with the others for a few minutes — expressing my disappointment at the decision, my eagerness to make a purchase. Then I left the site too. 277

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 278

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I looked around the operation room at my colleagues. A 2

few began to clap, partly mocking me, but mostly it was gen3

uinely congratulatory. Cop-to-cop stuff. Almost like old 4

times. I felt marginally accepted by the others in the room. 5

For the ﬁrst time, actually.

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

278

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 279

Chapter 82

WE WAITED TO HEAR from the Wolf’s Den. Everyone in the overcrowded room wanted to take the Wolf down in the worst way. He was a complicated and twisted criminal, but besides that, the FBI needed a win; a lot of people working their asses off needed it. Snaring the Wolf would be a tremendous victory. If we could just ﬁnd him. And what if we could get all of the other sick bastards too? Sphinx. ToscaBella. Louis XV. Sterling.

Still, something was bothering me a lot. If the Wolf was as powerful and successful as he seemed to be, why was he involved in this at all? Because he’d always been into lots of kinds of crimes? Or because he was a sex freak himself? Was that it, the Wolf was a freak? Where could I go with that line of thinking?

He’s a freak, and therefore . . . ?

279

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 280

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Except for a couple of hours when I went home to see the 2

kids, I remained inside the Hoover Building for the next day 3

and a half. So did a lot of other agents on the case, even Mon4

nie Donnelley, who was as emotionally invested in this as 5

anybody. We continued to collect information, especially 6

about Russian mobsters in the States, but mostly we waited 7

for a message from the Wolf’s Den to Mr. Potter. A yes or a 8

no, a go or a no go. What was the bastard waiting for?

9

I talked to Jamilla several times — good talks — also to 0

Sampson, the kids, Nana Mama. I even talked to Christine. I 1

had to ﬁnd out where her head was at about Little Alex. After 2

our talk, I wasn’t sure if she knew, which was the most dis3

turbing thing of all. I began to detect an ambivalent tone in 4

her voice when she spoke about raising Alex, even though 5

she said she was prepared to sue for custody. Considering all 6

she’d been through, it was hard for me to stay angry at her. 7

I would rather have given up my right arm than my little 8

boy, though. Just thinking about it gave me a headache that 9

throbbed continuously and made the long wait for a resolu0

tion even worse.

1

The phone on my desk rang around ten on the second 2

evening, and I picked up right away. “Waiting for my call?

3

How’s it going?” It was Jamilla, and though she sounded 4

close, she was all the way across the country in California. 5

“Sucks,” I said. “I’m stuck in a small windowless room 6

with eight smelly FBI hackers.”

7

“That good, huh? So I take it the Wolfman hasn’t gotten 8

back with an answer.”

9

“No. And it’s not just that.” I told Jamilla about my phone 0

call with Christine.

280

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 281

THE BIG BAD WOLF

She wasn’t nearly as sympathetic to Christine as I was.

“Who the hell does she think she is? She walked out on her little boy.”

“It’s more complicated than that,” I said.

“No, it isn’t, Alex. You always like to give people the beneﬁt of the doubt. You think people are basically good.”

“I guess I do. That’s the reason I can do my job. Because most people are basically good and they don’t deserve the shit that gets heaped on them.”

Jamilla laughed. “Well, neither do you. Think about that. Neither do Little A., Damon, Jannie, Nana Mama. Not that you asked for my opinion. I’ll shut up now. So what is going on with the case? Change the subject to something more pleasant.”

“We’re waiting on this Russian hood and his creeped-out friends. I still don’t understand why he’s involved in a kidnapping ring.”

“You’re at FBI headquarters, the Hoover cube? That’s where you’re calling from?”

“Yes, but it’s not exactly a cube. It’s only seven stories on Pennsylvania Avenue because of the D.C. building codes. And eleven stories in back.”

“Thanks for sharing that. You’re starting to sound like a Feebie. I’ll bet it feels weird to be in there.”

“No, I just ﬁgure I’m on the ﬁfth ﬂoor. Could be in either part of the building.”

“Ha ha. No, working the other side, the dark side. Being in the J. Edgar Hoover Building. Being a Feebie. Just thinking about it makes me shiver.”

“The waiting is the same, Jam. The waiting’s always the same.”

281

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 282

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“At least you have good friends to talk to some of the 2

time. At least you have some nice phone pals.”

3

“I do, don’t I. And you’re right, it’s easier waiting here 4

with you.”

5

“I’m glad you feel that way. We need to see each other, 6

Alex. We need to touch each other. There are things we have 7

to talk about.”

8

“I know that. As soon as this case is over. I promise. I’ll be 9

on the ﬁrst plane.”

0

Jamilla laughed again. “Well, get cracking, boy. Catch the 1

big bad Wolf psycho bastard. Otherwise I’ll be on my own 2

plane east.”

3

“Promise?”

4

“Promise.”

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

282

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 283

Chapter 83

A DOZEN OR SO AGENTS were sitting around eating thick roast beef sandwiches and German potato salad and drinking iced tea when contact with the Wolf’s Den was made again.

“Roast beef” had a special meaning inside the FBI, but that was another story. The Wolf was calling. Potter. We’ve made a decision on your request, the e-mail said. Get back to us.

The group continued to eat. We agreed there was no need to get back to the Wolf instantly. It would raise his suspicions if Potter was there waiting for the call. An agent was already playing the part of Dr. Homer Taylor in Hanover. We had spread a lie that the professor had the ﬂu and wouldn’t be conducting any classes for a while. Occasionally, “sightings”

of Professor Taylor were arranged at his house — sometimes looking out windows or sitting out on the front porch. To our knowledge, no one had inquired about Taylor at Dartmouth 283

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 284

JAMES PATTERSON

1

or at his house in Webster. Both locations were being watched 2

closely by agents.

3

I hoped that the agents in the ﬁeld knew what the hell they 4

were doing. At this point we had no idea how careful the Wolf 5

was or whether his suspicions had already been aroused. We 6

didn’t know enough about the Russian. Not even if he had 7

someone in the Bureau feeding him information. 8

It was agreed that I would wait an hour and a half, since I 9

hadn’t been on-line when he established contact and the 0

Wolf would know that. During the past day we’d been unsuc1

cessful in trying to connect the Wolf’s Den to an owner or 2

even to one of the other users. This probably meant that a 3

high-level hacker had protected the site well. The Bureau’s 4

experts were conﬁdent they would break through, but it 5

hadn’t happened yet.

6

Homer Taylor had been transported to D.C. again, and we 7

used his eyes for the retina scan. Then I sat down at a com8

puter and began to type. I was following the model of com9

munication to the Wolf’s Den provided by Taylor as part of 0

our deal.

1

This is Mr. Potter, I began. Can I have my lover?

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

284

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 285

Chapter 84

I WAITED FOR the Wolf to answer Potter’s insane question. We all did.

No response came. Shit. What had I done wrong? I’d gone too far, hadn’t I? He was clever. Somehow, he knew what we were up to. But how?

“I’ll stay on for a while,” I said, as I looked around the room. “I want what he has to offer. He knows it. I’m supposed to be horny.”

This is Potter, I typed again a few minutes later. Suddenly words began to appear on my screen. I read, Wolf: That’s redundant, Potter. I know who you are.

I typed some more words in Taylor’s strident “voice.” UR

rude to make me wait like this. U know how I feel, what I’m going through.

285

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 286

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Wolf: How could I? You’re the scary freak, Pot2

ter, not me.

3

I typed: Not so. UR the real freak. The cruelest 4

of all.

5

Wolf: Why do you say that? You think I take 6

hostages like you?

7

My heart raced. What did he mean by that? Did the Wolf 8

have a hostage? Maybe more than one? Could Elizabeth 9

Connolly still be alive after all this time? Or some other 0

hostage? Maybe one we didn’t even know about?

1

Wolf: So tell me something, faggot. Prove your2

self to me.

3

Prove myself? How? I waited for more instruction to 4

come. But it didn’t.

5

I typed: What do U want to know? I’m horny. No, not 6

really. I’m in love.

7

Wolf: What happened to Worcester? You were in 8

love with him too.

9

The chat was heading into uncharted waters. I was guess0

ing, hoping I could maintain continuity with things Homer 1

Taylor might have shared before. The other question made 2

me edgy: Was this really the Wolf I was speaking to?

3

I typed: Francis was incapable of love. He made me 4

very angry. He’s gone now, never to be heard from 5

again.

6

Wolf: And there will be no repercussions?

7

Mr. Potter: I’m careful. Like U. I like my life; 8

I don’t want to be caught. And I won’t be!!!

9

Wolf:

Does

that

mean

Worcester

rests

in

0

pieces?

286

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 287

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I wasn’t sure how to answer. With a cruel joke of my own?

Something like that, I typed. UR funny. Wolf: Be more speciﬁc. Give me the bloody details, Potter. Give!

Mr. Potter: Is this a test? I don’t need this shit.

Wolf: You know it is.

I typed: The septic tank. I told you that. No response came from the Wolf. He was rubbing my nerves raw.

So when do I get my new boy? I typed.

A pause of several seconds.

Wolf: You have the money?

Mr. Potter: Of course I do.

Wolf: How much do you have?

I thought I knew the correct answer to that, but I couldn’t be sure. Two weeks earlier, Taylor had taken one hundred twenty-ﬁve thousand dollars from his account with a money manager at Lehman in New York.

Mr. Potter: One hundred twenty-ﬁve thousand. The money isn’t a problem. It’s burning a hole in my pocket.

No response from Wolf.

I typed: U told me not to be redundant. Wolf: All right then, maybe we’ll get you the boy. Be careful! There might not be another!

I typed: Then there won’t be another hundred twenty-ﬁve thousand!!!

Wolf: I’m not worried. There are lots of freaks like you. You’d be amazed.

287

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 288

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Mr. Potter: So. How is your hostage?

2

Wolf: I have to go back to work. . . . One more 3

question, Potter. Just to be safe. Where did you 4

get your name?

5

I looked around the room. Oh, Christ. It was something I 6

hadn’t thought to ask Taylor.

7

A voice whispered close to my ear. Monnie’s. “The kids’

8

books? They call Harry Mr. Potter at the Hogwarts school. 9

Maybe? I don’t know.”

0

Was that it? I needed to type something; it had to be the 1

right answer. Was the name from the Harry Potter books?

2

Because he liked boys? Then something from Taylor’s ofﬁce 3

in the farmhouse ﬂashed in my brain.

4

My ﬁngers went to the keys. Paused for a second. Then 5

I typed my answer: This is absurd. The name is from 6

the Jamaica Kincaid novel — Mr. Potter. Fuck U!

7

I waited for a response. So did everyone else in the room. 8

Finally it came.

9

Wolf: I’ll get you the boy, Mr. Potter. 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

288

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 289

Chapter 85

WE WERE IN BUSINESS again, and I was back working the streets, the way I liked it, the way it used to be. I had been in Boston several times before, loved the city enough to consider moving there, and was comfortable. For the next two days we shadowed a student named Paul Xavier, from his apartment on Beacon Hill, to his classes at Harvard, to the Ritz-Carlton, where he was a waiter, to popular clubs like No Borders and Rebuke. Xavier was the “bait” we had set out for the Wolf and his kidnapping crew.

Actually, Xavier was being impersonated by a thirty-yearold agent from our ﬁeld ofﬁce in Springﬁeld, Massachusetts. The agent’s name was Paul Gautier. Boyishly handsome, tall and slender, with ﬂuffy light brown hair, he looked like someone in his early twenties. He was armed, but also being closely watched by a minimum of six agents at all times of 289

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 290

JAMES PATTERSON

1

the day and night. We had no idea how or when the Wolf’s 2

team might try to grab him, only that they would. 3

For twelve hours each day, I was one of the agents watch4

ing and protecting Gautier. I had spoken about the dangers 5

of using “bait” to try and catch the kidnappers, but nobody 6

had paid attention.

7

On the second night of surveillance, and according to 8

plan, Paul Gautier went to “the Fens,” along the Muddy 9

River near Park Drive and Boylston Street. Actually called the 0

Back Bay Fens, it had been imagined by Frederick Law Olm1

sted, who’d also designed the Boston Common and Central 2

Park in New York. In the evening hours after the clubs closed, 3

the real Paul Xavier often cruised the Fens looking for sexual 4

encounters, which was why we had sent our agent there. 5

It was dangerous work for all of us, but especially for 6

Agent Gautier. The area was dark, and there were no street7

lights. The tall reeds along the river were thick and provided 8

cover for pickups and liaisons — and kidnappings. 9

Agent Peggy Katz and I were on the edge of the reeds, 0

which resembled elephant grass. During the past half hour, 1

she had admitted that she wasn’t really interested in sports 2

but had learned about basketball and football because she 3

wanted to be able to talk with her male counterparts about 4

something.

5

“Men talk about other things,” I said as I scouted the Fens 6

through night glasses.

7

“I know that. I can talk about money and cars too. But I 8

refuse to talk to you horny bastards about sex.”

9

I coughed out a laugh. Katz could deliver her lines. She 0

was often wry, with a twinkle, and she seemed to be laughing 290

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 291

THE BIG BAD WOLF

with you, even if you happened to be the butt of her jokes. But I also knew that she was very tough, a real hard-liner.

“Why did you join the Bureau?” she asked as we continued to wait for Agent Gautier to appear. “You were doing well with the Washington PD, right?”

“I was doing just ﬁne.”

I lowered my voice and pointed toward a clearing up ahead. “Here comes Gautier now.”

Agent Gautier had just left Boylston Street. He was walking slowly across the Fens toward the Muddy River. I knew the area pretty well from an earlier scouting trip. During the day this same section of the park was called the victory gardens. Area residents raised ﬂowers and vegetables, and there were signs pleading with night visitors not to trample them. The team leader, Roger Nielsen, spoke in a whisper that seeped into my earphones. “Male in the watch cap, Alex. Stout guy. You see him?”

“I’ve got him.” Watch cap was talking into a microphone on the collar of his sport shirt. He wasn’t one of ours, so he must have been one of theirs — the Wolf’s. I began to scour the area for a partner or two. The kidnapping crew? Probably. Who the hell else could they be?

Nielsen said, “I think he has a mike on. You see it?”

“He’s deﬁnitely miked. I see another suspicious male. Near the gardens to the left of us,” I said. “Talking into his collar too. They’re moving on Gautier.”

291

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 292

Chapter 86

THERE WERE THREE of them, bulky males, and they began to converge on Paul Gautier. At the same time, we moved on them. I had my Glock out, but was I really ready for what might happen in this small dark park?

The kidnappers were keeping close to Park Drive, and I ﬁgured they had a van or truck out on the street. They looked conﬁdent and unafraid. They’d done this before: grabbed purchased men and women. They were professional kidnappers.

“Take them now,” I told Senior Agent Nielsen. “Gautier is at risk.”

“Wait until they grab him,” the response came back. “We want to do this right. Wait.”

I didn’t agree with Nielsen and I didn’t like what was happening. Why wait? Gautier was hanging out there too much, and the park was dark.

“Gautier is at risk,” I repeated.

292

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 293

THE BIG BAD WOLF

One of the men, blond, wearing a Boston Bruins windbreaker, waved to him. Gautier watched the man approach, nodded his head, smiled. The blond had some kind of small ﬂashlight in his hand. He lit up Paul Gautier’s face.

I could hear them talking. “Nice night for a walk,” Gautier said, then laughed. He sounded nervous.

“The things we do for love,” the blond said. He spoke with a Russian accent.

The two of them were only a few feet apart. The other abductors held back, but not far.

Then the blond whipped a gun out of his jacket pocket. He pushed it against Gautier’s face. “You’re coming with me. No one will hurt you. Just walk with me. Make it easy on yourself.”

The two others joined them.

“You’re making a mistake,” said Gautier.

“Oh, and why is that?” asked the blond. “I’ve got the gun, not you.”

“Take them. Now,” came the order from Senior Agent Nielsen.

“FBI! Hands up. Back away from him!” Nielsen shouted as we ran forward.

“FBI!” came a second shout. “Everybody, hands up!”

Then everything went crazy. The other two abductors pulled out guns. The blond still held his to Agent Gautier’s skull.

“Back off!” he screamed. “I’ll shoot him dead! Drop your guns. I’ll shoot him, I promise you! I don’t bluff.”

Our agents continued to move forward — slowly. Then the worst thing happened — the heavyset blond shot Agent Paul Gautier in the face.

293

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 294

Chapter 87

BEFORE THE SHOCK of the gun blast had faded, the three men took off running very fast. Two of them galloped toward Park Drive, but the blond who’d shot Paul Gautier sprinted out onto Boylston Street.

He was a big man, but he was motoring. I remembered hearing from Monnie Donnelley that great Russian athletes, even former Olympians, were sometimes recruited into the Maﬁya. Was blondie a former jock? He moved like it. The confrontation, the shooting and everything else, reminded me of how little we knew about the Russian mobsters. How did they work? How did they think?

I took off after him, an overload of adrenaline rocketing through my body. I still couldn’t believe what had happened. It could have been avoided. Now Gautier was possibly dead, probably dead.

I ran as I shouted, “Take them alive!” It should have been 294

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 295

THE BIG BAD WOLF

obvious, but the other agents had just seen Paul Gautier gunned down. I didn’t know how much street action, or combat, any of them had seen before. And we desperately needed to question the kidnappers once we caught them. I was getting winded. Maybe I needed more time in the physical-training classes at Quantico, or maybe it was because I’d spent too much time sitting around inside the Hoover Building these past few weeks.

I chased the blond killer through a tree-lined residential area. A moment later, the trees cleared and the glittering towers of the Prudential Center and the Hancock loomed ahead. I glanced back. Three agents trailed behind, including Peggy Katz, who had her gun out.

The man running ahead of me was approaching the Hynes Convention Center with four FBI agents racing behind. I was closing on him, but not enough. I wondered if maybe we’d gotten lucky: Could this be the Wolf up ahead? He was hands- on, right? If it was, then we had him for murder. Whoever he was, he was still moving well. A long-distance sprinter.

“Stop! We’ll shoot!” one of the agents yelled behind me. The blond Russian didn’t stop. He made a sharp, sliding turn down a side street. It was narrow and darker than Boylston. One way. I wondered if he’d thought about his escape route before this. Probably not.

The extraordinary thing was that he hadn’t hesitated when he shot Agent Gautier. I don’t bluff, he’d said. Who would murder so casually? With so many FBI watching?

The Wolf? He was supposed to be fearless and ruthless, maybe even crazy. One of his lieutenants? . . . How did the Russians think?

295

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 296

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I could hear his shoes slapping hard on the pavement up 2

ahead. I was gaining on the Russian a little, getting a second 3

wind.

4

Suddenly he whirled around — and ﬁred at me!

5

I threw myself down on the ground fast. But then I was 6

up just as quickly, chasing after him again. I’d seen his face 7

clearly — broad, ﬂat features, dark eyes, late thirties to early 8

forties.

9

He turned again, planted, ﬁred.

0

I ducked behind a parked car. Then I heard a scream. I 1

whirled around and saw an agent down. One of the men. 2

Doyle Rogers. The blond turned and started to run again. But 3

I had my second wind and I thought I could catch him. Then 4

what? He was ready to die.

5

A shot rang out behind me! I couldn’t believe what I saw. 6

The blond dropped, falling ﬂat on his chest and face. 7

He never moved once he hit the ground. One of the 8

agents behind me had shot him. I turned and saw Peggy 9

Katz. She was still in a shooting crouch. 0

I checked on Agent Rogers and found he’d only been hit 1

in the shoulder. He’d be okay. Then I walked back alone 2

toward the Fens. When I got there, I discovered that Paul 3

Gautier was still alive. But the two other kidnappers had got4

ten away. They’d commandeered a car on Park Drive, and our 5

agents had lost them. Bad news, the worst. 6

The whole operation had blown up in our faces. 7

8

9

0

296

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 297

Chapter 88

I DON’T THINK that I’d felt this bad about an operation in all my years with the Washington PD, maybe in all my years combined. If I hadn’t been sure before, I was now. I’d made a mistake in coming over to the FBI. They did things very differently from anything I was used to. They were by-the-book, by-the-numbers, and then suddenly they weren’t. They had tremendous resources and staggering amounts of information, but they were often amateurs on the street. There was some great personnel and some incredible losers. After the shootout in Boston I drove over to the FBI ofﬁces. The agents gathered there all looked shell-shocked. I couldn’t blame them. What a mess. One of the worst I’d seen. I couldn’t help feeling that Senior Agent Nielsen was the one responsible, but what did it matter, what good to cast around blame? Two well-intentioned agents had been wounded; one had almost died. Maybe I shouldn’t have, but I felt partly 297

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 298

JAMES PATTERSON

1

responsible. I’d told the senior agent to move in on Paul Gau2

tier faster, but he hadn’t listened.

3

The blond man I’d chased down Boylston Street had 4

unfortunately died. Katz’s bullet had hit him in the back of 5

the neck and taken out most of his throat. He’d probably died 6

instantly. He carried no identiﬁcation. His wallet held a little 7

more than six hundred bucks, but not much else. He had tat8

toos of a snake, a dragon, and a black bear on his back and 9

shoulders. Cyrillic lettering that no one had deciphered yet. 0

Prison tats. We assumed he was Russian. But we had no 1

name, no identiﬁcation, no real proof.

2

Photographs of the dead man and ﬁngerprints had been 3

taken, then sent to Washington. They were checking, so we 4

had little to do in Boston until they called back. A few hours 5

later, the Ford Explorer commandeered by the two other 6

abductors was found in the parking lot of a convenience 7

store in Arlington, Massachusetts. They had stolen a second 8

vehicle out of the lot. By now they’d probably switched it for 9

yet another stolen car.

0

A total screwup in every way. Couldn’t have gone worse. 1

I was sitting in a conference room by myself, my face in 2

my hands, when one of the Boston agents walked in. He 3

pointed an accusatory ﬁnger my way. “Director Burns’s ofﬁce 4

on the line.”

5

Burns wanted me back in Washington — as simple and 6

direct as that. There were no explanations or even recrimina7

tions about what had happened in Boston. I guess I was to be 8

kept in the dark a while longer about what he really thought, 9

what the Bureau thought, and I just couldn’t respect that way 0

of operating.

298

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 299

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I got to the SIOC ofﬁces in the Hoover Building at six in the morning. I hadn’t slept. The place was humming with activity, and I was glad no one had time to talk about the shooting of the two agents in Boston.

Stacy Pollack came up to me a few minutes after I arrived. She looked as tired as I felt, but she put a hand on my shoulder. “Everybody here knows that you felt Gautier was in danger and tried to move in on the shooter earlier. I talked to Nielsen. He said it was his decision.”

I nodded, but then I said, “Maybe you should have talked to me ﬁrst.”

Pollack’s eyes narrowed. But she said nothing more about Boston. She ﬁnally spoke again: “There’s something else. We’ve had some luck.

“Most of us have been here all night. The money transfer we made to the Wolf’s Den?” she said. “We used a contact of ours in the ﬁnancial world, a banker from Morgan Chase’s International Correspondent Unit. We were able to trace the money out of the Caymans. Then we monitored virtually every transaction to U.S. banks with correspondent relationships. Had them screen all inbound wire payment orders. That’s where our consultant, Robert Hatﬁeld, said it got tricky. The transaction zipped from bank to bank — New York, then Boston, Detroit, Toronto, Chicago, a couple of others. But we know where the money ﬁnally wound up.”

“Where?” I asked.

“Dallas. The money went to Dallas. And we have a name —

a recipient for the funds. We’re hoping that he’s the Wolf. At any rate, we know where he lives, Alex. You’re going to Dallas.”

299

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 300

Chapter 89

THE EARLIEST ABDUCTION CASES we tracked had occurred in Texas, and dozens of agents and analysts went to work investigating them in depth. Everything about the case was larger in scale now. The surveillance details on the suspect’s house and place of business were the most impressive I had ever seen. I doubted that any police force in the country, with the possible exceptions of New York and Los Angeles, could afford this kind of effort.

As usual, the Bureau had done a thorough job of ﬁnding out everything possible about the man who had received money from us through the Caymans bank. Lawrence Lipton lived in Old Highland Park, a moneyed neighborhood north of Dallas proper. The streets there meandered alongside creeks under a canopy of magnolias, oaks, and native pecans. The grounds of nearly every house were expensively land300

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 301

THE BIG BAD WOLF

scaped, and most of the trafﬁc during the day consisted of tradesmen, nannies, cleaning services, and gardeners. So far the evidence we’d gathered on Lipton was contradictory, though. He had attended St. Mark’s, a prestigious Dallas prep school, and then the University of Texas at Austin. His family and his wife’s were old Dallas oil money, but Lawrence had diversiﬁed and now owned a Texas winery, a venture capital group, and a successful computer software company. The computer connection caught Monnie Donnelley’s eye, and mine as well. Lipton seemed to be a straight arrow, however. He sat on the boards of the Dallas Museum of Art and the Friends of the Library. He was a trustee for the Baylor Hospital and a deacon at First United Methodist.

Could he be the Wolf? It didn’t seem possible to me. The second morning I was in Dallas, a meeting was held at the ﬁeld ofﬁce there. Senior Agent Nielsen remained in charge of the case, but it was clear to everyone that Ron Burns was calling the shots on this from Washington. I don’t think any of us would have been too surprised if Burns had shown up for the brieﬁng himself.

At eight in the morning, Roger Nielsen stood before a roomful of agents and read from a clipboard. “They’ve been real busy through the night back in Washington,” he said, and seemed neither impressed nor surprised by the effort. Apparently this had become SOP on cases that got big in the media.

“I want to acquaint all of you with the latest on Lawrence Lipton. The most important development is that he doesn’t seem to have any known connections to the KGB or any 301

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 302

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Russian mobs. He isn’t Russian. Maybe something will turn 2

up later or maybe he’s just that good at hiding his past. In the 3

ﬁfties, his father moved to Texas from Kentucky to seek his 4

fortune on ‘the prairie.’ He apparently found it under the 5

prairie, in West Texas oil ﬁelds.”

6

Nielsen stopped and looked around the meeting room, 7

going from face to face. “There is one interesting recent devel8

opment,” he went on. “Among its holdings, Lipton’s Micro9

Management owns a company called Safe Environs in Dallas. 0

Safe Environs is a private security ﬁrm. Lawrence Lipton has 1

recently put himself under armed guard. I wonder why?

2

“Is he worried about us or is he scared of somebody else?

3

Maybe like the big bad Wolf?”

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

302

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 303

Chapter 90

IF IT WASN’T so incredibly terrifying, it would be mindboggling. Lizzie Connolly was still among the living. She was keeping herself positive by being somewhere else — anywhere but here in the horrid closet. With this complete madman bursting in two, three, sometimes ﬁve times a day. Mostly she got lost in her memories. Once upon a time, and it seemed so long ago, she had called her girls Merry Berry, Bobbie Doll, names like that. They used to sing “High Hopes” all the time, and songs from Mary Poppins. They had endless positive-energy thoughts — which Lizzie called “happy thoughts” — and always shared them with one another, and with Brendan, of course. What else could she remember? What? Anything?

They had so many animals over the years that eventually they gave each one a number.

Chester, a black Lab with a curly tail like a chow, was 303

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 304

JAMES PATTERSON

1

number 16. The Lab would bark constantly, all day and all 2

night, until Lizzie merely showed him a bottle of Tabasco 3

sauce — his kryptonite. Then he would ﬁnally shut up. 4

Dukie, number 15, was a short-haired orange calico who 5

Lizzie believed had probably been an old Jewish lady in 6

another life and who was always complaining, “Oh no, no, 7

no, no.”

8

Maximus Kiltimus was number 11; Stubbles was number 9

31; Kitten Little was number 35.

0

Memories were all that Lizzie Connolly had — because 1

there could be no present for her. None. 2

She couldn’t be here in this horror house. 3

She had to be somewhere else, anywhere else. 4

Had to be!

5

Had to be!

6

Had to be!

7

Because he was inside her now.

8

The Wolf was inside her, in the real world, grunting and 9

thrusting like an animal, violating, raping for minutes that 0

seemed like hours.

1

But Lizzie had the last laugh, didn’t she?

2

She wasn’t there.

3

She was somewhere in her memories.

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

304

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 305

Chapter 91

THEN HE WAS FINALLY GONE, the terrible, inhuman Wolf. Monster! Beast! He’d given her a bathroom break, and food, but now he was gone. God, his arrogance in keeping her here in his house! When is he going to kill me? I’m going mad. Going, going, gone!

She peered through teary eyes into the pitch-blackness. She’d been bound and gagged again. In a strange way, that was good news. It meant he still wanted her, right?

Good God, I’m alive because I’m desirable to a horrid beast!

Please help me, dear God. Please, please, help me. She thought about her good girls and then she turned her mind toward escape. A fantasy, she understood, and therefore escape in itself.

By now, she knew this closet by heart, even in total darkness. It was as if she could see everything, as if she had night 305

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 306

JAMES PATTERSON

1

sight. More than anything, she was aware of her own body —

2

trapped in here — and her mind — trapped as well. 3

Lizzie let her hands wander as much as they could. There 4

were clothes in the closet — a male’s — his. The closest to 5

her was some kind of sport coat with round, smooth buttons. 6

Possibly a blazer? Lightweight, which reinforced her belief 7

that this was a warm-weather city.

8

Next was a vest. A smallish ball was in one pocket, hard, 9

maybe a golf ball.

0

What could she do with a golf ball? Could it be a weapon?

1

A zipper on the pocket. What could she do with a zipper?

2

She’d like to catch his tattooed dick in it!

3

Then a windbreaker. Flimsy. Strong, sickening smell of 4

tobacco on it. And then, her favorite thing to touch, a soft 5

overcoat, possibly cashmere.

6

There were more “treasures” in the overcoat’s pockets. 7

A loose button. Scraps of paper. From a notepad?

8

A ballpoint pen, possibly a Bic. Coins — four quarters, 9

two dimes, a nickel. Unless the coins were foreign? She won0

dered endlessly.

1

There was also a book of matches with a shiny cover and 2

embossed letters.

3

What did the embossed letters say? Could they tell her the 4

city where she was being kept?

5

Also, a lighter.

6

A half pack of mints, which she knew to be cinnamon 7

because she smelled it on her hands.

8

And at the bottom of the pocket — lint, so insigniﬁcant, 9

yet important to her now.

0

306

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 307

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Behind the overcoat were two bundles of his clothing still covered in plastic from the cleaners. A receipt of some kind on the ﬁrst packet. Attached by a staple. She imagined the name of the cleaners, an identiﬁcation number in red, writing by some dry-cleaning store clerk. All of it seemed strangely precious to Lizzie because she had nothing else.

Except a powerful will to live.

And get her revenge on the Wolf.

307

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 308

Chapter 92

I WAS A PART of the large surveillance detail near the house in Highland Park, and I thought we were going to take Lawrence Lipton down soon, maybe within hours. We’d been told that Washington was working with the Dallas police. I stared absently at the house, a large two-story Tudor on about two and a half acres of very expensive real estate. It looked pristine. A redbrick sidewalk went from the street to an arched doorway, which led to a sixteen-room house. The big news that day in Dallas was about a ﬁre in Kessler Park that had incinerated a 64,000-square-foot mega mansion. The Lipton spread was less than a third that size, but it was still impressive, or depressing, or both. It was around nine in the evening. A supervisory agent from the Dallas ofﬁce, Joseph Denyeau, came on my earphones. “We just got word from the director’s ofﬁce. We have to back off immediately. I don’t understand it either. The order 308

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 309

THE BIG BAD WOLF

couldn’t be any clearer, though. Pull back! Everybody head to the ofﬁce. We need to reconnoiter and talk about this.”

I looked at my partner in the car that night, an agent named Bob Shaw. It was pretty obvious that he didn’t understand what the hell had just happened either.

“What was that? ” I asked him.

Shaw shook his head and rolled his eyes. “What do I know? We go back to the ﬁeld ofﬁce, drink some bad coffee, maybe somebody higher up explains it to us, but don’t count on it.”

It took us only ﬁfteen minutes to get to the ﬁeld ofﬁce at that time of night. We ﬁled into a conference room at the ﬁeld ofﬁce, and I saw a lot of weary, confused, and pissed-off agents. Nobody was saying much yet. We’d gotten close to a possible break on this case, and now we’d been ordered to pull back. Nobody seemed to understand why. The ASAC ﬁnally came out of his ofﬁce and joined the rest of us. Joseph Denyeau looked thoroughly disgusted as he threw his dusty cowboy boots up on a conference table. “I have no idea, ” he announced. “Not a clue, folks. Consider yourselves debriefed.”

So about forty agents waited for an explanation of the night’s action, but one didn’t come, or wasn’t “forthcoming,”

as they say. The agent in charge, Roger Nielsen, ﬁnally called D.C. and was told they would get back to us. In the meantime, we were to stand down. We might even be sent home in the morning.

Around eleven o’clock Denyeau got another update from Nielsen and passed it on to us. “They’re working on it,” he said, and smiled wryly.

309

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 310

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Working on what?” somebody called from the back. 2

“Oh, hell, I don’t know, Donnie. Working on their pedi3

cures. Working on getting all of us to quit the Bureau. Then 4

there’ll be no more agents and, I guess, no more embarrass5

ing screwups for the media to report. I’m going to get some 6

sleep. I’d advise all of you to do the same.”

7

That’s what we did.

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

310

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 311

Chapter 93

WE WERE BACK at the ﬁeld ofﬁce by eight the next morning. Several of the agents looked a little messed up after the night off. First thing, Director Burns was on the line from Washington. I was pretty sure the director rarely, if ever, spoke to the troops like this. So why do it now? What was up?

Agents around the room were looking at one another. Brows crinkled, eyebrows arched. No one could fathom why Burns was so involved. Maybe I could. I’d seen the restlessness in him, the dissatisfaction with the ways of the past, even if he couldn’t effectively change them all at once. Burns had started as a street cop in Philadelphia and worked his way up to police commissioner. Maybe he could change things at the Bureau.

“I wanted to explain what happened yesterday,” he said over the speakerphone. Every agent in the room listened intently, myself included. “And I also wanted to apologize to 311

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 312

JAMES PATTERSON

1

all of you. Everything got territorial for a while. The Dallas 2

police, the mayor, even the governor of Texas was involved. 3

The Dallas police asked that we pull back because they didn’t 4

have full conﬁdence in us. I agreed to the action because I 5

wanted to talk it through with them rather than force our 6

presence there.

7

“They didn’t want mistakes, and they weren’t sure that we 8

have the right man. The Lipton family has a good reputation 9

in the city. He’s very well connected. Anyway, Dallas was sur0

prised that we listened to their concerns — and now they’ve 1

backed off again. They respect the team we’ve assembled. 2

“We will continue our action against Lawrence Lipton, 3

and believe me, we’re going to take that bastard down. Then 4

we’re going to take Pasha Sorokin down, the Wolf. I don’t 5

want you to worry about past mistakes. Don’t worry about 6

mistakes at all. Just do your job in Dallas. I have the utmost 7

conﬁdence in you.”

8

Burns went off the line, and just about every agent’s face 9

in the room wore a smile. It was quite magical, actually. The 0

director had said things that some of them had been waiting 1

years to hear; especially welcome was the news that he 2

believed in their ability and wasn’t worried about mistakes. 3

We were back in the game; we were expected to bring down 4

Lawrence Lipton.

5

Minutes after the phone call ended, my cell went off. I 6

answered, and it was Burns himself. “So how’d I do?” he 7

asked. I could hear the smile in his voice. I could also almost 8

see the cocky upturn of his lip when he grinned. He knew 9

how he’d done.

0

312

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 313

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I walked away from the group into a far corner of the room and told him what he wanted to hear. “You did good. They’re pumped to do the job.”

Burns exhaled. “Alex, I want you to turn up the heat on this punk. I sold you hard to Dallas as a key member of the team. They bought you, and your reputation. They know how good we think you are. I want you to make Lawrence Lipton very uncomfortable. Do it your own way.”

I found myself smiling. “I’ll see what I can do.”

“And Alex, contrary to what I said to the others, don’t make any mistakes.”

313

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 314

Chapter 94

DON’T MAKE ANY MISTAKES. It was a hell of an exit line, I had to give him that. Kind of funny, in a sadistic, hard-ass way. I was starting to like Ron Burns again. Couldn’t help myself. But did I trust him?

Somehow, I got the feeling that Burns wasn’t that worried about the mistakes, though. He wanted to catch the kidnappers, especially Pasha Sorokin — even if we didn’t know yet who he really was or where he lived. According to Burns’s orders, all I had to do was ﬁgure out a way to break Lawrence Lipton down, do it in a hurry, and not embarrass the Bureau in any way.

I met with Roger Nielsen on possible strategies — we had already resumed surveillance on Lipton. It was decided that it was time to put real pressure on him, to let him know we were in Dallas and that we knew about him. After Burns’s phone call, I wasn’t surprised that I had been chosen to confront Lipton. 314

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 315

THE BIG BAD WOLF

We decided that I would go and see Lipton at his ofﬁce in the Lakeside Square Building at the intersection of the LBJ

Freeway and the North Central Expressway. The building was twenty stories high, with lots of reﬂective glass. It was practically blinding as I looked skyward in the Texas sunshine. I walked inside at a little past ten in the morning. Lipton’s ofﬁce suite was on the nineteenth ﬂoor. When I got off the elevator, a recorded voice said, “Howdy.”

I stepped into a large reception area with half an acre of wine-colored carpeting, beige walls, and dark brown leather sofas and chairs everywhere. There were framed, signed photos of Roger Staubach, Nolan Ryan, and Tom Landry on the walls.

I was told to wait in reception by a very proper-looking young woman in a dark blue pantsuit. She sat self-importantly behind a sleek walnut desk under recessed lighting. She looked all of twenty-two or twenty-three years old, fresh out of charm school. She acted and spoke as properly as she looked.

“I’ll wait, but let Mr. Lipton know it’s the FBI. It’s important that I see him,” I told her. The receptionist smiled sweetly, as if she’d heard all this before, then she went back to answering the phone calls coming in on her headset. I sat down and waited patiently; I waited for ﬁfteen minutes. Then I got back up again. I strolled over to the reception desk.

“You told Mr. Lipton that I’m here?” I asked politely.

“That I’m with the FBI?”

“I did, sir,” she said in a syrupy voice that was starting to rub me the wrong way.

315

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 316

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I need to see him right now,” I told the girl, and waited 2

until she made another call to Lipton’s assistant. 3

They talked brieﬂy, then she looked back at me. “Do you 4

have identiﬁcation, sir?” she asked. She was frowning now. 5

“I do. They’re called creds.”

6

“May I see it, please? Your creds.” I showed off my new 7

FBI badge, and she looked it over like a fast-food counter8

person inspecting a ﬁfty-dollar bill.

9

“Could you please wait over at the seating area?” she 0

asked again, only now she seemed a little nervous, and I 1

wondered what Lawrence Lipton’s assistant had told her, 2

what her marching orders were.

3

“You don’t seem to understand, or I’m not making myself 4

clear,” I ﬁnally said. “I’m not here to fool around with you, 5

and I’m not here to wait.”

6

The receptionist nodded. “Mr. Lipton is in a meeting. 7

That’s all I know, sir.”

8

I nodded back. “Tell his assistant to pull him out of his 9

meeting right now. Have her tell Mr. Lipton that I’m not here 0

to arrest him yet.”

1

I wandered back to the seating area, but I didn’t bother to 2

sit. I stood there and looked out on magniﬁcent Technicolor 3

green lawns that stretched to the concrete edge of the LBJ

4

Freeway. I was burning inside.

5

I’d just acted like a D.C. street cop. I wondered if Burns 6

would have approved, but it didn’t matter. He’d given me 7

some rope, but I also had made a decision that I wasn’t going 8

to change because I was an FBI agent now. I was in Dallas to 9

bring down a kidnapper; I was here to ﬁnd out if Mrs. Eliza0

beth Connolly and others were alive and maybe being held 316

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 317

THE BIG BAD WOLF

somewhere as slaves. I was back on the Job. I heard a door open behind me and I turned. A heavyset man with graying hair was standing there and he looked angry.

“I’m Lawrence Lipton,” he said. “What the hell is this about?”

317

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 318

Chapter 95

“WHAT THE HELL is this about?” Lipton repeated from the doorway in a loud-mouth, big-shot way. He was speaking to me as if I were a door-to-door brush salesman. “I think you were told that I’m in an important meeting. What does the FBI want with me? And why can’t it wait? Why don’t you have the courtesy to make an appointment?”

There was something about his attitude that didn’t completely track for me. He was trying to be a tough guy, but I didn’t think he was. He was just used to beating up on other businessmen. He wore a rumpled blue dress shirt and a rep tie, pinstriped trousers, and tasseled loafers, and he was at least ﬁfty pounds overweight. What could this man have in common with the Wolf?

I looked at him and said, “It’s about kidnapping; it’s about murder. Do you want to talk about this out here in reception? Sterling. ”

318

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 319

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Lawrence Lipton paled and lost most of his bravado.

“Come inside,” he said, and took a step back. I followed him into an area of cubicles separated by low partitions. Clerical personnel, lots of them. So far this was going about as I’d expected. But now it would get more interesting. Lipton might be “softer” than I had expected, but he had powerful connections in Dallas. This ofﬁce building was in one of the most upscale residential /commercial parts of the city.

“I’m Mr. Potter,” I said, as we walked down a corridor with fabric-covered walls. “At least I played Mr. Potter the last time we talked in the Wolf’s Den.”

Lipton didn’t turn, didn’t respond in any way. We entered a wood-paneled ofﬁce and he shut the door. The large room had half a dozen windows and a panoramic view. A hat rack near the door held a collection of autographed Dallas Cowboy and Texas Ranger caps.

“I still don’t know what this is about, but I’ll give you exactly ﬁve minutes to explain yourself,” he snapped. “I don’t think you know who you’re talking to.”

“Actually, I do. You’re Henry Lipton’s oldest son. You’re married with three children and a nice house in Highland Park. You’re also involved with a kidnapping and murder scheme that we’ve been tracking closely for several weeks. You’re Sterling, and I want you to understand something —

all your connections, all your father’s connections in Dallas, will not help you now. On the other hand, I would like to protect your family as much as possible. That’s up to you. I’m not blufﬁng. I don’t ever bluff. This is a federal crime, not a local one.”

319

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 320

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“I’m going to call my lawyer,” Lawrence Lipton said, and 2

went for the phone.

3

“You have that right. But I wouldn’t if I were you. It won’t 4

do any good.”

5

My tone of voice, something, stopped Lipton from mak6

ing the call. His ﬂabby hand moved away from the phone on 7

his desk. “Why?” he asked.

8

I said, “I don’t care about you. You’re involved in murder. 9

But I’ve seen your kids, your wife. We’ve been watching you 0

at the house. We’ve already spoken to your neighbors and 1

friends. When you’re arrested, your family will be in danger. 2

We can protect them from the Wolf.”

3

Lipton’s face and neck reddened, and he erupted with 4

“What the hell is wrong with you? Are you crazy? I’m a 5

respected businessman. I never kidnapped or harmed 6

another human being in my life. This is crazy.”

7

“You gave the orders. The money came to you. Mr. Potter 8

sent you a hundred and twenty-ﬁve thousand dollars. Or 9

rather, the FBI did.”

0

“I’m calling my lawyer,” Lipton screamed. “This is ridicu1

lous and insulting. I don’t have to take this from anybody.”

2

I shrugged. “Then you’re going down in the worst possible 3

way. These ofﬁces will be searched immediately. And then 4

your home in Highland Park. Your parents’ home in Kessler 5

Park will be searched. Your father’s ofﬁce will be searched. 6

Your wife’s ofﬁces at the museum of art will be searched.”

7

He picked up his phone. I could see that his hand was 8

shaking, though. Then he whispered, “Go fuck yourself.”

9

I pulled out a two-way and spoke into it. “Hit the ofﬁces 0

and the houses,” I said. I turned back to Lipton. “You’re 320

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 321

THE BIG BAD WOLF

under arrest. You can call your lawyer now. Tell him you’ve been taken to the FBI ofﬁces.”

Minutes later, a dozen agents stormed into the ofﬁce, with its gorgeous city views and stylish and expensive furnishings. We arrested Sterling.

321

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 322

Chapter 96

PASHA SOROKIN WAS CLOSE BY, and he was watching everyone and everything with great interest. Maybe it was time to show the FBI how these things were done in Moscow, to show them that this wasn’t a child’s game to be played with rules made up by the police.

He had been there outside Sterling’s ofﬁce building in Dallas when the FBI team rushed inside. More than a dozen of them came calling. A strange assemblage, to be sure: some dressed in dark business suits, others in dark blue windbreakers with FBI boldly imprinted on the back. Who did they really expect to ﬁnd here? The Wolf? Others from the Wolf’s Den?

They had no concept of what they were getting themselves into. Their dark sedans and vans were parked in plain view on the street. Less than ﬁfteen minutes after they had entered the ofﬁce building, they came out with Lawrence Lipton in handcuffs, pathetically trying to shield his face. 322

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 323

THE BIG BAD WOLF

What a scene. They wanted to make a show of this, didn’t they? Why do that? he wondered. To prove how tough they were? How smart? But they weren’t smart. I will show you how tough and smart you need to be. I will show you how lack- ing you are in every way.

He instructed his driver to start the car. The wheelman did not look around at his boss in the backseat. He said nothing. He knew not to question orders. The Wolf’s ways were strange and unorthodox, but they worked.

“Drive past them,” he ordered. “I want to say hello.”

The FBI agents were casting nervous looks around the street as they led Lawrence Lipton toward a waiting van. A black man walked beside Sterling. Tall and strangely conﬁdent. Pasha Sorokin knew from his informant in the Bureau that this was Alex Cross, and that he was held in high regard. How was it possible that a black man was given command of the raid? he wondered. In Russia, the American Negro was looked down upon. Sorokin had never gotten past his own prejudice; there was no reason to in the U.S.

“Get me close!” he told the driver. He lowered the rear passenger-side window. The second Cross and Lipton had passed his car, Sorokin thrust out an automatic weapon and aimed it at the back of Sterling’s head. Then an amazing thing — something he hadn’t anticipated — happened. Alex Cross threw Lipton down onto the pavement, and they both rolled behind a parked car. How had Cross known?

What had he seen to alert him?

Sorokin ﬁred anyway, but he didn’t really have a clear shot. Still, the gunshot rang out loudly. He had delivered a message. Sterling wasn’t safe. Sterling was a dead man. 323

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 324

Chapter 97

WE TRANSPORTED LAWRENCE LIPTON to the Dallas ﬁeld ofﬁce and held him there. I threatened to transfer him to Washington if there was any interference from the local police or even the press. I struck a deal with them. I promised Dallas detectives they’d have their turn with Lipton. As soon as I was done.

At eleven o’clock that night I slumped into a windowless interview room. It was sterile and claustrophobic, and I felt as if I’d been there a couple hundred times before. I nodded to Lawrence Lipton. He didn’t respond; he looked just awful. Probably I did too.

“We can help you, your family. We’ll keep them safe. Nobody else can help you now,” I said. “That’s the truth.”

Lipton ﬁnally spoke to me. “I don’t want to talk to you again. I already told you, I’m not involved in any of the shit 324

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 325

THE BIG BAD WOLF

you say I am. I’m not going to talk anymore. Get my lawyer.”

He waved me away.

For the past seven hours he’d been questioned by other FBI agents. This was my third session, and it wasn’t getting easier. His lawyers were in the building, but they’d backed off. They had been informed that he could be formally charged with kidnapping and conspiracy to commit murder and immediately transported to Washington. His father was also in the building but had been denied access to his son. I’d interviewed Henry Lipton, and he had wept and insisted his son’s arrest was a mistake.

I sat down across from Lawrence. “Your father is in the building. Would you like to see him?” I asked. He laughed. “Sure. All I have to do is admit that I’m a kidnapper and murderer. Then I can see my father and ask his forgiveness for my sins.”

I ignored the sarcasm. He wasn’t very good at it. “You know we can conﬁscate the records of your father’s company, shut it down? Also, your father is a likely target for the Wolf. We’re not here to hurt your family members,” I added. “Not unless your father is involved in this too.”

He shook his head, kept his eyes lowered. “My father has never been in trouble.”

“That’s what I keep hearing,” I said. “I’ve read a lot about you and your family in the past day or so. Gone all the way back to your school days at Texas. You were involved in a couple of scrapes in Austin. Two date rapes. Neither case went to trial. Your father saved you then. It won’t happen this time.”

325

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 326

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Lawrence Lipton didn’t respond. His eyes were dead, and 2

he looked as if he hadn’t slept in days. His blue dress shirt 3

was as wrinkled as a used tissue, soaked with perspiration at 4

the underarms. His hair was wet, dripping little rivers of 5

moisture down to his shirt collar and sideburns. The skin 6

under his eyes sagged and had a purplish tint in the harsh 7

interrogation room light.

8

He ﬁnally said, “I don’t want my family hurt. Leave my 9

father out of this. Get him protection.”

0

I nodded. “Okay, Lawrence. Where do we start? I’m ready 1

to put your family in protective custody until we catch him.”

2

“And afterward?” he asked. “It doesn’t stop with him.”

3

“We’ll protect your family.”

4

Lipton sighed loudly, then said, “All right, I’m the money5

man. I’m Sterling. I might be able to get you to the Wolf. But 6

I need promises in writing. Lots of promises.”

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

326

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 327

Chapter 98

I WAS HEADING into the deepest darkness again, attracted to it as most people are attracted to sunlight. I kept thinking about Elizabeth Connolly, still missing and feared dead. Lipton’s father visited him a couple of times and the two men wept together. Mrs. Lipton was allowed to see her husband. There was a lot of crying among the family members, and most of the emotions seemed genuine. I was in the interrogation room with Sterling until a little past three in the morning. I was prepared to stay later, as long as it took to get the information I needed. Several deals were struck with his lawyers during the night. At around two, with most of the lawyering done, Lipton and I sat down to talk again. Two senior agents from the Dallas ﬁeld ofﬁce were in the room with us. They were only there to take notes and tape-record.

This was my interview to conduct.

327

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 328

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“How did you get involved with the Wolf?” I asked 2

Lawrence Lipton, after a few minutes during which I empha3

sized my concern for his family. He seemed clearer headed 4

and more focused than he’d been a few hours before. I sensed 5

that a weight had been lifted from him. Guilt, betrayal of his 6

family — especially his father? His school records revealed 7

he was a bright but troubled student. His problems always 8

centered on an obsession with sex, but he’d never received a 9

day of treatment. Lawrence Lipton was a freak. 0

“How did I get involved?” he repeated, seeming to be ask1

ing the question of himself. “I have a thing for young girls, 2

you see. Teens, preteens. There’s lots of it available these 3

days. The Internet opened new sources.”

4

“For what? Be as concrete as you can, Lawrence.”

5

He shrugged. “For freaks like myself. Nowadays we can 6

get what we want when we want it. And I know how to 7

search for the nastiest sites. At ﬁrst I settled for photos and 8

movies. I especially liked real-time ﬁlms.”

9

“We found some. In your ofﬁce at home.”

0

“One day a man came to see me. He came to the ofﬁce, 1

just like you did.”

2

“To blackmail you?” I asked.

3

Lipton shook his head. “No, not blackmail. He said he 4

wanted to know what I really wanted. Sexually. And that he 5

would help me get it. I threw him out. He came back the next 6

day. He had records of everything I’d bought on the Internet. 7

‘So what do you really want?’ he asked again. I wanted young 8

girls. Pretty ones, with no strings attached, no rules. He sup9

plied me with two or three a month. Exactly what I fanta0

328

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 329

THE BIG BAD WOLF

sized. Color of hair, shape of breasts, shoe size, freckles, anything I desired.”

“What happened to the girls? Did you murder them? You have to tell me.”

“I’m not a killer. I liked to see the girls get off. Some did. We’d party, then they would be released. Always. They didn’t know who I was or where I was from.”

“So you were satisﬁed with the arrangement?”

Lipton nodded and his eyes lit up. “Very. I’d been dreaming of this my whole life. The reality was as good as the fantasy. Of course, there was a price.”

“A bill had to be paid?”

“Oh, yeah. I got to meet the Wolf, at least I think it was him. He had sent an emissary to my ofﬁce in the early days. But then he came to see me. In person, he was very scary. Red Maﬁya, he said. The KGB came up, but I don’t know what his connection to them was.”

“What did he want from you?”

“To go into business with him, to be a partner. He needed my company’s expertise with computers and the Internet. The sex club was secondary with him, a throw-in. He was heavily into extortion, money laundering, counterfeiting. The club was my thing. Once our deal was struck, I went looking for wealthy freaks who wanted their dreams fulﬁlled. Freaks who were willing to spend six ﬁgures for a slave, male, female, didn’t matter. Sometimes a speciﬁc target, sometimes a physical type.”

“To murder?” I asked Lipton.

“Whatever they wanted. Let me tell you where I think he 329

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 330

JAMES PATTERSON

1

was going with the club. He wanted to involve very rich, 2

powerful men. We already had one, a senator from West Vir3

ginia. He had big plans.”

4

“Does the Wolf live in Dallas?” I ﬁnally asked. “You’ve got 5

to help me if you want my help.”

6

Lipton shook his head. “He isn’t from around here. He 7

doesn’t live in Dallas. Not in Texas. He’s a mystery man.”

8

“But you know where he is?”

9

He hesitated but ﬁnally went on. “He doesn’t know that I 0

know. He’s smart, but not about computers. I tracked him 1

once. He was sure his messages were secure, but I had them 2

cracked. I needed to have something on him.”

3

Then Sterling told me where he thought I could ﬁnd the 4

Wolf. And also, who he was. If I could believe what he was 5

saying, Sterling knew the name Pasha Sorokin was using in 6

the United States.

7

It was Ari Manning.

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

330

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 331

Chapter 99

I SAT HIGH in the cockpit of a luxury cabin cruiser in the Intercoastal Waterway near Millionaires Row in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Were we close to the Wolf now? I needed to believe that we were. Sterling swore to it, and he had no reason to lie to us, did he? He had every reason to tell the truth. Sightseers came here on motorboat tours, so I ﬁgured we wouldn’t be noticed right away. Besides, darkness was starting to fall. We drove past mansions that were mostly Mediterranean or Portuguese style, but an occasional Georgian Colonial supposedly signaled “northern money.” We’d been warned to tread lightly, not to rufﬂe feathers in this wealthy neighborhood, which, frankly, wouldn’t be possible. We were going to rufﬂe a lot of feathers in a few minutes. Onboard the cruiser with me were Ned Mahoney and two of his seven-person assault teams. Mahoney didn’t ordinarily go on missions himself, but since Baltimore, the director 331

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 332

JAMES PATTERSON

1

had been changing that. The FBI had to get stronger in the 2

ﬁeld.

3

I watched a large waterfront house through binoculars as 4

our boat approached a dock. Several expensive yachts and 5

speedboats bobbed in the water nearby. We had secured a 6

ﬂoor plan of the house and learned it had been purchased for 7

twenty-four million two years ago. Don’t rufﬂe any feathers. 8

A large party was in progress at the estate, which belonged 9

to Ari Manning. According to Sterling, he was Pasha Sorokin, 0

the Wolf.

1

“Looks like everybody’s having a ﬁne old time,” Mahoney 2

said from the deck. “Man, I love a good party. Food, music, 3

dancing, bubbly.”

4

“Yeah, it’s jumping. And the surprise guests haven’t even 5

shown up,” I said.

6

Ari Manning was known around Fort Lauderdale and 7

Miami for the parties he hosted, sometimes a couple a week. 8

His extravaganzas were famous for their surprises — sur9

prise guests, like the coaches of the Miami Dolphins and the 0

Miami Heat; hot musical and comedy acts from Las Vegas; 1

politicians and diplomats and ambassadors, even right up to 2

the White House.

3

“Guess we’re tonight’s surprise special guests,” Mahoney 4

said, and grinned at me.

5

“Flown in all the way from Dallas,” I said. “With our en6

tourage of fourteen.”

7

The guests, the nature of the glitzy party itself, made the 8

operation tense, which was probably why Mahoney and I felt 9

compelled to make a few jokes. We’d talked about waiting, 0

but HRT wanted to go in now, while we knew the Wolf was 332

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 333

THE BIG BAD WOLF

there. The director agreed, and had actually made the ﬁnal decision.

A guy in a ridiculous sailor suit was vigorously waving us away from the dock. We kept coming. “What’s this asshole on the dock want?” Mahoney asked me.

“We’re full up! You’re too late!” the man on the dock shouted to us. His voice carried above the music blasting from the back part of the mansion.

“Party doesn’t start without us,” Ned Mahoney called back. Then he tooted the horn.

“No, no! Don’t come in here!” Sailor Suit yelled. “Get away!”

Mahoney tooted the horn again.

The cruiser bumped a Bertram speeder, and the guy on the dock looked as if he were going to have a stroke. “Jesus, be careful. This is a private party! You can’t just come in here. Are you friends of Mr. Manning?”

Mahoney tooted again. “Absolutely. Here’s my invitation.”

He pulled out his ID and his gun.

I was already off the boat and running toward the house. 333

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 334

Chapter 100

I PUSHED MY WAY through the crowd of very well-heeled partygoers making their way to candlelit tables. Dinner was being served now. Steak and lobsters, lots of champagne, and pricey wine. Everybody seemed to have worn their Dolce & Gabbana, their Versace, their Yves Saint Laurent couture. I had on faded jeans and a blue FBI windbreaker. Coiffed heads turned and eyes ﬂashed at me as if I were a party crasher. I was. The party crasher from hell. These people had no idea.

“FBI,” Mahoney called from behind as he led his heavily armed teams into the crowd.

I knew from Sterling what Pasha Sorokin looked like, and I headed his way. He was right there. The Wolf had on an expensive gray suit, a blue cashmere T-shirt. He was talking to two men near a billowing blue-and-yellow-striped canopy where the grills were working. Enormous cuts of meat and 334

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 335

THE BIG BAD WOLF

ﬁsh were being prepared by smiling, sweaty chefs, all of them black or Hispanic.

I pulled out my Glock, and Pasha Sorokin stared at me without moving a muscle. He just stared. Didn’t make a move, didn’t try to run. Then he smiled, as if he’d been expecting me and was glad I’d ﬁnally arrived. What was with this guy?

I saw him ﬂash a hand signal to a white-haired man whose arm was draped around a curvy blonde less than half his age.

“Atticus!” Sorokin called, and the man scurried over faster than kitchen help.

“I’m Atticus Stonestrom, Mr. Manning’s lawyer,” he said.

“You have absolutely no reason to be here, to barge into Mr. Manning’s house like this. You’re completely out of line, and I’m asking you to leave.”

“Not going to happen. Let’s move this private party inside. Just the three of us,” I said to Stonestrom and Sorokin.

“Unless you want the arrest to take place in front of all these guests.”

The Wolf looked at his lawyer, then shrugged as if this were no big deal to him. He started to walk toward the house. Then he turned, pretending he’d just remembered something.

“Your little boy’s name,” he said. “It’s also Alex, isn’t it?”

335

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 336

Chapter 101

SHE WASN’T DEAD! How good was that? How amazing?

Elizabeth Connolly was lost in her own world again, and it was the best place. She was walking a perfect beach on Oahu’s north shore. She was picking up the most amazing seashells, one after the other, comparing the textures. Then she heard shouts — “FBI!” She couldn’t believe it. The FBI was here? At the house? Her heart pounded, then nearly stopped, then pounded again even harder. Had they ﬁnally come to rescue her? Why else would they be here? OhmygoodGod!

Lizzie began to shake all over. Tears spilled down her cheeks. They had to ﬁnd her and let her out now. The Wolf’s arrogance was about to burn him down!

I’m in here. I’m here! I’m right here!

The party got terribly quiet suddenly. Everyone was whis336

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 337

THE BIG BAD WOLF

pering, and it was hard to hear. But she deﬁnitely heard

“FBI,” and theories as to why they were here. “Drugs.” Everyone seemed to think so. Lizzie prayed this wasn’t about drugs. What if they took the Wolf to jail? She would be left here. She couldn’t stop shaking.

She had to let the FBI know she was here. But how? She was always bound and gagged. They were so close. . . . I’m in the closet! Please look in the closet!

She had imagined dozens of escape plans, but only after the Wolf opened the door and leashed her to go to the bathroom or walk in the main part of the house. Lizzie knew there was no way to get out of the locked closet. Not tied up the way she was. She didn’t know how to signal the FBI. Then she heard someone making a loud announcement. A male. Deep voice. Calm and in control.

“I’m Agent Mahoney with the FBI. Everyone leave the main house immediately. Please assemble on the back lawns. Everyone is to leave the house now! No one leaves the grounds.”

Lizzie heard shoes scraping the hardwood ﬂoors — rapid footsteps. People were leaving. Then what? She’d be all alone. If they took the Wolf away . . . what would happen to her? There had to be something she could do to let the FBI know she was in here. What?

Someone named Atticus Stonestrom was talking loudly. Then she heard the Wolf speak, and it chilled her. He was still in the house. Arguing with someone. She couldn’t tell who, or exactly what they were saying.

337

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 338

JAMES PATTERSON

1

What can I do? Something! Anything!

2

What, what?

3

What haven’t I thought of before?

4

And then Lizzie had an idea. Actually, she’d had it before 5

but always dismissed it.

6

Because it scared the hell out of her.

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

338

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 339

Chapter 102

“I’M GLAD YOU’RE HERE to see this for yourself, Atticus,”

the Wolf said to his lawyer. “This is such bullshit harassment. My businesses are beyond reproach. You know that better than anyone. This is highly insulting.” He looked at me. “Do you know how many business associates you’ve insulted at this party?”

I was still restraining myself from responding to his threat to my family, to Little Alex. I didn’t want to take him down; I wanted to take him out.

“Trust me, this isn’t harassment,” I told the lawyer. “We’re here to arrest your client for kidnapping.”

Sorokin rolled his eyes. “Are you people mad? Do you know who I am?” he asked. Jesus, I’d heard almost the same speech in Dallas.

“As a matter of fact, I do,” I said. “Your real name is Pasha 339

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 340

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Sorokin, not Ari Manning. Some people say you’re the Rus2

sian godfather. You’re the Wolf.”

3

Sorokin heard me out, then he laughed a crazy laugh. 4

“You are such fools. You, especially.” He pointed at me. “You 5

just don’t get it.”

6

Suddenly there were shouts coming from one of the other 7

rooms on the ﬁrst ﬂoor. “Fire!” someone was yelling. 8

“C’mon, Alex!” Mahoney said. He and I left Sorokin with 9

three other agents and ran to see what the hell was going on. 0

How could there be a ﬁre? Now?

1

There was a ﬁre. It seemed to have started in the large 2

study off the main living room, in a closet. Swirls of smoke 3

came from under the door. A lot of smoke. 4

I grabbed the doorknob, which was hot. The closet was 5

locked. I lowered my shoulder and hit the door hard. I 6

slammed into it again. The wood cracked this time. I hit it 7

once more, and the door collapsed. Thick black smoke bil8

lowed out.

9

I stepped up close and tried to peer inside. Then I saw 0

something move.

1

Someone was in there. I could see a face. 2

Elizabeth Connolly was in there — and she was on ﬁre!

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

340

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 341

Chapter 103

I TOOK A BREATH, then lunged forward into the cloud of smoke and heat. I felt the skin on my face begin to burn. I forced myself inside the walk-in closet. Stooped down. I grabbed Elizabeth Connolly in my arms and stumbled backward out of the closet with her. My eyes were tearing, and my face felt blistered. Elizabeth’s eyes were open wide as I removed her gag. Ned Mahoney worked on the rope bindings around her arms.

“Thank you,” she whispered in a voice hoarse with smoke. “Oh, thank you,” she gasped.

Tears ran from her eyes, smudging the soot on her cheeks. My heart thumped a wild beat as I held her hand and waited for the paramedics to come. I couldn’t believe she was alive, but it made everything worthwhile.

I only got to savor the feeling for a few seconds. Shots 341

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 342

JAMES PATTERSON

1

rang out. I ran from the den, turned the corner, and saw two 2

agents down but alive.

3

“Bodyguard came in ﬁring,” the closest agent told me. 4

“He and Manning ran upstairs.”

5

I hurried up the stairs with Ned Mahoney following close 6

behind. Why would the Wolf go upstairs? It didn’t make 7

sense to me. More agents joined us. We searched every room. 8

Nothing! We couldn’t ﬁnd the Wolf or the bodyguard. Why 9

had they run upstairs?

0

Mahoney and I did another full walk-through of all the 1

rooms on the second and third ﬂoors. Fort Lauderdale police 2

had begun to arrive and helped secure the house. 3

“I don’t see how he got out of here,” Mahoney said. We 4

were huddled together in the second-ﬂoor hallway, puzzled 5

and disgusted.

6

“Has to be a way out up here somewhere. Let’s look again.”

7

We retraced our steps down the second-ﬂoor hallway, 8

checking in several guest bedrooms. At the far end of the hall 9

was another stairway, probably used by the help. We’d 0

already searched it. Sealed it off at the bottom. Then it struck 1

me: a small detail I had overlooked.

2

I hurried down to the ﬁrst landing. There was a casement 3

window and a window seat there. It was just as I’d remem4

bered. Two small cushions on the ﬂoor. I opened the cover of 5

the window seat.

6

Ned Mahoney groaned out loud. He saw what I’d found. 7

The escape route. The Wolf had gotten out!

8

“He might still be in here. Let’s see where this goes,” I 9

said. Then I lowered myself into the opening. There were 0

342

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 343

THE BIG BAD WOLF

narrow wooden stairs, a half dozen of them. Mahoney held a ﬂashlight on me as I climbed down.

“It’s here, Ned,” I called back to him. I saw how they’d made it out. A window was open. I could see water a few feet below.

“They went into the Intercoastal,” I called up to Mahoney.

“They’re in the water!”

343

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 344

Chapter 104

I JOINED THE FRANTIC search in the waterway and the rest of the neighborhood, but it was already dark. Mahoney and I raced up and down narrow estate-lined streets. Then we drove along nearby Las Olas Boulevard, hoping that someone had spotted two men in soaking-wet clothes. But no one had seen the Wolf or his bodyguard. I wouldn’t give up. I went back to the Isla Bahia estates area. Something was wrong. Why hadn’t anyone spotted two men ﬁtting that description? I wondered if they had diving gear in the cellar alcove. How thoroughly had the Wolf planned his escape? What precautions had he taken?

Then I let my mind go in a different direction: He’s arro- gant and fearless. He didn’t believe we’d ﬁnd him and come here to take him down. He didn’t have an escape route! So maybe he’s still hiding in Isla Bahia.

344

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 345

THE BIG BAD WOLF

I passed my ideas on to HRT, but they’d already begun to go door-to-door at the estates. There were now dozens of agents and local police combing the exclusive neighborhood in Fort Lauderdale. I wouldn’t give up, wouldn’t let the others quit. Whatever drove me — perseverance? stubbornness? — had paid off before. But we didn’t ﬁnd the Wolf, or anyone who’d seen him in Isla Bahia.

“There’s nothing? No sign? Nobody saw anything?” I asked Mahoney.

“Nothing,” Mahoney said. “We found a cocker spaniel on the loose. That’s it.”

“We know who owns the dog?” I asked.

Mahoney rolled his eyes. I didn’t blame him. “I’ll check.”

He went away and came back after a couple of minutes.

“It belongs to a Mr. and Mrs. Steve Davis. The Davises live at the end of the street. We’ll bring them their dog. Satisﬁed?”

I shook my head. “Not really. Let’s the two of us return the dog,” I said. “I don’t know why a dog would be loose this late at night. Is the family home?”

“Doesn’t look like it. The lights are off at the house. C’mon, Alex. Jesus. This is hopeless. You’re clutching at straws. Pasha Sorokin is gone.”

“Let’s go. Get the dog,” I said. “We’re going to the Davis house.”

345

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 346

Chapter 105

WE HAD STARTED TOWARD the Davis house with the brown-and-white cocker spaniel when a report came over the two-way: “Two suspicious males. Heading toward Las Olas Boulevard. They’ve spotted us! We’re in pursuit.”

We were only a few blocks from the shopping district and got there in minutes. The cocker spaniel was barking in the backseat. Fort Lauderdale police patrol cars and FBI sedans had already formed a tight ring around a Gap clothing store. More patrol cars were arriving, their sirens screaming in the night. The street was crowded, and the local police were having trouble stopping pedestrian ﬂow. Mahoney drove up to the blockade. We left a window cracked for the dog. He and I jumped out and ran toward the Gap. We were wearing ﬂak jackets, carrying handguns. The store lights were blazing. I could see people inside. But not the Wolf. Not the bodyguard either. 346

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 347

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“We think it’s him,” an agent told us when we got up close to the store.

“How many gunmen inside?” I asked.

“We count two. Two that we know about. Could be more. There’s a lot of confusion.”

“Yeah, no shit,” said Mahoney. “I get that impression.”

For the next few minutes nothing useful happened —

except that more Lauderdale patrol cars arrived on the scene. So did a heavily armed and armored SWAT unit. A hostage negotiator showed up. Then a pair of news helicopters began to hover over the Gap and surrounding stores.

“Nobody’s answering the goddamn phone inside,” the negotiator reported. “It just rings.”

Mahoney looked questioningly at me and I shrugged.

“We don’t even know if it’s them inside.”

The negotiator took up a bullhorn. “This is the Fort Lauderdale police. Come out of the store now. We’re not going to negotiate. Come out with your hands up. Whoever’s in there, get out now!”

The approach sounded wrong to me. Too confrontational. I walked up to the negotiator. “I’m FBI, Agent Cross. Do we need to back him into a corner? He’s violent. He’s extremely dangerous.”

The negotiator was a stocky guy with a thick mustache; he was wearing a ﬂak jacket, but it wasn’t secured. “Get the fuck away from me!” he shouted in my face.

“This is a federal case,” I shouted right back. I grabbed the bullhorn out of his hand. The negotiator went at me with his ﬁsts, but Mahoney wrestled him to the ground. The press was watching; to hell with them. We had a job to do here. 347

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 348

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“This is the FBI!” I said into the bullhorn. “I want to talk 2

to Pasha Sorokin.”

3

Then suddenly the strangest thing of the night happened, 4

and it had been a very strange night. I almost couldn’t believe it. 5

Two men emerged from the front door of the Gap. 6

They held their hands in front of their faces, shielding 7

them from the cameras, or maybe from us. 8

“Get down on the ground!” I shouted at them. They didn’t 9

comply.

0

But then I could see — it was Sorokin and the bodyguard. 1

“We’re not armed,” Sorokin yelled, loudly enough for every2

body to hear. “We’re innocent citizens. We have no guns.”

3

I didn’t know whether to believe him. None of us knew 4

what to make of this. The TV helicopter over our heads was 5

getting too close.

6

“What’s he doing?” Mahoney asked me.

7

“Don’t know . . . Get down! ” I shouted again. 8

The Wolf and the bodyguard continued to walk toward 9

us. Slowly and carefully.

0

I moved ahead with Mahoney. We had our guns out. Was 1

this a trick? What could they try with dozens of riﬂes and 2

handguns aimed at them?

3

The Wolf smiled when he saw me. Why the hell was he 4

smiling?

5

“So, you caught us,” he called out. “Big deal! It doesn’t 6

matter, you know. I have a surprise for you, FBI. Ready? My 7

name is Pasha Sorokin. But I’m not the Wolf.” He laughed. 8

“I’m just some guy shopping in the Gap. My clothes got wet. 9

I’m not the Wolf, Mr. FBI. Is that funny or what? Does it make 0

your day? It makes mine. And it will make the Wolf’s too.”

348

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 349

Chapter 106

PASHA SOROKIN wasn’t the Wolf. Was that possible? There was no way to know for sure. Over the next forty-eight hours it was conﬁrmed that the men we had captured in Florida were Pasha Sorokin and Ruslan Federov. They were Red Maﬁya, but both claimed never to have met the real Wolf. They said they had played the “parts” they were given —

stand-in roles, according to them. Now they were willing to make the best deals they could.

There was no way for us to know for sure what was going on, but the deal-making went on for two days. The Bureau liked to make deals. I didn’t. Contacts were made inside the Maﬁya; more doubts were raised about Pasha Sorokin’s being the Wolf. Finally, the CIA operatives who’d gotten the Wolf out of Russia were found and brought to Pasha’s cell. They said he wasn’t the man they’d help get out of the Soviet Union.

349

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 350

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Then it was Sorokin who gave us a name we wanted —

2

one that blew my mind completely, blew everybody’s minds. 3

It was part of his “deal.”

4

He gave us Sphinx.

5

The next morning, four teams of FBI agents waited out6

side Sphinx’s house until he left for work. We had agreed not 7

to take him inside the house. I wouldn’t let it go down that 8

way. I just couldn’t do it.

9

We all felt that Lizzie Connolly and her daughters had 0

been through more than enough pain already. They didn’t 1

need to see Brendan Connolly — Sphinx — arrested at the 2

family house in Buckhead. They didn’t need to ﬁnd out the 3

awful truth about him like that.

4

I sat in a dark blue sedan parked two blocks up the street 5

but with a view of the large Georgian-style house. I was feel6

ing numb. I remembered the ﬁrst time I’d been there. I 7

recalled my talk with the girls, and then with Brendan Con8

nolly in his den. His grief had seemed heartfelt, as genuine as 9

his young daughters.

0

Of course, no one had suspected he had betrayed his wife, 1

sold her to another man. Pasha Sorokin had met Elizabeth at a 2

party in the Connolly house. He’d wanted her; Brendan Con3

nolly didn’t. The judge had been having affairs for years. 4

Elizabeth reminded Sorokin of the model Claudia Schiffer, 5

who had appeared on billboards all over Moscow during his 6

gangster days. So the horrifying trade was made. A husband 7

had sold his own wife into captivity; he’d gotten rid of her in 8

the worst way imaginable. How could he have hated Eliza9

beth so much? And how could she have loved him?

0

Ned Mahoney was in the car with me, waiting for action: 350

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 351

THE BIG BAD WOLF

the takedown of Sphinx. If we couldn’t have the Wolf yet, he was our second choice — the consolation prize.

“I wonder if Elizabeth knew about her husband’s secret life?” Mahoney muttered.

“Maybe she suspected something. They didn’t sleep together regularly. When I visited the house, Connolly showed me the den. There was a bed in there. Unmade.”

“Think he’ll go to work today?” Mahoney asked. He was calmly munching an apple. A very cool head to work with.

“He knows we took down Sorokin and Federov. I ﬁgure he’ll be cautious. He’ll probably play it straight. Hard to tell.”

“Maybe we should take him at the house. You think?” He bit into his apple again. “Alex?”

I shook my head. “I can’t do it, Ned. Not to his family.”

“Okay. Just asking, buddy.”

We waited. A little past nine, Brendan Connolly ﬁnally came out the front door of the house. He walked to a silver Porsche Boxster parked in the circular driveway. He had on a blue suit, carried a black gym bag. He was whistling.

“Scumbag!” Mahoney whispered. Then he spoke into his two-way: “This is Alpha One . . . we have Sphinx leaving the house. He’s getting into a Porsche. Prepare to converge. Vehicle license is V6T-81K.”

We heard back immediately. “This is Braves One . . . we have Sphinx in full sight too. We’ve got him covered. He’s ours.”

Then, “Braves Three in place at second intersect. We’re waiting on him.”

“Should be about ten to ﬁfteen seconds. He’s heading down the street. Making a right.”

351

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 352

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I spoke very calmly to Mahoney. “I want to take him 2

down, Ned.”

3

He looked straight ahead through the windshield. Didn’t 4

answer me. But he didn’t say no.

5

I watched the Porsche proceed at a normal speed to the 6

next cross street. The Boxster eased into the turn. And then 7

Brendan Connolly ran!

8

“Oh, boy,” said Mahoney, and tossed away his apple. 9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

352

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 353

Chapter 107

A MESSAGE CAME OVER the shortwave. “Suspect is going southeast. He must have seen us!”

I gunned our car in the direction the Porsche had disappeared. I managed to get the sedan up to sixty-ﬁve on the narrow, winding street lined with gated McMansions. I still couldn’t see the silver Porsche up ahead.

“I’m heading east,” I said into the two-way. “I’ll take a chance he’s trying to get to the highway.” I didn’t know what else to do. I passed several cars coming the other way on the quiet street. A couple of drivers sat on their horns. That’s what I would have done too. I was going seventy-ﬁve miles an hour in a residential area.

“I see him!” Mahoney yelled.

I stepped down hard on the gas. I was ﬁnally making up some ground. I spotted a blue sedan approaching the Porsche from the east. It was Braves Two. We had Brendan Connolly 353

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 354

JAMES PATTERSON

1

from two sides. Now the question was whether or not he’d 2

give up.

3

Suddenly the Porsche shot right off the road and into a 4

thicket of bushes that rose higher than the car’s roof. The 5

Porsche tilted forward, then disappeared down a steep slope. 6

I didn’t slow down until the last second, then I braked 7

hard and went into a controlled shudder and spin. 8

“Jesus Christ!” Mahoney shouted from the passenger seat. 9

“Thought you were HRT,” I said.

0

Mahoney laughed. “All right then, partner! Let’s go get 1

the bad guy!”

2

I steered the sedan through the bushes and found myself 3

on a steep hill dotted with large rocks and trees. When the 4

ﬁrst branches cleared, I still had limited vision because of all 5

the other trees. Then I saw the Porsche smack into a midsize 6

oak and carom to one side. The car slid sideways another 7

ﬁfty feet before it ﬁnally stopped.

8

Sphinx was down.

9

Let’s go get the bad guy!

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

354

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 355

Chapter 108

MAHONEY AND I WANTED Sphinx, and it was personal with me, maybe with both of us. I let our sedan roll another ﬁfty or sixty yards. Then I braked and the car stopped. Mahoney and I jumped out. We almost slid down the steep hill, which was slippery with mud.

“Crazy son of a bitch!” Ned Mahoney shouted, as we stumbled ahead.

“What choice did he have? He had to run.”

“I mean you. You’re crazy! What a ride.”

We saw Brendan Connolly lurch out of the damaged Porsche. He held a handgun aimed our way. Connolly ﬁred off two quick shots. He wasn’t good with a gun, but he was shooting real bullets.

“Son of a bitch!” Mahoney ﬁred a shot and hit the Porsche — just to show Connolly that we could shoot him if we wanted to.

355

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 356

JAMES PATTERSON

1

“Put the gun down,” Mahoney shouted. “Put the gun down!”

2

Brendan Connolly started to run down the hill, but he 3

was stumbling a lot. Mahoney and I kept gaining on him 4

until we were only thirty yards or so behind. 5

“Let me,” I said.

6

Brendan Connolly looked back over his shoulder just 7

then. I could tell he was tired, scared, or both. His legs and 8

arms were pumping in a disjointed rhythm. He might work 9

out in some gym, but he wasn’t ready for this. 0

“Get back! I’ll shoot!” he shouted — almost right into my 1

face.

2

I hit him, and it was like a speeding tractor-trailer back3

ending a barely moving compact. Connolly went down, 4

rolling crazily. I stayed upright. Didn’t even lose my balance. 5

This was the good part. It almost made up for some of our 6

misses and failures.

7

Connolly’s ignominious roll ﬁnally stopped after twenty 8

feet, but then he made his biggest mistake — he got back up. 9

I was on him in a second. I was all over Sphinx, and it was 0

where I wanted to be. Mano a mano with this bastard. He had 1

sold his own wife — the mother of his children. 2

I threw a hard right-handed shot into the bridge of Con3

nolly’s nose. The perfect shot, or close to it. Probably broke 4

it, from the crunch I heard. He went down on one knee —

5

but he got up again. Former college jock. Former tough guy. 6

Current asshole.

7

His nose was hanging to one side. Good deal. I threw an 8

uppercut into the pit of Connolly’s stomach and liked the 9

feeling so much I threw another. I crunched another right 0

356

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 357

THE BIG BAD WOLF

into his gut, which was softening to the touch. Then a quick, hard hook to his cheek. I was getting stronger. I jabbed his broken nose and Connolly moaned. I jabbed again. I looped a roundhouse at his chin, connected, bull’seye. Brendan Connolly’s blue eyes rolled back into his forehead. The lights went out and he dropped into the mud and stayed there, where he belonged.

I heard a voice behind me. “That how it’s done in D.C.?”

Mahoney asked from a few yards up the hill. I looked up at him. “That’s how it’s done, Natty Bumppo. Hope you took notes.”

357

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 358

Chapter 109

THE NEXT COUPLE OF WEEKS were quiet — disturbingly, maddeningly so. I found out I was being assigned to headquarters in Washington, as deputy director of Investigations under Director Burns. “A big fat plum,” I was told by everybody. It sounded like a desk job to me, and I didn’t want that. I wanted the Wolf. I wanted the street. I wanted action. I hadn’t come over to the Bureau to be a desk jockey in the Hoover Building.

I was given a week off, and Nana, the kids, and I went everywhere together. There was a lot of tension in the house, though. We were waiting to hear what Christine Johnson was going to do.

Every time I looked at Alex my heart ached; every time I held him in my arms or tucked him into bed at the end of the day, I thought about his leaving the house for good. I couldn’t let that happen, but my lawyer had advised me it could. 358

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 359

THE BIG BAD WOLF

The director needed to see me in his ofﬁce one morning during my week off. It wasn’t too much of a problem. I stopped in after I had dropped the kids off at school. Tony Woods, Burns’s assistant, seemed particularly glad to see me.

“You’re something of a hero for the moment. Enjoy it,”

he said, sounding, as always, like an Ivy League prof. “Won’t last long.”

“Always the optimist, Tony,” I said.

“That’s my job description, young man.”

I wondered how much Ron Burns shared with his assistant, and also what the director had in mind this morning. I wanted to ask Tony about this plum job I was slated for. But I didn’t. I ﬁgured he wouldn’t tell me anyway. Coffee and sweet rolls were waiting in Burns’s ofﬁce, but the director wasn’t there. It was a little past eight. I wondered if he’d even gotten to work yet. It was hard to imagine that Ron Burns had a life outside the ofﬁce, though I knew he had a wife and four children, and lived out in Virginia, about an hour from D.C.

Burns ﬁnally appeared at the door in a blue dress shirt and tie, with his shirtsleeves rolled up. So now I knew he’d had at least one meeting before this one. Actually, I hoped this meeting wasn’t about another case that he wanted me to dive into. Unless it involved the Wolf.

Burns grinned when he saw me sitting there. He read my look instantly. “Actually, I have a couple of nasty cases for you to work on. But that isn’t why I wanted to see you, Alex. Have some coffee. Relax. You’re on vacation, right?”

He walked into the room and sat down across from me. “I want to hear how it’s going so far. You miss being a homicide 359

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 360

JAMES PATTERSON

1

detective? Still want to stay in the Bureau? You can leave if 2

you want to. The Washington PD wants you back. Badly.”

3

“That’s good to hear, that I’m wanted. As for the Bureau, 4

what can I say? The resources are amazing. Lots of good 5

people here, great people. I hope you know that.”

6

“I do. I’m a fan of our personnel, most of them, anyway. 7

And on the dark side?” he asked. “Problem areas? Things to 8

work on? I want to hear what you think. I need to hear it. Tell 9

me the truth, as you see it.”

0

“Bureaucracy. It’s a way of life. It’s almost the FBI’s culture. 1

And fear. It’s mostly political in nature, and it inhibits agents’

2

imaginations. Did I mention bureaucracy? It’s bad, awful, 3

crippling. Just listen to your agents.”

4

“I’m listening,” Burns said. “Go on.”

5

“The agents aren’t allowed to be nearly as good as they 6

can be. Of course, that’s a complaint with most jobs, isn’t it?”

7

“Even your old job with the Washington PD?”

8

“Not as much as here. That’s because I sidestepped a lot of 9

red tape and other bullshit that got in the way.”

0

“Good. Keep sidestepping the bullshit, Alex,” Burns said. 1

“Even if it’s mine.”

2

I smiled. “Is that an order?”

3

Burns nodded soberly. I felt that he had something else on 4

his mind. “I had a difﬁcult meeting before you got here. Gor5

don Nooney is leaving the Bureau.”

6

I shook my head. “I hope I didn’t have anything to do 7

with that. I don’t know Nooney well enough to judge him. 8

Seriously. I don’t.”

9

“Sorry, but you did have something to do with it. But it 0

was my decision. The buck passes through here at a hundred 360

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 361

THE BIG BAD WOLF

miles an hour, and I like it that way. I do know Nooney well enough to judge him. Nooney was the leak to the Washington Post. That son of a bitch has been doing it for years. Alex, I thought about putting you in Nooney’s job.”

I was shocked to hear it. “I’ve never trained people. I didn’t ﬁnish orientation myself.”

“But you could train our people.”

I wasn’t sure about that. “Maybe I could struggle through. But I like the streets. It’s in my blood. I’ve learned to accept that about myself.”

“I know. I get it, Alex. I want you to work right here in the Hoover Building, though. We’re going to change things. We’re going to win more than we lose. Work the big cases with Stacy Pollack here at headquarters. She’s one of the best. Tough, smart, she could run this place someday.”

“I can work with Stacy,” I said, and left it at that. Ron Burns put out his hand and I took it.

“This is going to be good. Exciting stuff,” he said. “Which reminds me of a promise I made. There’s a spot here for Detective John Sampson, and any D.C. street cop you like. Anybody who wants to win. We’re going to win, Alex.”

I shook Ron Burns’s hand on it. The thing is, I wanted to win too.

361

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 362

Chapter 110

ON MONDAY MORNING I was in my new ofﬁce on the ﬁfth ﬂoor at headquarters in D.C. Tony Woods had given me a walking tour earlier that morning, and I was struck by strange, funny details that I couldn’t get out of my head. Like . . . the ofﬁce doors were metal all through the building, except on the executive ﬂoor, where they were wooden. The odd thing, though, was that the wooden doors looked exactly like the metal ones. Welcome to the FBI. Anyway, I had a lot of reading to do, and I hoped I’d get used to being in an eleven-by-ﬁfteen-foot ofﬁce, which was kind of bare. The furniture looked as if it were on loan from the Government Accounting Ofﬁce; there was a desk and chair, a ﬁle cabinet with a large dial lock, and a coat tree that held my black Kevlar vest and blue nylon raid jacket. The ofﬁce looked down on Pennsylvania Avenue, which was something of a perk.

362

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 363

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Just past two that afternoon, I got a phone call, actually the ﬁrst incoming call to my new ofﬁce. It was Tony Woods.

“All settled in?” he asked. “Anything you need?”

“I’m getting there, Tony. I’ll be ﬁne. Thanks for asking.”

“Good. Alex, you’re going out of town in about an hour. There’s a lead on the Wolf in Brooklyn. Stacy Pollack will be going with you, so it’s a big deal. You ﬂy out of Quantico at ﬁfteen hundred. This thing isn’t over.”

I called home, then I gathered some paperwork on the Wolf, grabbed the overnight bag I’d been told to keep in my ofﬁce, and headed to the parking garage. Stacy Pollack came down a few minutes later.

She drove, and it took us less than half an hour to get to the small private airﬁeld at Quantico. On the way, she told me about the lead in Brooklyn. Supposedly, the real Wolf had been spotted at Brighton Beach. At least we weren’t giving up on him.

One of the black Bells was saddled up and waiting for us. Stacy and I got out of the sedan and walked side by side toward the helicopter. The skies were bright blue and streaming with clouds that appeared to be shredding in the distance.

“Nice day for a train wreck,” Stacy said, and grinned. A shot rang out from the woods directly behind us. I had thrown back my head, laughing at Stacy’s little joke. I saw her get hit and blood spatter. I went down and covered her body.

Agents ran onto the tarmac. One of them ﬁred in the direction of the sniper shot. Two came sprinting toward us: the others ran toward the woods in the direction of the shot. 363

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 364

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I lay on Stacy, trying to protect her, hoping she wasn’t dead, 2

and wondering if maybe the bullet had been meant for me. 3

You’ll never catch the Wolf, Pasha Sorokin had said in 4

Florida. He will catch you. Now the warning had come true. 5

The brieﬁng that night at the Hoover Building was the 6

most emotional I had seen at the Bureau so far. Stacy Pollack 7

was alive, but she was in critical condition at Walter Reed. 8

Most of the agents respected Stacy Pollack tremendously, and 9

they couldn’t believe she’d been targeted. I still wondered if 0

the bullet had been meant for her. She and I had been headed 1

to New York to see about the Wolf; he was the chief suspect 2

in the shooting. But did he have help? Was there someone 3

inside the Bureau?

4

“The other bad news,” Ron Burns told the group that 5

night, “is that our lead in Brighton Beach turns out to be 6

bogus. The Wolf isn’t in New York, and apparently he wasn’t 7

there recently. The questions that we have to answer are, Did 8

he know we were going after him? If he knew, how did he know?

9

Did one of us tell him? I promise that we will spare nothing to 0

get the answers to those questions.”

1

After the meeting, I was one of the agents invited to a 2

smaller brieﬁng held in the director’s conference room. The 3

mood continued to be somber, serious, and angry. Burns 4

took the ﬂoor again, and he seemed more upset by the Stacy 5

Pollack shooting than anyone else.

6

“When I said that we were going to bring that Russian 7

bastard down, I wasn’t using hyperbole for effect. I’m estab8

lishing a BAM team to go after him. Sorokin said that the 9

Wolf would come after us and he did. Now we’re going to go 0

after him, with everything we have, all our resources.”

364

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 365

THE BIG BAD WOLF

Heads around the room nodded their approval. I’d heard of the existence of BAM teams in the FBI but hadn’t known if they were real or not. I knew what the acronym stood for: By Any Means. It was what we needed to hear right now. It was what I needed to hear.

BAM.

365

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 366

Chapter 111

EVERYTHING FELT LIKE it was going much too fast, like it was spinning out of control. Maybe that was right. The case was out of our control — the Wolf was running it. I got a phone call at home two nights later. It was quarter past three in the morning. “This had better be good.”

“It isn’t. All hell’s broken loose, Alex. It’s a war.” The caller was Tony Woods, and he sounded groggy.

I massaged my forehead as I spoke. “What war? Tell me what happened.”

“We got word from Texas a few minutes ago. Lawrence Lipton is dead, murdered. They got to him in his cell.”

I was starting to wake up in a hurry.

“How? He was in our custody, wasn’t he?”

“Two agents were killed with Lipton. He predicted it, didn’t he?”

I nodded, then I said, “Yeah.”

366

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 367

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“Alex, they got to the Lipton family too. They’re all dead. HRT is on the way to your house, also the director’s, even Mahoney’s. Anybody who worked on the case is considered vulnerable and at risk.”

That got me up out of bed. I took my Glock out of the locked cabinet beside my bed.

“I’ll be waiting for HRT,” I told Woods, then I hurried downstairs with my gun in hand.

Was the Wolf already here? I wondered. The war came to our house a few minutes later, and even though it was HRT, it couldn’t have been much scarier. Nana Mama was up and she greeted the heavily armed FBI agents with angry looks but also offers of coffee. Then she and I went to wake the children as gently as we could.

“This isn’t right, Alex. Not in our home,” Nana whispered as we went upstairs to get Jannie and Damon. “The line has to be drawn somewhere, doesn’t it? This is bad.”

“I know it is. It’s gotten out of control, everything has. The world is that way now.”

“So what are you going to do about it? What are you planning to do?”

“Right now, wake the kids. Hug them, kiss them. Get them out of this house for a while.”

“Are you listening to yourself?” Nana asked as we arrived at the doorway to Damon’s bedroom. He was already sitting up in bed. “Dad?” he said.

Ned Mahoney came up behind me. “Alex, can I have a second?” What was he doing here? What else had happened?

“I’ll wake them, get them dressed,” Nana said. “Talk to your friend.”

367

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 368

JAMES PATTERSON

1

I stayed behind with Mahoney. “What is it, Ned? Can’t it 2

wait for a couple of minutes? Jesus.”

3

“The bastards hit Burns’s house. Everybody’s all right. We 4

got there in time.”

5

I stared into Mahoney’s eyes. “Your family?”

6

“They’re out of the house. They’re safe for now. We’ve got 7

to ﬁnd him and burn him.”

8

I nodded. “Let me get my kids up.”

9

Twenty minutes later my family was escorted outside to 0

a waiting van. They climbed inside like frightened refugees 1

in a war zone. That’s what the world was becoming, wasn’t 2

it? Every city and town was a potential battleﬁeld. No place 3

was safe.

4

Just before I climbed into the van, I spotted a photogra5

pher posted across the street from our house on Fifth Street. 6

It looked like he was photographing the evacuation of our 7

house. Why was that?

8

I’m not sure how I knew who he was, but somehow I did. 9

He’s not from any newspaper, I thought. I felt myself ﬁlling 0

with rage and disgust. He works for Christine’s lawyers. 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

368

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 369

Chapter 112

CHAOS.

The next day, and for two days after that, I found myself in Huntsville, Texas, the site of the federal prison where Lawrence Lipton had been murdered while he was in the custody of the Federal Bureau. No one there had any explanation for how Lipton and two agents had been killed. It had happened during the night. In his cell. Actually, the small suite where he was kept under guard. None of the video cameras had a record of visitors. None of the interviews or interrogations had turned up a suspect. Lipton had had most of the bones in his body broken. Zamochit. The Red Maﬁya trademark.

The same method had been used on an Italian Maﬁa ﬁgure named Augustino Palumbo this past summer. According to stories, Palumbo’s killer had been a Russian mobster, 369

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 370

JAMES PATTERSON

1

possibly the Wolf. The murder had taken place at the super2

max prison in Florence, Colorado.

3

The following morning I arrived in Colorado. I was there 4

to visit a killer named Kyle Craig, who had once been an FBI 5

agent, and also a friend of mine. Kyle was responsible for 6

dozens of murders; he was one of the worst psychopathic 7

killers in history. I had captured him. My friend. 8

We met in an interview room on death row in the isola9

tion unit. Kyle looked surprisingly ﬁt. When I’d last seen him 0

he had been gaunt and very pale, with deep, dark hollows 1

under his eyes. He appeared to have put on at least thirty 2

pounds, all of it muscle. I wondered why — what had given 3

Kyle hope? Whatever it was scared me a little. 4

“All roads lead to Florence?” he quipped, and grinned as I 5

entered the interview room. “Some associates of yours from 6

the Bureau were here just yesterday. Or was it the day before?

7

You know, the last time we met, Alex, you said you didn’t 8

care what I think. That hurt.”

9

I corrected him, which I knew would annoy Kyle. “Not 0

exactly what I said. You accused me of being condescending 1

and told me that you didn’t like it. I said, ‘Who cares what 2

you like anymore?’ I do care about what you think. That’s 3

why I’m here.”

4

Kyle laughed again, and the braying sound he made, the 5

baring of his teeth, chilled me. “You always were my favo6

rite,” he said.

7

“You were expecting me?” I asked.

8

“Hmm. Hard to say. Not really. Maybe at some time in the 9

future.”

0

370

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 371

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“You look like you have big plans. You’re all buffed.”

“What plans could I possibly have?”

“The usual. Grand delusions, homicidal fantasies, rape, the slaughter of innocents.”

“I do hate it when you play psychologist, Alex. You didn’t make it in that world for a good reason.”

I shrugged. “I know that, Kyle. None of my patients in Southeast had money to pay me. I needed to start a practice in Georgetown. Maybe I will someday.”

He laughed again. “Talk about delusions. So why are you here? No, I’ll tell you why. There’s been a terrible miscarriage of justice and I’m being released. You’re the messenger of glad tidings.”

“The only miscarriage is that you haven’t been executed, Kyle.”

Kyle’s eyes sparkled. I was one of his favorites. “All right, now that you’ve charmed me, what is it that you want?”

“You know what I want, Kyle,” I said. “You know exactly why I’m here.”

He clapped his hands loudly. “Zamochit! The mad Russian!”

For the next half an hour I told Kyle everything I knew about the Wolf; well, nearly everything. Then I gave him the kicker. “He met with you on the night he came here to kill Little Gus Palumbo. Did you set up the kill for him? Somebody did.”

Kyle leaned back and seemed to be considering his options, but I knew he’d already decided what he meant to do. He was always a step or two ahead.

Finally he leaned forward and beckoned me closer. I 371

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 372

JAMES PATTERSON

1

wasn’t afraid of Kyle, at least not physically, not even with his 2

extra pounds of muscle. I almost hoped he’d make a move. 3

“I do this out of love and respect for you,” Kyle said. “I 4

did meet with the Russian last summer. Ruthless chap, no 5

conscience. I liked him. We played chess. I know who he is, 6

my friend. I might be able to help you.”

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

372

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 373

Chapter 113

IT TOOK ME another day at Florence, but I ﬁnally negotiated a name out of Kyle. Now, could we believe him? The name was checked and rechecked in Washington, and the Bureau was becoming conﬁdent that he had given us the Red Maﬁya leader. I had doubts — because it came from Kyle. But we had no other leads.

Maybe Kyle was trying to blow me up or embarrass the Bureau. Or maybe he wanted to demonstrate how smart he was, how well-connected, how superior to us all. The name, the person’s position, made the arrest controversial and risky. If we went after this man and we were wrong, the embarrassment would stick to the Bureau. So we waited for nearly a week. We checked all of our information again and did several interviews in the ﬁeld. The suspect was put under surveillance.

373

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 374

JAMES PATTERSON

1

When we had completed the due diligence, I met with 2

Ron Burns and the director of the CIA in Burns’s ofﬁce. Ron 3

got to the point. “We believe he’s the Wolf, Alex. Craig is 4

probably telling the truth.”

5

Thomas Weir from the CIA nodded my way. “We’ve been 6

watching this suspect in New York for some time. We thought 7

he’d been KGB back in Russia, but there wasn’t conclusive 8

evidence. We never suspected Red Maﬁya, never the Wolf. 9

Not this man. Not given his position with the Russian gov0

ernment.”

1

Weir’s look was intense. “We increased the levels of audio 2

surveillance to include the apartment where the suspect lives 3

in Manhattan. He’s making arrangements to go after Director 4

Burns again.”

5

Burns looked at me. “He doesn’t forgive and forget, Alex. 6

Neither do I.”

7

“Is that it? We go to New York and arrest him?”

8

Burns and Weir nodded solemnly. “This should be the 9

end of it,” said Burns. “Go and take down the Wolf. Bring me 0

his head.”

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

374

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 375

Chapter 114

THIS SHOULD BE the end of it. From Director Burns’s mouth to God’s ear.

The Century is a famous art deco apartment building on Central Park West, north of Columbus Circle, in New York City. For decades it has been a residence of choice for wellto-do actors, artists, and businesspeople, especially those who are humble enough to share space with working-class families who’ve passed down their apartments for decades. We arrived at the building around four in the morning. HRT immediately took over the three main entrances on Central Park, Sixty-second, and Sixty-third Streets. This was the largest bust I had been a part of, deﬁnitely the most complicated: The New York City Police, FBI, CIA, and Secret Service were all involved in the operation. We were about to take down an important Russian. The head of the trade delegation to New York. A businessman himself, supposedly above 375

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 376

JAMES PATTERSON

1

suspicion. The repercussions would be severe if we were 2

wrong. But how could we be wrong? Not this time. 3

I was at the Century, along with my partner for the past 4

week or so. Ned Mahoney was hardworking, honest, and 5

tough in the clutch. The head of HRT had been to my house 6

and even passed Nana’s inspection, mostly because he’d 7

grown up on the streets of D.C.

8

Ned and I and a dozen others were climbing the stairs to 9

two penthouse ﬂoors, since the suspect’s apartment was on 0

twenty-one and twenty-two. He was powerful and wealthy. 1

He had a good reputation with Wall Street and the banks. 2

Was he the Wolf? If so, why hadn’t his name ever come up 3

before? Because the Wolf was so good, so careful?

4

“Be glad when this is over with,” Mahoney said without a 5

huff or a puff as he mounted the stairs. 6

“How did it get out of hand like this?” I asked. “There are 7

too many people here.”

8

“Always too much politics. Better get used to it. World we 9

live in. Too many suits, not enough workers.”

0

We ﬁnally reached twenty-one. Ned and I and four other 1

agents stopped there. The rest of the team continued to 2

twenty-two. We waited for them to get into position. This was 3

it. I hoped this was it. Was the real Wolf on one of these two 4

ﬂoors?

5

I heard an urgent voice in my earpiece. “Suspect coming 6

out of a window! Man in his underwear jumped from the 7

tower! Jesus Christ! He’s down on the landing between the 8

towers. He’s on the roof. Running.”

9

Mahoney and I understood what had happened. We 0

rushed down to the twentieth ﬂoor. The Century had two 376

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 377

THE BIG BAD WOLF

towers that rose up from twenty. A large expanse of roof connected them. We burst out onto the roof and immediately saw a barefoot man in his underwear. He was burly, balding, bearded. He turned and ﬁred at us with a pistol. The Wolf? Balding?

Burly? Could this be him?

He hit Mahoney!

He hit me!

We went down hard. Chest shots! Hurt like hell! Took my breath away. Fortunately, we were wearing Kevlar vests. The man in his underwear wasn’t.

Mahoney’s return ﬁre took out a kneecap; my ﬁrst shot struck his thick stomach. He went down, spurting blood and howling.

We ran to the side of Andrei Prokopev. Mahoney kicked away his gun. “You’re under arrest!” Ned yelled into the face of the wounded Russian. “We know who you are.”

A helicopter appeared between the Century’s towers. A woman was screaming from one of the windows several stories above us. Now the helicopter was landing! What the hell was this?

A man came out of a window in the tower and dropped to the roof.

Then another man. Professional gunmen, it looked like. Bodyguards?

They were quick on the draw and began shooting the instant they hit the roof. HRT returned ﬁre. Several shots were exchanged. Both gunmen were hit and went down. Neither got up again. HRT was that good. The helicopter was setting down on the roof. It wasn’t 377

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 378

JAMES PATTERSON

1

media or police. It was there to get the Wolf and whisk him 2

away, wasn’t it? There were shots from the helicopter. 3

Mahoney and I ﬁred into the cockpit. There was another 4

rapid exchange of gunﬁre. Then the shooting from the heli5

copter stopped.

6

For several seconds the only sound on the roof was the 7

loud, eerie whir of the helicopter’s rotor blades. “Clear!” one 8

of our agents ﬁnally yelled. “They’re down in the copter!”

9

“You’re under arrest!” Mahoney screamed at the Russian 0

in his underwear. “You’re the Wolf. You attacked the direc1

tor’s house, his family!”

2

I had something else in mind, another kind of message. I 3

leaned in close and said, “Kyle Craig did this to you.” I wanted 4

him to know, and maybe pay Kyle back someday. 5

Maybe with zamochit.

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

378

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 379

Chapter 115

I HOPED TO GOD it was over now. We all did. Ned Mahoney ﬂew back to Quantico that morning, but I spent the rest of the day at FBI headquarters in lower Manhattan. The Russian government had ﬁled protests everywhere they could, but Andrei Prokopev was still in custody, and State Department people were all over the FBI ofﬁces. Even a few Wall Street ﬁrms had questioned the arrest. So far, I hadn’t been allowed to talk to the Russian again. He was scheduled for surgery, but his life wasn’t in danger. He was being grilled by someone, just not by me. Burns ﬁnally reached me at around four o’clock in the ofﬁce I was using at FBI New York. “Alex, I want you to head back to Washington,” he said. “Flight arrangements have been made. We’ll be waiting for you here.” That was all he told me.

379

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 380

JAMES PATTERSON

1

Burns signed off, so I didn’t get the chance to ask any 2

questions. It was obvious that he didn’t want me to. Around 3

seven-thirty I arrived at the Hoover Building and was told 4

to go to the SIOC conference area on ﬁve. They were wait5

ing for me there. Not exactly waiting, since a shirtsleeves 6

meeting was already in progress. Ron Burns was at the table, 7

which wasn’t a good sign. Everybody looked tense and 8

exhausted.

9

“Let me bring Alex up to date,” Burns said when I entered 0

the room. “Have a rest, kick back. There’s been a new wrinkle. 1

None of us are very happy about it. You won’t be either.”

2

I shook my head and felt a little sick as I sat down. I 3

didn’t need new wrinkles; I had more than enough already. 4

“The Russians are actually cooperating for a change,”

5

Burns said. “It seems that they’re not denying Andrei Pro6

kopev has Red Maﬁya connections. He does. They’ve been 7

monitoring him for some time themselves. They hoped to 8

use him to penetrate the huge black market still coming out 9

of Moscow.”

0

I cleared my throat. “But.”

1

Burns nodded. “Right. The Russians tell us — now —

2

that Prokopev is not the man we’re looking for. They’re cer3

tain of it.”

4

I felt completely drained. “Because?”

5

It was Burns’s turn to shake his head. “They know what 6

the Wolf looks like. He was KGB, after all. The real Wolf set 7

us up to believe he was Prokopev. Andrei Prokopev was one 8

of his rivals in the Red Maﬁya.”

9

“To be the Russian godfather?”

0

380

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 381

THE BIG BAD WOLF

“To be the godfather — Russian or otherwise. ”

I pursed my lips, took a breath. “Do the Russians know who the Wolf really is?”

Burns’s eyes narrowed. “If they do, they won’t tell us. Not yet, anyway. Maybe they’re afraid of him too.”

381

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 382

Chapter 116

LATE THAT NIGHT I sat at the piano on the sunporch with one of Billy Collins’s poems running around my head. It was called “The Blues.” It inspired me so much that I sat at the piano and made up a melody to go with the poem. We had lost to the Wolf. It happened a lot in police work, though nobody wanted to admit it. Lives had been saved, though. Elizabeth Connolly and a couple of others had been found; Brendan Connolly was in jail. Andrei Prokopev had been caught. But we seemed to have lost the big one — for now, anyway. The Wolf was still out there. The godfather was free to do what he did, and that wasn’t good for anybody. The next morning, I arrived early to meet Jamilla Hughes’s ﬂight into Reagan National. I had the usual butterﬂies before her plane got in. But mostly I couldn’t wait to see Jam. Nana and the kids had insisted on coming to the airport 382

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 383

THE BIG BAD WOLF

with me. A little show of support — for Jamilla. And for me. For all of us, actually.

The airport was crowded but seemed relatively quiet and peaceful, probably on account of the high ceilings. My family and I stood at an exit from Terminal A, near the security check. I saw Jam, then so did the kids, who started poking me. She was wearing black from head to toe; she looked better than ever, and Jamilla always looked good to me.

“She’s beautiful and so cool,” Jannie said, and lightly touched the back of my hand. “You know that, don’t you, Daddy?”

“She is, isn’t she,” I agreed, looking at Jannie now, rather than at Jamilla. “She’s also smart. Except about men, it would seem.”

“We really like her,” Jannie continued. “Can you tell?”

“I can. I like her too.”

“But do you love her?” Jannie asked in her usual nononsense, get-to-the-heart-of-the-matter way. “Do you?”

I didn’t say anything. That part was between Jam and me.

“Well — do you? ” Nana joined in. I didn’t answer Nana either, so she shook her head, rolled her eyes.

“What do the boys think?” I turned to Damon and Little Alex. The Big Boy was clapping his hands and smiling, so I knew where he stood.

“She’s deﬁnitely all that,” said Damon, and he grinned. He always got a little goofy around Jamilla. I moved toward her, and they let me go alone. I snuck a glance back at them, and they were grinning like a Cheshire 383

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 384

JAMES PATTERSON

1

cat family. I had a lump in my throat. Don’t know why. I felt a 2

little spacey, and my knees were weak. Don’t know why 3

either.

4

“I can’t believe everybody came,” Jamilla said as she slid 5

into my arms. “That makes me happy. I can’t tell you how 6

much, Alex. Wow. I think I’m going to cry. Even though I’m a 7

tough-as-nails homicide detective. You all right? You aren’t 8

all right. I can tell.”

9

“Oh, I’m ﬁne now.” I held her tight, then I actually picked 0

Jam up, set her back down.

1

We were quiet for a moment. “We’re going to ﬁght for 2

Little Alex,” she said.

3

“Of course,” I told her. Then I said something that I’d 4

never told Jamilla before, though it had been on the tip of my 5

tongue many times. “I love you,” I whispered. 6

“I love you too,” she said. “More than you can imagine. 7

More than even I can imagine.”

8

A single tear ran down Jamilla’s cheek. I kissed it away. 9

Then I saw the photographer taking pictures of us. 0

The same one who was at the house the day we were evac1

uated for personal safety.

2

The one hired by Christine’s lawyer.

3

Had he gotten Jamilla’s tear on ﬁlm?

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

384

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 385

Chapter 117

THEY CAME TO THE HOUSE on Fifth Street; they came about a week after Jamilla went back to California. Them again.

One of the saddest days of my life.

Indescribable.

Unthinkable.

Christine was there with her lawyer and Alex Junior’s law guardian and a case manager from Children’s Protective Services. The case manager wore a plastic ID around her neck, and it was probably her presence that bothered me the most. My children had been raised with so much love and attention, never with abuse or neglect. There was no need for Children’s Services. Gilda Haranzo had gone to court and been granted a declaration of order giving Christine temporary guardianship of Little Alex. She had won custody based on the claim that I was

“a lightning rod for danger,” putting the child in harm’s way. 385

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 386

JAMES PATTERSON

1

The irony of what was happening was so deep that I 2

almost couldn’t stand it. I was trying to be the kind of police3

man that most people wanted, and this was what I got? A 4

lightning rod for danger? Is that what I was now?

5

And yet, I knew exactly how I had to act this morning on 6

Fifth Street. For Little Alex’s sake. I would abandon all my 7

anger and focus on what was best for him. I would be sup8

portive during the handover. If it was possible, I wouldn’t let 9

anything frighten the Boy or upset him. I even had a long 0

printed list of Alex’s likes and dislikes ready for Christine. 1

Unfortunately, Alex wasn’t buying any of this. He ran 2

behind my legs and hid from Christine and the lawyer. I 3

reached around and gently stroked his head. He was shaking 4

all over, quivering with rage.

5

Gilda Haranzo said, “Maybe you should help Christine 6

take Little Alex to the car. Would you please do that?”

7

I turned and tenderly wrapped my arms around the Big 8

Boy. Then Nana, followed by Damon and Jannie, knelt beside 9

him for a group hug. “We love you, Alex. We’ll visit you, 0

Alex. You’ll come see us, Alex. Don’t be scared.”

1

Nana handed Alex his favorite book, which was Whistle 2

for Willie. Jannie gave him his love-worn plush cow, Moo. 3

Damon hugged his brother and tears started down his cheeks. 4

“I’ll be talking to you tonight. You and Moo,” I whispered, 5

and kissed my son’s darling little face. I could feel his heart 6

going fast. “Every night. Forever and a day, my sweet boy. 7

Forever and a day.”

8

And Little Alex said, “Forever, Daddy.”

9

Then they took my son away.

0

386

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 387

Epilogue WOLVES

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 388

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 389

PASHA SOROKIN WAS DUE at the courthouse in Miami at nine o’clock on Monday morning. The van he rode in was escorted from the federal prison by half a dozen cars; the route wasn’t known by any of the drivers until the last possible moment before departure. The attack took place at a stoplight just before the cars would have gotten on the Florida Turnpike. They hit with automatic weapons and also rocket launchers, which took out most of the escort cars in under a minute. There were bodies and smoking metal everywhere.

The black van that Pasha Sorokin was riding in was quickly surrounded by six men in dark clothes, no masks. The car doors were yanked open and the police guards were beaten and then shot dead.

A tall, powerful-looking man strode up to the open door 389

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 390

JAMES PATTERSON

1

and peered inside. He smiled playfully, as if a small child 2

were in the prison van.

3

“Pasha,” the Wolf said, “I understand that you were going 4

to turn me in. That’s what my sources say, my very good 5

sources, my incredibly well-paid sources. Talk to me about 6

this.”

7

“It’s not true,” said Pasha, who meanwhile was cowering 8

in the middle seat of the van. He wore an orange jumpsuit, 9

and his wrists and ankles were bound by chains. He no 0

longer had his Florida tan.

1

“Maybe, maybe not,” said the Wolf.

2

Then he ﬁred one of the rocket launchers point-blank at 3

Pasha. He didn’t miss.

4

“Zamochit,” he said, and laughed. “One can’t be too care5

ful these days.”

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

390

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 391

BigBadWolf_HCtextF1.ps 8/29/03 3:37 PM Page 392

About the Author

James Patterson’s most recent major international bestseller is The Lake House. He is the author of twenty-three books and lives in Florida.

Special eBook Feature:

Insights and Excerpts of

The Alex Cross Dossier

and

Along Came a Spider—Excerpt

The Alex Cross Dossier

PERSONAL:

Alex Cross, born in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, is six-three, weighs 200

pounds, athletic, and good-looking. He is a widower, with three children: Damon;

Janelle (Jannie); and Alex Jr. (Alex's

son with Christine). His wife, Maria, a social worker, killed in a drive-by

shooting when the children were toddlers. Murder never solved. Cross calls himself the Dragonslayer. He and his children

live with Regina Hope Cross (Nana Mama), 81. Nana Mama was an English Teacher and assistant principal of Garfield North

Junior High School. Cross's mother died of lung cancer when he was nine, his

father, a heavy drinker, the year before. He was sent to D.C. and raised by his

grandmother. Three brothers: 2 deceased, not raised by grandmother.

Cross's best friend, since they were both 10, is John Sampson, senior detective,

six-nine, 250 pounds, called Two-John and Man Mountain.

Cross's favorite food: white bean soup. Likes beer, fine wine.

Cross's hobby: the piano. Loves Gershwin, classical music. An avid reader of fiction and nonfiction. Favorite vacation spot: Caribbean.

Cross is a volunteer in St. Anthony's

soup kitchen, where he is called Peanut Butter Man and Black Samaritan and offers free therapy.

Cross is a family man, gives the children bi-weekly boxing lessons. He drives a '74

Porsche.

Cross, his three children, and Rosie,

their cat, live with Nana Mama on Fifth Street, Washington, D.C., Southeast.

PROFESSIONAL:

Education: Ph.D. in psychology from Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD.

Special concentration in the field of

abnormal psychology and forensic psychology. Upon graduation Cross worked as a migrant farmworker for a year. He then had a private practice in D.C. for three years. Cross joined the Washington, D.C., police department as a psychologist and homicide detective. He's been on the force eight years. He works in an unofficial capacity with VICAP (Violent Criminal Apprehension Program) as a liason between the FBI and D.C. police. Cross is a profiler.

A Washington Post article in its Sunday magazine section published a piece about Cross called "The Last Southern

Gentleman." The article praised the psychologist-detective for his work in Homicide and Major Crimes.

Cross's articles about the criminal mind were published in Psychiatric Archives

and American Journal Psychiatry. He wrote a diagnostic profile of the pyschopathic serial killer Gary Soneji.

ALONG

CAME A

SPIDER

JAMES PATTERSON

WARNER BOOKS

A Time Warner Company

Prologue

Let’s Play

Make-Believe

(1932)

New Jersey, near Princeton;

March 1932

The Charles Lindbergh farmhouse glowed with bright, orangish lights. It looked like a fiery castle, especially in that gloomy, firwooded region of Jersey. Shreds of misty fog touched the boy as he moved closer and closer to his first moment of real glory, his first kill.

It was pitch-dark and the grounds were soggy and muddy and thick with puddles. He had anticipated as much. He’d planned for everything, including the weather. He wore a size nine man’s work boot. The toe and heel of the boots were stuffed with torn cloth and strips of the Philadelphia Inquirer.

He wanted to leave footprints, plenty of footprints. A man’s footprints. Not the prints of a twelve-year-old boy. They would lead from the county highway called the Stoutsburg-Wertsville Road, up to, then back from, the farmhouse. He began to shiver as he reached a stand of pines, not thirty yards from the sprawling house. The mansion was just as grand 4 / James Patterson

as he’d imagined: seven bedrooms and four baths on the second floor alone. Lucky Lindy and Anne Morrow’s place in the country.

Cool beans, he thought.

The boy inched closer and closer toward the dining-room window. He was fascinated by this condition known as fame. He thought a lot about it. Almost all the time. What was fame really like? How did it smell? How did it taste? What did fame look like close up?

“The most popular and glamorous man in the world” was right there sitting at the table. Charles Lindbergh was tall, elegant, and fabulously golden haired, with a fair complexion.

“Lucky Lindy” truly seemed above everyone else. So did his wife, Anne Morrow Lindbergh. Anne had short hair. It was curly and black, and it made her skin look chalky white. The light from the candles on the table appeared to be dancing around her.

Both of them sat very straight in their chairs. Yes, they certainly looked superior, as if they were God’s special gifts to the world. They kept their heads high, delicately eating their food. He strained to see what was on the table. It looked like lamb chops on their perfect china.

“I’ll be more famous than either of you pitiful stiffs,” the boy finally whispered. He promised that to himself. Every detail had been thought through a thousand times, at least that often. He very methodically went to work.

The boy retrieved a wooden ladder left near the garage by workingmen. Holding the ladder tightly against his side, he Along Came a Spider / 5

moved toward a spot just beyond the library window. He climbed silently up to the nursery. His pulse was racing, and his heart was pounding so loud he could hear it.

Light cast from a hallway lamp illuminated the baby’s room. He could see the crib and the snoozing little prince in it. Charles Jr., “the most famous child on earth.”

On one side, to keep away drafts, was a colorful screen with illustrations of barnyard animals.

He felt sly and cunning. “Here comes Mr. Fox,” the boy whispered as he quietly slid open the window. Then he took another step up the ladder and was inside the nursery at last.

Standing over the crib, he stared at the princeling. Curls of golden hair like his father’s, but fat. Charles Jr. was gone to fat at only twenty months.

The boy could no longer control himself. Hot tears streamed from his eyes. His whole body began to shake, from frustration and rage—only mixed with the most incredible joy of his life.

“Well, daddy’s little man. It’s our time now,” he muttered to himself.

He took a tiny rubber ball with an attached elastic band from his pocket. He quickly slipped the odd-looking looped device over Charles Jr.’s head, just as the small blue eyes opened. As the baby started to cry, the boy plopped the rubber ball right into the little drooly mouth. He reached down into the crib and took Baby Lindbergh into his arms and went swiftly back down the ladder. All according to plan. 6 / James Patterson

The boy ran back across the muddy fields with the precious, struggling bundle in his arms and disappeared into the darkness. Less than two miles from the farmhouse, he buried the spoiled-rotten Lindbergh baby— buried him alive. That was only the start of things to come. After all, he was only a boy himself.

He, not Bruno Richard Hauptmann, was the Lindbergh baby kidnapper. He had done it all by himself. Cool beans.

Part One

Maggie Rose and

Shrimpie Goldberg

(1992)

CHAPTER 1

EARLY ON THE MORNING of December 21, 1992, I was the picture of contentment on the sun porch of our house on 5th Street in Washington, D.C. The small, narrow room was cluttered with mildewing winter coats, work boots, and wounded children’s toys. I couldn’t have cared less. This was home.

I was playing Gershwin on our slightly out-of-tune, formerly grand piano. It was just past 5 A.M., and cold as a meat locker on the porch. I was prepared to sacrifice a little for “An American in Paris.”

The phone jangled in the kitchen. Maybe I’d won the D.C., or Virginia, or Maryland lottery and they’d forgotten to call the night before. I play all three games of misfortune regularly.

“Nana? Can you get that?” I called from the porch.

“It’s for you. You might as well get it yourself,” my testy grandmother called back. “No sense me gettin’ up, too. No sense means nonsense in my dictionary.”

That’s not exactly what was said, but it went something like that. It always does.

9

10 / James Patterson

I hobbled into the kitchen, sidestepping more toys on morning-stiff legs. I was thirty-eight at the time. As the saying goes, if I’d known I was going to live that long, I would have taken better care of myself.

The call turned out to be from my partner in crime, John Sampson. Sampson knew I’d be up. Sampson knows me better than my own kids.

“Mornin’, brown sugar. You up, aren’t you?” he said. No other I.D. was necessary. Sampson and I have been best friends since we were nine years old and took up shoplifting at Park’s Corner Variety store near the projects. At the time, we had no idea that old Park would have shot us dead over a pilfered pack of Chesterfields. Nana Mama would have done even worse to us if she’d known about our crime spree.

“If I wasn’t up, I am now,” I said into the phone receiver.

“Tell me something good.”

“There’s been another murder. Looks like our boy again,”

Sampson said. “They’re waitin’ on us. Half the free world’s there already.”

“It’s too early in the morning to see the meat wagon,” I muttered. I could feel my stomach rolling. This wasn’t the way I wanted the day to start. “Shit. Fuck me.”

Nana Mama looked up from her steaming tea and runny eggs. She shot me one of her sanctimonious, lady-of-the-house looks. She was already dressed for school, where she still does volunteer work at seventy-nine. Sampson continued to give me gory details about the day’s first homicides.

“Watch your language, Alex,” Nana said. “Please watch your language so long as you’re planning to live in this house.”

Along Came a Spider / 11

“I’ll be there in about ten minutes,” I told Sampson. “I own this house,” I said to Nana.

She groaned as if she were hearing that terrible news for the first time.

“There’s been another bad murder over in Langley Terrace. It looks like a thrill killer. I’m afraid that it is,” I told her.

“That’s too bad,” Nana Mama said to me. Her soft brown eyes grabbed mine and held. Her white hair looked like one of the doilies she puts on all our living-room chairs. “That’s such a bad part of what the politicians have let become a deplorable city. Sometimes I think we ought to move out of Washington, Alex.”

“Sometimes I think the same thing,” I said, “but we’ll probably tough it out.”

“Yes, black people always do. We persevere. We always suffer in silence.”

“Not always in silence,” I said to her. I had already decided to wear my old Harris Tweed jacket. It was a murder day, and that meant I’d be seeing white people. Over the sport coat, I put on my Georgetown warm-up jacket. It goes better with the neighborhood.

On the bureau, by the bed, was a picture of Maria Cross. Three years before, my wife had been murdered in a drive-by shooting. That murder, like the majority of murders in Southeast, had never been solved.

I kissed my grandmother on the way out the kitchen door. We’ve done that since I was eight years old. We also say goodbye, just in case we never see each other again. It’s been like 12 / James Patterson

that for almost thirty years, ever since Nana Mama first took me in and decided she could make something of me. She made a homicide detective, with a doctorate in psychology, who works and lives in the ghettos of Washington, D.C.

CHAPTER 2

I AM OFFICIALLY a Deputy Chief of Detectives, which, in the words of Shakespeare and Mr. Faulkner, is a lot of sound and fury, signifying nada. The title should make me the number-six or -seven person in the Washington Police Department. It doesn’t. People wait for my appearance at crime scenes in D.C., though.

A trio of D.C. Metro blue-and-whites were parked helterskelter in front of 41-15 Benning Road. A crime-lab van with blackened windows had arrived. So had an EMS ambulance. MORTUARY was cheerfully stenciled on the door. There were a couple of fire engines at the murder house. The neighborhood’s ambulance-chasers, mostly eye-fucking males, were hanging around. Older women with winter coats thrown over their pajamas and nightgowns, and pink and blue curlers in their hair, were up on their porches shivering in the cold. The row house was dilapidated clapboard, painted a gaudy Caribbean blue. An old Chevette with a broken, taped-up side window looked as if it had been abandoned in the driveway. 13

14 / James Patterson

“Fuck this. Let’s go back to bed,” Sampson said. “I just remembered what this is going to be like. I hate this job lately.”

“I love my work, love Homicide,” I said with a sneer. “See that? There’s the M.E. already in his plastic suit. And there are the crime-lab boys. And who’s this coming our way now?”

A white sergeant in a puffy blue-black parka with a fur collar came waddling up to Sampson and me as we approached the house. Both his hands were jammed in his pockets for warmth.

“Sampson? Uh, Detective Cross?” The sergeant cracked his lower jaw the way some people do when they’re trying to clear their ears in airplanes. He knew exactly who we were. He knew we were S.I.T. He was busting our chops.

“Wuz up, man?” Sampson doesn’t like his chops being busted very much.

“Senior Detective Sampson,” I answered the sergeant. “I’m Deputy Chief Cross.”

The sergeant was a jelly-roll-belly Irish type, probably left over from the Civil War. His face looked like a wedding cake left out in the rain. He didn’t seem to be buying my tweed jacket ensemble.

“Everybody’s freezin’ their toches off,” he wheezed. “That’s wuz up.”

“You could probably lose a little of them toches,” Sampson advised him. “Might give Jenny Craig a call.”

“Fuck you,” said the sergeant. It was nice to meet the white Eddie Murphy.

“Master of the riposte.” Sampson grinned at me. “You hear what he said? Fuck you?”

Along Came a Spider / 15

Sampson and I are both physical. We work out at the gym attached to St. Anthony’s—St. A’s. Together, we weigh about five hundred pounds. We can intimidate, if we want to. Sometimes it’s necessary in our line of work. I’m only six three. John is six nine and growing. He always wears Wayfarer sunglasses. Sometimes he wears a raggy Kangol hat, or a yellow bandanna. Some people call him “JohnJohn” because he’s so big he could be two Johns. We walked past the sergeant toward the murder house. Our elite task force team is supposed to be above this kind of confrontation. Sometimes we are.

A couple of uniforms had already been inside the house. A nervous neighbor had called the precinct around four-thirty. She thought she’d spotted a prowler. The woman had been up with the night-jitters. It comes with the neighborhood. The two uniformed patrolmen found three bodies inside. When they called it in, they were instructed to wait for the Special Investigator Team. S.I.T. It’s made up of eight black officers supposedly slated for better things in the department. The outside door to the kitchen was ajar. I pushed it all the way open. The doors of every house have a unique sound when they open and close. This one whined like an old man. It was pitch-black in the house. Eerie. The wind was sucked through the open door, and I could hear something rattling inside.

“We didn’t turn on the lights, sir,” one of the uniforms said from behind me. “You’re Dr. Cross, right?”

16 / James Patterson

I nodded. “Was the kitchen door open when you came?” I turned to the patrolman. He was white, baby-faced, growing a little mustache to compensate for it. He was probably twentythree or twenty-four, real frightened that morning. I couldn’t blame him.

“Uh. No. No sign of forced entry. It was unlocked, sir.”

The patrolman was very nervous. “It’s a real bad mess in there, sir. It’s a family.”

One of the patrolmen switched on a powerful milledaluminum flashlight and we all peered inside the kitchen. There was a cheap Formica breakfast table with matching lime green vinyl chairs. A black Bart Simpson clock was on one wall. It was the kind you see in the front windows of all the People’s drugstores. The smells of Lysol and burnt grease melded into something strange to the nose, though not entirely unpleasant. There were a lot worse smells in homicide cases. Sampson and I hesitated, taking it all in the way the murderer might have just a few hours earlier.

“He was right here,” I said. “He came in through the kitchen. He was here, where we’re standing.”

“Don’t talk like that, Alex,” Sampson said. “Sound like Jeane Dixon. Creep me out.”

No matter how many times you do this kind of thing, it never gets easier. You don’t want to have to go inside. You don’t want to see any more horrible nightmares in your lifetime.

“They’re upstairs,” the cop with the mustache said. He filled us in on who the victims were. A family named Sanders. Two women and a small boy.

Along Came a Spider / 17

His partner, a short, well-built black man, hadn’t said a word yet. His name was Butchie Dykes. He was a sensitive young cop I’d seen around the station.

The four of us entered the death house together. We each took a deep breath. Sampson patted my shoulder. He knew that child homicide had me shook.

The three bodies were upstairs in the front bedroom, just off the top of the stairs.

There was the mother, Jean “Poo” Sanders, thirty-two. Even in death, her face was haunting. She had big brown eyes, high cheekbones, full lips that had already turned purplish. Her mouth was stretched open in a scream.

Poo’s daughter, Suzette Sanders, fourteen years on this earth. She was just a young girl but had been prettier than her mother. She wore a mauve ribbon in her braided hair and a tiny nose earring to prove she was older than her years. Suzette was gagged with dark blue panty hose.

A baby son, Mustaf Sanders, three years old, was lying faceup, and his little cheeks seemed stained with tears. He was wearing a “pajama bag” like my own kids wear. Just as Nana Mama had said, it was a bad part of what somebody had let become a bad city. In this big bad country of ours. The mother and the daughter were bound to an imitation brass bedpost. Satin underwear, black and red mesh stockings, and flowery bed sheets had been used to tie them up. I took out the pocket recorder I carry and began to put down my first observations. “Homicide cases H234 914 through 916. 18 / James Patterson

A mother, teenage daughter, little boy. The women have been slashed with something extremely sharp. A straight razor, possibly.

“Their breasts have been cut off. The breasts are nowhere to be found. The pubic hair of the women has been shaved. There are multiple stab wounds, what the pathologists call

‘patterns of rage.’ There is a great deal of blood, fecal matter. I believe the two women, both the mother and daughter, were prostitutes. I’ve seen them around.”

My voice was a low drone. I wondered if I’d be able to understand all the words later.

“The little boy’s body seems to have been casually tossed aside. Mustaf Sanders has on hand-me-down pajamas that are covered with Care Bears. He is a tiny, incidental pile in the room.” I couldn’t help grieving as I looked down at the little boy, his sad, lifeless eyes staring up at me. Everything was very noisy inside my head. My heart ached. Poor little Mustaf, whoever you were.

“I don’t believe he wanted to kill the boy,” I said to Sampson.

“He or she.”

“Or it. ” Sampson shook his head. “I vote for it. It’s a Thing, Alex. The same Thing that did Condon Terrace earlier this week.”

Table of Contents

Part One

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Chapter 8

Chapter 9

Chapter 10

Chapter 11

Chapter 12

Chapter 13

Chapter 14

Chapter 15

Chapter 16

Chapter 17

Chapter 18

Chapter 19

Chapter 20

Chapter 21

Chapter 22

Chapter 23

Chapter 24

Part Two

Chapter 25

Chapter 26

Chapter 27

Chapter 28

Chapter 29

Chapter 30

Chapter 31

Chapter 32

Chapter 33

Chapter 34

Chapter 35

Chapter 36

Chapter 37

Chapter 38

Chapter 39

Chapter 40

Chapter 41

Chapter 42

Chapter 43

Chapter 44

Chapter 45

Chapter 46

Chapter 47

Chapter 48

Chapter 49

Chapter 50

Chapter 51

Part Three WOLF TRACKS

Chapter 52

Chapter 53

Chapter 54

Chapter 55

Chapter 56

Chapter 57

Chapter 58

Chapter 59

Chapter 60

Chapter 61

Chapter 62

Chapter 63

Chapter 64

Chapter 65

Chapter 66

Chapter 67

Chapter 68

Chapter 69

Chapter 70

Chapter 71

Chapter 72

Chapter 73

Chapter 74

Chapter 75

Chapter 76

Chapter 77

Part Four

Chapter 78

Chapter 79

Chapter 80

Chapter 81

Chapter 82

Chapter 83

Chapter 84

Chapter 85

Chapter 86

Chapter 87

Chapter 88

Chapter 89

Chapter 90

Chapter 91

Chapter 92

Chapter 93

Chapter 94

Chapter 95

Chapter 96

Chapter 97

Chapter 98

Chapter 99

Chapter 100

Chapter 101

Chapter 102

Chapter 103

Chapter 104

Chapter 105

Chapter 106

Chapter 107

Chapter 108

Chapter 109

Chapter 110

Chapter 111

Chapter 112

Chapter 113

Chapter 114

Chapter 115

Chapter 116

Chapter 117

Part One

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 2